United Stateis ••.
         Environmental Protection
         Agency
            Office of Water
            (4504F)
EPA 842-B-95-002
April 1995
xvEPA
Bibliography of Methods
for Marine and Estuarine
Monitoring

-------

-------
       BIBLIOGRAPHY
        OF METHODS
             FOR
MARINE AND ESTUARINE
       MONITORING
            April 1995
  Ocean and Coastal Protection Division
Office of Wetlands, Oceans, and Watersheds
          Office of Water
  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
         Washington, D.C.

-------

-------
                                                   Acknowledgements
The preparation of this document was supported by Marian Mlay, Director of the Oceans and
Coastal Protection Division of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Office of Wetlands,
Oceans and Watersheds. The Work Assignment Manager was Joseph Hall II. The contributions of
Steve Glomb toward the completion of the bibliography were invaluable. The references were
researched and compiled by Kim Brown, the document was prepared by Patti Heath, and the
poster was designed by Robert Wurgler under the supervision of Tom Grieb of Tetra Tech.

EPA would like to thank the many reviewers who offered valuable comments and recommended
further documents for inclusion in the bibliography. The following people were key reviewers of
a draft of the bibliography (an asterisk denotes those reviewers from whom comments were
received):
Elizabeth Arar, USEPA, EMSL-Cincinnati
John Bourbon*, USEPA, Region H-ESD .
Herbert J. Brass, USEPA, EMSL-Cincinnati
Martin Brossman, USEPA, AWPD
Wade Bryant, USFWS
Bo Crum, USEPA, Region IV
Elizabeth Fellows, USEPA, AWPD
Terry Fleming*, USEPA, Region IX
Virginia Fox-Norse*, USEPA, OWOW, OCPD
Jack Gakstatter, USEPA, Region X
Holly Greening, Tampa Bay NEP
Rainer Hoenicke*, San Francisco Estuary Institute
Norbert Jaworski, Director, USEPA, ERL-Narragansett
Fred Kopfler, USEPA, Gulf of Mexico Program
Michael Kravitz*, USEPA, OST
John Lishman, USEPA, OWOW, OCPD
George Loeb, USEPA, OWOW, OCPD
Bill Matuszeski, Director, USEPA, CBP
Barbara Metzger*, USEPA, Region II-ESD
George Morrison*, USEPA, ERL-Narragansett
Paul Pan*, USEPA, OWOW, OCPD
Steve Pardieck, USEPA, Region IX
John Paul, USEPA, EMAP
David A. Rickert, USGS
Andrew Robertson, NOAA
Brian Ross, USEPA, Region IX
Jerry Schubel, Long Island Sound NEP
Russell W. Sherer, South Carolina, DHEC
Joseph Slayton*, USEPA, Region III
Elizabeth Southerland, USEPA, OST
Ann B. Strong, Corps of Engineers
Kevin Summers, USEPA, ERL-Gulf Breeze
Dennis Suszkowski, Hudson River Foundation
William A. Telliard, USEPA, OST
Catherine Tyrrell, Santa Monica NEP
Orteria Villa, Director, USEPA, Central Region Lab
Nancy Wentworth, USEPA, ORD/QAMS
Technical support for the development of this document was provided by Tetra Tech, Inc. under
EPA Contract No. 68-C1-0008.

-------

-------
                                                    Executive Summary
Purpose
Document
Elements
Selection
Criteria
Keyword
Index
Summary
Chart
This document is designed to give coastal managers a single reference for the
broad spectrum of sampling and analytical methods that are in use today. Because
of the complexity of estuarine and marine environments and associated issues, no
single monitoring methods manual can be applied to all situations. This docu-
ment, therefore, provides the coastal manager with a starting point for identifying
and selecting appropriate methods for use in the National Estuary Program, Ocean
Dumping Program and other coastal monitoring programs.

This document and the accompanying methods matrix provide an annotated
bibliography that lists and describes references on sampling and analytical meth-
ods and related topics, including: monitoring plans, quality assurance, data inter-
pretation and data management. To provide readers with the information needed
to decide on the suitability of a reference for their needs, five elements have been
provided for each reference:

1. Bibliographic Reference
2. Media for which the methods are appropriate
3. Keywords
4. Abstract
5. The Table of Contents from the reference

One hundred references were selected from numerous federal, state, and local
organizations for inclusion in this document. Criteria for inclusion were: a focus
on marine and estuarine environments, current use, and acceptance by profession-
als for use in saline environments.

In addition, an index of all keywords and associated terms is included at the end
of the document as an alternative technique for searching for references covering
specific subject areas. A bibliography of all references, arranged by author and
date, is also provided.

The accompanying chart provides the user with a  cross-reference of monitoring
parameters to reference documents and identifies the applicable media (i.e., water
column, sediment, or biota). This format affords the user a simple lookup table to
quickly identify references that address the parameters and media of interest. In
addition, a source for obtaining a copy of the reference is given for each entry in
the bibliography.

-------

-------
                                   Table of Contents
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS	iii




EXECUTIVE SUMMARY	v




INTRODUCTION	 l




CROSS-REFERENCE MATRIX	9




CATALOG OF REFERENCES	17




REFERENCE LIST	       423 .
INDEX.
                                                     435
                          VM

-------

-------
fl
o
o
I

-------

-------
                                                                 Introduction
 PURPOSE
 This document provides a comprehensive reference list of available sampling and analytical
 methods pertinent to the monitoring of marine and estuarine environments. The listed references
 contain specific methods, standard practices, and established protocols for field sampling, labora-
 tory analysis, and quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) procedures appropriate for the
 environmental monitoring requirements of National Estuary Programs (NEPs).  The references
 have been collected from a variety of sources, including existing NEPs, other regional monitor-
 ing efforts, local monitoring studies, and federal research laboratories. The purpose of this
 document is to provide an information resource for NEP committees and managers that can assist
 them in selecting field and laboratory methods for monitoring the parameters that are the most
 appropriate indicators of environmental quality within their program.

 Several alternative methods exist for many of the field sampling, laboratory analyses, data analy-
 ses, and QA/QC procedures required within a NEP monitoring effort. Trie aim of this document
 is to present in one place relevant references, in which alternative methods and practices for field
 collection procedures, laboratory protocols, and data reporting and analyses requirements are
 outlined. It is not the aim of this document to compare, rate, or recommend different monitoring
 methodologies. This document is designed to be a single source of published information for
 NEP managers who have the responsibility for designing the field and laboratory components of
 the regional monitoring program, once monitoring objectives have been established and the
 environmental parameters to be monitored have been identified.

 SCOPE
 References have been limited to those manuals, guidance documents, standard operating proce-
 dures and protocols that specifically describe methodologies for sampling, analytical, QA/QC,
 and data analysis procedures. Emphasis has been placed on recently developed analytical meth-
 ods and standards and protocols used by existing NEP and national monitoring programs such as
 the Puget Sound Estuary Program, the San Francisco Estuary Project, the Galveston Bay Estuary
Program, EPA's 301(h) and 403 monitoring programs, EPA's Ecosystem Monitoring and Assess-
ment Program, and NCAA's Status and Trends Program. Comparative discussions of methodolo-

-------
Introduction
gies, monitoring plans, or general guidance documents are not included unless they contain
detailed examples of specific monitoring methods.

Approximately 200 documents were identified and collected for tentative inclusion in this bibli-
ography. Using the criteria described above, a final selection of 100 references were chosen from
the collected documents.  The majority of references are EPA publications; others are published
by other federal and state agencies. A small number of consultants' reports, published books,
and technical reports and standards are also included.

The collection of appropriate references included searches of available corporate libraries and
technical publications, such as the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and the
American Public Health Association (APHA). EPA resources were also searched extensively.
The Center for Environmental Research Information on-line document catalog and the EPA
library network Online System Library provided information on the majority of the published
EPA reports. Other EPA offices were contacted directly for details on unpublished reports and
reports in press. The EPA resources contacted included the:

       Office of Research and Development,
              Environmental Systems Monitoring Laboratory-Cincinnati
              Environmental Systems Monitoring Laboratory-Duluth
              Environmental Research Laboratory-Gulf Breeze
              Environmental Research Laboratory-Narragansett
              Environmental Research Laboratory-Newport
       Office of Science and Technology
       Office of Wetlands, Oceans, and Watersheds, Ocean and Coastal Protection Division

 Other federal agencies contacted included the:

       National Park Service
       National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) regional libraries
       NOAA National Marine Fisheries Service, Northwest Center
       NOAA Coastal Monitoring and Bioeffects Assessment Division
        U.S Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station
        U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, San Francisco District
        U.S. Geological Survey regional  library
        U.S. Food and Drug Administration National Shellfish Sanitation Branch.

-------
                                                                             Introduction
State and local organizations contacted included the:

       California State Water Resources Control Board
       Chesapeake Bay Program
       Galveston Bay Estuary Project
       Maryland Department of the Environment
       Puget Sound Estuary Program
       San Francisco Estuary Institute
       San Francisco Estuary Project
       Southern California Coastal Water Resources Project
       State of Maine Department of Environmental Protection
       Texas Natural Resources Conservation Commission
       Texas Parks and Wildlife Department
       Washington State Department of Ecology.

Library catalogs were searched via on-line access to the University of California system and to
Stanford University.  These searches were directed towards journal articles and books.

FORMAT
This document is an annotated bibliography. This first section, the introduction, explains the
organization of the document. The second section consists of a summary reference table or
matrix. This cross-reference matrix is a concise display of the keywords for each reference. The
keywords are grouped into logical divisions of physical parameters, chemical parameters, bio-
logical characterization, and related topics.


The third section, comprising the majority of the document, is the catalog of references. Each
reference or entry is presented in standard format:

       bibliographic information
       keywords
       abstract
       contact telephone number
       table of contents

The fourth section consists of a standard reference list, ordered by  author and date. The last
section is an index relating keywords and subject to appropriate entries in the  bibliography, using
reference numbers. Each entry has a unique reference number that is displayed at the top of each
page of the catalog of references. The reference number is also used in the cross-reference
matrix and reference list as a convenient means for the reader to find the bibliographic informa-
tion pages of any document of interest.

-------
Introduction
BIBLIOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
The references are arranged alphabetically by author or publishing agency or organization.
Where a reference has both named authors and a publishing agency, the agency is generally
given precedence and the entry is arranged alphabetically according to the agency name.  Al-
though not necessarily a standard approach, this format allows immediate recognition of the
document as being a product of a local, state, or federal organization. References published by
the same agency are arranged chronologically, by year of publication.

The majority of the references are federal government agency reports. Where possible both the
agency publication number and the National Technical Information Service (NTIS) accession
number have been included for the reader's  convenience when ordering documents. Some recent
documents will be available from the office of the sponsoring agency, but in general, requesting
documents from NTIS will be more successful.
KEYWORDS
A standard set of keywords were developed for this bibliography, based on the structure of the
referenced methods manuals and protocols. Three major keywords or categories are used to
denote the environmental media of interest:

       WATER QUALITY
       SEDIMENT QUALITY
       BIOLOGICAL CHARACTERIZATION

Each reference contains at least one of these keywords, and many comprehensive documents
contain methods addressing all three.

Keywords are further divided into environmental parameters and monitoring procedures.  This
division combines similar parameters under headings such as organic constituents, nutrients, and
PCBs, and groups similar procedures, such as sampling, QA/QC, and bioaccumulation. These
groupings are a logical combination of parameters that reflect the approach used in specific
methods documents. The parameter and procedure keywords are shown in Table 1.

The majority of the secondary keywords can be associated with more than one major keyword or
 media category. For example, SAMPLING is used as a keyword for methods describing water
 column sampling, sediment sampling, and biological sampling; NUTRIENTS is used as a keyword
 for references discussing nutrient analyses of water and of sediments, but GRAIN SIZE refers only
 to a measure of sediment quality, and CHLOROPHYLL refers only to methods to measure the abun-
 dance of phytoplankton, a biological characterization monitoring method.

-------
                                                                                   Introduction
                                           TABLE 1
                      PARAMETER AND PROCEDURE KEYWORDS
PHYSICAL PARAMETERS
CURRENT & FLOW
DEPTH
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
GRAIN SIZE
PH
SALINITY
TOTAL SOLIDS

TURBIDITY
TEMPERATURE

CHEMICAL PARAMETERS
INORGANICS
METALS
ORGANICS

NUTRIENTS
PAHs

PCBs
PESTTCIDES

OXYGEN DEMAND

ORGANIC CARBON
ORGANOTINS
RADIOACTIVITY

BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS
BlOAXUMULAnON
CHLOROPHYLL
PATHOGENIC ORGANISMS

POPULATION/COMMUNITY

TISSUE ANALYSIS
TaXIOTY/BlOASSAY

RELATED ISSUES
DATA ANALYSIS/MANAGEMENT
QA/QC
SAMPLING
VOLUNTEER MONITORING
(Includes methods of current and tidal measurements and stream flow)
(Methods of water depth measurements)
(Methods applicable to water column and sediment pore water)
(Sediments)
(Includes methods for water column and sediments, including eH)
(Includes conductivity of the water column)
(Includes total suspended solids, total dissolved solids, total volatile solids,
settleable solids, floating particulates)
(Includes water column transmissivity, transparency, color)
(Water and sediment)
(Includes arsenic, asbestos, cyanide, sulfides: water, sediment)
(Dissolved, suspended, and total metals: water, sediment)
(Includes halogenated aliphatic hydrocarbons, halogenated ethers, monocy-
clic aromatic hydrocarbons, nitrosamines, and others: water, sediment)
(Includes ammonia-Nitrogen, Kjeldahl-Nitrogen, nitrite and nitrate, total
nitrogen, dissolved nitrogen, organic nitrogen, orthophosphate, total phos-
phorus, dissolved phosphorus: water, sediment)
(Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons and phthalate esters: water,
sediment)
(Polychlorinated biphenyls: water, sediment)
(Includes DDT and derivatives, dieidrin, heptachlor, chlordane, and other
priority pollutant pesticides: water, sediment)
(Includes biological oxygen demand [BOD], chemical oxygen demand [COD]:
water, sediment)
(Total organic carbon [TOC]: water, sediment)
(Includes tributyltin and others: water, sediment)
(Water, sediment)
(Biological characterization)
(Biological characterization)
(Includes coliform and Enterococcus bacteria: water, sediment, biological
characterization)
(Includes fish, macroinvertebrates, epibenthos, infauna, vegetation, habitat:
biological characterization)
(Water, sediment, biological characterization)
(Water, sediment, biological characterization)
(Water, sediment, biological characterization)
(Water, sediment, biological characterization)
(Water, sediment, biological characterization)
(Water, sediment, biological characterization)

-------
Introduction
ABSTRACT
For each entry in the bibliography an abstract has been provided. The abstract is copied from the
referenced document if available.  If not, a brief description of the document is provided by either
excerpting relevant paragraphs from the introductory material or by composing an abstract from a
review of the document. The purpose, type of method(s), expected sensitivity and accuracy (if
appropriate), general level of detail, and information on the format of the document are outlined.
The origin of the abstract is noted at the end of the abstract as follows:

[copied from document]     a reproduction of the abstract as it appears in the document
[extracted from document]  a compilation of statements from the Executive Summary, Preface,
                           Introduction, statement of purpose, scope, etc.
[composed after review]     an abstract was written after a review of the document.

CONTACT
A telephone number is supplied for all references that are published by public agencies. Copies
of the document or current information on how to obtain copies are available by calling the
number shown.  In many cases, reader's technical queries can also be addressed.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
A table of contents is included in a standardized format for each reference. Chapter or section
headings and two or three levels of sub-headings have been included. However, where numerous
levels of sub-headings or repetitive headings occur in the reference, they have been abridged in
 this section. Titled appendices are included, but lists of tables and figures are not included. The
 tables of contents are presented in a standard format to provide an indication of the level of detail
 of the document.

 CROSS REFERENCING MATRIX
 To enhance the  utility of this document, a matrix cross referencing keywords and titles is in-
 cluded.  This matrix enables the reader to identify all documents pertaining to specific parameters
 or, alternatively, to determine  quickly the range of methods addressed in any particular document.

 To avoid repetition in the cross reference matrix and to enhance the brevity of the matrix, three
 letters are used to denote the media for which the method was designed: W for water quality, S
 for sediment quality, and B for biota or biological characterization.  These correspond to the three
 major keywords in the bibliographic information at the beginning of each entry.

-------
                                                                              Introduction
REFERENCE LIST
To further enhance ease of use for the reader, a reference list of all documents included in this
bibliography is included. It contains standard reference information of:

                     author
                     year of publication
                     title
                     editor(s)
                     publisher or publishing institution
                     number of pages
                     report number
                     reference number

This reference list is sorted by author and year and can be cross-referenced to the annotated
catalog listings by the reference number. This information is basically the same as that supplied
at the beginning of each catalog entry; differing in that keywords, abstracts, and tables of con-
tents are not included.  The purpose of this reference list is to allow the reader to quickly search
for a specific author and year, without the necessity of having to look through several pages per
reference.

INDEX
An index to the catalog is included.  Index entries include each of the keywords as well as the
terms or monitoring and analytical parameters associated with the keywords. This includes
specific physical and biological parameters and elements and compounds addressed in the refer-
ences. The numbers listed with each index word are the reference numbers used to identify each
document within the catalog.  These reference numbers are repeated at the top of every page of
each reference. This provides the reader with a convenient method to quickly locate a reference
of interest,  whether  from the index or from the cross-reference matrix.
POSTER
A fold-out poster, suitable for wall display, is included in a pocket at the back of this document.
The poster displays a complete version of the cross-reference matrix presented in the following
section.

-------

-------

-------

-------
Monitoring Methods
Cross-reference
Matrix
;?>:v> ^ifeferenw^
PHYSICAL PARAMETERS
^•'^"'St, -' -^'Cu{fent;&'fto'w?
Depth
•'•>ป'.''' "'"?-E>!ssotvedifฃT' '/, , /9 A-
Grain Size
•5;;-;:Cป,-!*%''''"i,!'?ป ; "^ , * ';PM
Salinity (Conductivity)
? ;x- .,.,/ ฐJ ;?•>,' g ; sJol^CSbKdi;-
Turbidity
;•• ^VV; ;ป*"' 3;e,fgmpe,fatuf^
CHEMICAL PARAMETERS
v <:•& ^',0 A ife ^%i?;
Inorganic Constituents
Total Organic Carbon
'>;*: '>,B"ป,*;i 'life.'* >,VSW^$?'
Oxygen Demand
,!ฐ,';/,L% - 'h!<'j',2i J. -;,'i't, .;11<
PCBs
%v'.j "-V/V^sdiQa'etjxtfy-L
BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS
f ^fฐ'f:~ '? '',' Biaaccti'mutaUbri
Chlorophyll
;•';" j; f Raw|>genlc"6rga[jlstri|
Population/Community
ฐ Ttssoe Analysis
Toxicity/Bioassays
RELATED TOPICS
v^Data'^naly'sK/MahSgemenf

QA/QC
^''"' -v '' * "'" "• ' '^'^ArftriiirtO '
<•?/,'<," ^i.., l, ^ j ; ^\ J , '-v^ , ^
Volunteer Monitoring
,1

::^ •**

w^
') -^

-*'*X*
w
-;*/!. ;

>w,.-

"•' . :
. ( .

'> 't :
tf 'o A;


'^v-

,,ป-:i/>

i -•;-

Wfi,


WB


y*3

\fitn.
*,'•,--,

T —
,*,*

_ ., y,

''•Wf'
!>.;-. ,
., u ,
ป•ป'
W
'W
w
:•%;

;-W
w
w
•^f!,(i
w
rsVv
W
"^

'*'w^,

:-V;

l*B:

v* ,
WB

* -Cv)


^tA^;
vi'x'"



'0%V

^>' '-
',/-/ ,
,,,,,,
;-7;".}'j

",'?':*-






ฃii?'
.;'~-
'J-ir

*:•&

,'„!,-!

VX X

$-!?•-

^
WSB

WSR

WSB
wsf


Fซ
iv ,- ,

,'W-

'W*"
5
WS
vvs
^x&;
ws
•'S.V
WS
*$:

w$'

:;:;>?

*fe:-

;x->^


vi?sฃ

Vi/S
/V^jv
^frf^.

i;- -^
?s>.

'•"'.'••'

r?"--2-
',-? ^^

&fe
w
;-%,;
w


W
w
,,,,r;
•.,^*!
W
•M
w
iW,

•^ V;

-iw;>

•^


iVV-


i^>^ ;
'S/^

(^

?/;"*•

;.' .//
-L L J

';ฃ?

:•','' ~

^^

z,'~ '•


',/.'•!
•~f.r
„•„':,'?.

"•,';•'

~>"''s

Hfrl



'.y?;.
WB

•>s.:

WB
'•^f* '<,
,/*

K'?:,'

,--;• 2,

$•&%,
V''/"v

^C'j-J

%7 "•*?''

'Q%

'i;.:-'
^f
^A
'j'i^V
ป;,,,ป
M--> ;

S'->;

y,s

*•:*-'.'

::;;;'<

f'=?^


--W*

w
'-iA^v'
'^-.'^y^'



i*''*?'^

t,V ;,
? '' .-'/

J^f->

'% ' ?*

;'tซ

a,,-,*
'; '
ir
-"di"
, ^ ,<„, „
i'^'J

X C'^'

s',1-':;-?

-Vl,{,



'''*?$!


VVs6

WSB
,^^!
S ,"' '">' I

s*;>

.'•'V'1

j^-jV;
* ^ '^

"fe;



tM

4;J1
-,- j •ป
,,-
o!"?1
••,,-.
•ฐ3i';.;"

?fS

•S*'';

jirr

5fsJ^

i|"'->:


^w5*


ฃs,<*".
'$<'•>' :

^e:

,v-,ซ7


ฃ'/''•
...
*;;>jf

>V;;-

i%5;

i*vV'
w<
^^.
s^ฃ!
• •ซ
,-?'Vs

i^'

ซ••:*



3J5

~y&,


ฃ&.


" V'vi
J^?ซ:

rtr



;' ^.^
' - 'ir'<-
s
ft;:S

;'wsT

,'/ซf5

':''f'S.
•*,."",
S
ws,.
ws
f f'"} '
•U4!'r,

-$••'!

?c'--^

tf-M
WB
^ : 5 ^
B
^


Of*"'

WSB
VA'KT'O.
v r?



->^

,*'jป'
— i^v ^

>*•>

:^ฐ:

•ป:j>

u,^.
,w.
;""
*y- ?
vv<
O ,^' ^:



ซ^'

*S;

ฃ?•""

taft


'ws*

ws
'iii^fc^
^Wb"



,?,;>„

''^^
*'' y'jW



'•?#•?

I'1-?

%''?'-**
*••:-.
^^ •
ฃgtje
" < ',
'l*f:\.

%, 3 '
*?V^'

:^'-;)

•7T';

IJ5;:;

^^


, ••" -j


iซ;
:•>%•

'14-

Xfe;

;K'/'?
' *t>^ '

;-^r#

',-j4ฐ

Ss

vs.;-
*-!.;
's ""*
;'/^*,
,w
A -'ป
S
M

*r ''' ''j

T:b'ฐ

v':?

v3
s

,;..;'s/!


(?'&

;Wr
w
w
3^i
W
yฑ
w
-fฃ
w
>,w-'

'V"r

Tf* *>

'W/'


" ii^j
s ,>,1''^

[•-,Ret?rence'No-r> •:;?;'"=•-'
PHYSICAL PARAMETERS
'f u'ijlrit:&, Plojfe- =!?; '^ , '' /;A -*•
Depth
'-'to'aj,f jV -. ••'-,-;- * ",',?.
>YT i v j^?x'^ ' v s 'V ?h<- ^' "^
Grain Size
*P&V-;C^,Y,,'C!;: ,v -^ S',' '*,,
Salinity (Conductivity)
'H'oi&~$6l&f- ^^>:-'-'-'' '', '*/-
Turbidity
5ertlpปal'ซ'fe;'r'}>n ,'>',/ - ' ซ
CHEMICAL PARAMETERS
"Setal^'' •"•'.'•'-•" VA,-;,, --:,,,"
Inorganic Constituents
Total Organic Carbon
lyutfifsnts-*'^/'"^! . ,ป'-<^ Jv'
Oxygen Demand
P^HS^' •'il\jnf^ ,; ./ v '*'
PCBs
^esttaiif^':;1:-1"^--/,;'^ ," ^,
Organotins
i RadjoacBy't^ : ';A V"- -' '*: ' - '•'
BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS
-Bioaccupiolation p..- .i'i-',-^
Chlorophyll
, Pa't^p|enfc,Orgahfsihs >
Population/Community
TJssueAnajysis'' '/ . '.,_ '
Toxicity/Bioassays
RELATED TOPICS
'Data A"cf ' Vfvi"""'' reV'T-' '

QA/QC
^'J*^j,;, *'-'Jv'^'%>'f "* X' ^~
; j3fl5|5Hng ,' '^, ^-'"^^f'^^y -• ^cs^.
Volunteer Monitoring
                W = Water  S = Sediment  B = Biota

-------
Monitoring Methods
Cross-reference
Matrix (continued)
Reference No.
16
17
18
19 20
21 | 22
23
24 (25
26
27
28
29 |30
RefeienceNo,
PHYSICAL PARAMETERS PHYSICAL PARAMETERS
Current & Flow
Depth
Dissolved Oxygen
Grain Size
	 pH
Salinity (Conductivity)
Total Solids
Turbidity
Temperature
CHEMICAL PARAMETERS
Metals
Inorganic Constituents
Gfgปnle Constituents
Total Organic Carbon
	 Nutrients
Oxygen Demand
PAHs
PCBs
Pesticides
Organotins
Radioactivity



	





















































W
W
W
s
W
w;
.w

-W
S
W
W
W
s
s'
S
k
'w
s
w
w
w
w
w


—

















WS
ws
WS



ws
ws
ws


















	

	










_

"s"
S

: 	 ;
WS,
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
WS8
WSB
WSB
WSB
WS
WS
WS
W
w
w
WS
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
b
s"
s
b
"s"
S
s
s'
?,
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
Current & F!<>w
Depth
Dissolved Oxygen
Grain Size
PH '. „
Salinity (Conductivity)
Total'solids
Turbidity
Temperature
CHEMICAL PARAMETERS
Metals
Inorganic Constituents
Organic Constituents
Total Organic Carbon
Mutrients
Oxygen Demand
PAhte
PCBs
Pesticides
Organotins
Radioactivity
BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS
BioKCumufatton
Chlorophyll
Pathogenic Organisms
Population/Community
Tissue Analysis
Toxicity/Bioassays

	





-—




	




	
S


WS


WS

s

"ws
WSB
WS8
B
WB
WSB
WS
w
w

!ป
,S,
S
S
i
T
s
WSB
w
WSB
WSB
WSB
Biqaccumufation <
Chlorophyll
Pathogenic Organism^
Population/Community
Tissue Analysis
Toxicity/Bioassays
RELATED TOPICS RELATED TOPICS
Data AnalysiS/Management
_QA/QC
Sampling
Volunteer Monitoring
W





S



ws






ws
ws


ws
ws





ws
WSB
WSB
WSB
WS
ws
w
ws
s
s
js
s
s
' s'
WSB
WSB
WSB
Data Analysis/Management
QA/QC
Sampling
Volunteer Monitoring
                 W = Water
                      S = Sediment  B = Biota
                              10

-------
Monitoring Methods
Cross-reference
Matrix (continued)
           V/ V/ ซ?/ "/ */ */ V/ 

,< ;, , • v; r _ v Referpn"ce Sf6i, PHYSICAL PARAMETERS Depth Grain Size ^ 'ซ'>'*"" ' ' •* ^, WP'tJ'' 'f>*>i": ;* , Salinity (Conductivity) Turbidity *fff •>,; ; " ;;T4rrtp^a1:i|r&, CHEMICAL PARAMETERS ,'^V<ซ':>J/'',';'!-*^''tJ^ฎ'^ Inorganic Constituents Total Organic Carbon Oxygen Demand i^-:"-'''"Jv>''?5il"ซ?^'V^ฃfs, PCBs Organotins BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS Chlorophyll Population/Community •' ซ ?,'. 'A ?'v -^v'^'5"511?!'^!1'/?'! Toxicity/Bioassays RELATED TOPICS Data Analysis/Management ., QA/QC Samplirtg Volunteer Monitoring ซ3U WS s w ,;w; WSB ws wsa WSB W W W$B W \**; "' SB ^VSB WSB ^Vj'3'3; ?/ 'A,^< ', tffs "'. ^''-^ V^ ?34:: ,;?,5 •3&ffc$St ;^ ###$ฃ' rRefeVerice"|sib^-> ' -V , : , : -' K: PHYSICAL PARAMETERS M 'Vs ^:,' -<** B E ^H,^ J- V^ ^3 •"t'f- vss. ?&* W W W <,VvV '• ' V^ ffi'jv \ ;V,^ >^!''*^ 5- ,^ :*;.' . c^.Ji'c w w W '}•*V' A >,< s-™!*^" o^', V •>-*? ; 't;VJ'j ='53* ;;)'f4 ft?*p t?l; u' >^< '< ^Sj WS vซ^.^," ?^ *'%• ; X^'i ',-!"' 0 ^•y" -VC) ,^ 'Xit' V v*cV '^1% =??.;t ฃฃT:, w w w ?<*'& - ;WS' '^'l/ Inorganic Constituents Total Organic Carbon Oxygen Demand PCBs '"'""" '%ฃ*SfjCjyeS' 'v?*/' ;^>/ ? >, ^,' ,, , i^, */ 4^* * '*'<'*,'•.ฃ,* *!,„•: >t, *„ „.. . U*ป,^V'4*'^T Organotins BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS ** v1'* 8 X*!j>/ / ^v B B f<^';,' wvC;&:^j SB ^>X". ^•S"', V ซ",<ฅ ws J WSB WSB WSB WS^ WSB WSB ... a i? •8 B 'B B ฐB( W W WS8 S; WS WS ws w w B B W f-i'^,t -a B W ฐ • * WSB ;8id|if^njul|ffo'rtฃy^ ^-';iซx"':; Chlorophyll Population/Community .'Tissue^naJysiB ''^i %,C'C,tv',<> ' Toxicity/Bioassays RELATED TOPICS Data Analysfs/Management QA/QC Samptag " ' Volunteer Monitoring W = Water S = Sediment B = Biota 11


-------
Monitoring Methods
Cross-reference
Matrix (continued)
Reference No,
PHYSICAL PARAMETERS
Current & Flow
Depth
Diuutvcd Oxygen,
Grain Size
_ 	 	 _ 	 pH
Salinity {Conductivity)
	 	 Total Solids'
Turbidity
Temperature
CHEMICAL PARAMETERS
Metals
Inwganic Constituents
Organic Constituents.
Total Organic Carbon
Nutrients
Oxygen Demand
	 PAHi
	 PCBs
Pesticides
Otganotins
Radioactivity
BIOIOGICAL PARAMETERS
BfwcatmutAtron
Chlorophyll
Pathogenic Organism*
Population/Community
Tซ$ue Analysis
Toxlcity/Bioassays
RELATED TOPICS
Dam Analysis/Management
QA/QC
Sampling
Volunteer Monitoring
46

..._.'
W
V
W
"w"
W
w

ws
ws
ws
"vvs
ws'
ws
ws'
ws

WSB
w
WSB
B
" ~ '




47?

—•••

._.„.



.,,

	


W




48







S
S
s,,;
"s""
s
s



s
s
s
49 f



_



WS
ws
M,
ws"
'ws
ws

ws
ws

ws
ws
ws
50


w
w
w
w
w
w

w
w
w
"ฃ'
"w
w
t



w

...:.:.:.
51









	
	

WSB



WSB
52



...








WS

ws

ws
53












B

B

B
54









S
S
S
S
s

•


s
s
55

W
w
s
w
w
w"
w


ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws

WbB
w
WSB
B

WSB
WSB
WSB
56









-
-

B

. B:


57









-
~

WSB
WSB

WSB
WSB
WSB
58









-,.
"•-

W

W
w

ปt

!-,







'w


w




M>


S
s





s


b
i inn

S

S
Reference No,
PHYSICAL PARAMETERS
Current & Flow
Depth
Dissolved Oxygen
Grain Size
,PH
Salinity (Conductivity)
Total Solids
Turbidity
Temperature
CHEMICAL PARAMETERS
Metals
Inorganic Constituents
Organic Constituents
Total Organic Carbon
, Nutf ienfe
Oxygen Demand
PAHs
PCBs
Pesticides
Organotins
Radioactivity
BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS
BioaccumuWon
Chlorophyll
Pathogenic O'rgartisrw
Population/Community
Tissue Analysis
Toxicity/Bioassays
RELATED TOPICS
Data Analysts/Management
QA/QC
Sampling
Volunteer Monitoring
                 W = Water  S = Sediment  B = Biota
                             12

-------
Monitoring  Methods
Cross-reference
Matrix (continued)

    PHYSICAL PARAMETERS
                Depth

             Grain Size
      Salinity (Conductivity)

              Turbidity
                                                                         PHYSICAL PARAMETERS
   CHEMICAL PARAMETERS
                                                                  W
                                                                 m
                                                                IT >?•
                                                    Salinity (Conductivity)  •

                                                    Turbidity
     Inorganic Constituents

     Total Organic Carbon
         Oxygen Demand

                PCBs

            Organotins I
                                                                         CHEMICAL PARAMETERS
 BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS
                                                                     ,'vi":
                                                    Inorganic Constituents

                                                    Total Organic Carbon
                                                    •ffttoifnte vซ/5v' '-^ ''••':. 'i
                                                    Oxygen Demand
                                                    PCBs

                                                    Organotins
     Population/Community

  	Toxicity/Bioassays
       x
       WB
                                                                        BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS
                               W
                                  W
                                     sti -6.
                                     ^JA-
                                     WS
        RELATED TOPICS
              Chlorophyll
                trjo|er^gf3
              Population/Community
              *T&iJe''^n3y$i/<|_ ;^i',l''
              Toxicity/Bioassays
  Data Anajysi$/JViana|erfieht
              QA/QC
      Volunteer Monitoring
W
                                                                        RELATED TOPICS
                    WB
                        W
ws
ws
W
ws
ws
WSB
WSB
WB
WSB
€>ata Analysis/management.
QA/QC
                                                   Volunteer Monitoring
                                W = Water   S = Sediment    B = Biota
                                                  13

-------
Monitoring Methods
Cross-reference
Matrix (continued)
Reference No,
PHYSICAL PARAMETERS
Cutreni & Flow
Depth
Dissolved Oxygen
Grain Size
"Z'izzriiirtf.
Salinity (Conductivity)
Total Solids
Turbidity
Temperature
CHEMICAL PARAMETERS
Mซals
Inorganic Constituents
Organic Constituents
Total Organic Carbon
Nutrients
Oxygen Demand
PAHs
PCBs
Pesticides
Orgartoilns
Radioactivity
BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS
Bioaaumutotion
Chlorophyll
•' - ' pathogenic Organisms
Populaikm/Community
Tissue Analysis
Toxicity/Bloassays
RELATED TOPICS
Ox* Amtysiii/Muwgement
QA/QC
Sampling
Volunteer Monitoring
76



W
S
"w"




ws
ws
ws


ws
ws
ws














77



w.
w


w


















WSB
WSB
WSB

78









WS
ws
ws
ws"






.ji'lllv
w






ws
ws

79

w
w
w
s
w
w
w.
w
w

ws
ws
ws
w
ws
ws
ws
ws



WSB
w
ws
WSB
WSB
WSB

WSB
WSB
WSB

80



RrfH





-;s
s
"s"
• 	

s
s
s







s


„/;„, ,11
s


81
























S


S
;s

•ซ1



w
s
ws,
w
w

w

ws
ws
w$.
ws'


ws
ws


WSB
w
ws
WSB
,ws
WSB

WSB
WSB
WSB

83 !




-







™






S






s

s

84




1




B
B
B
,;

B
B
B







B


B
B
B

85

W


S
ws



ws
ws
ws
ws

ws
ws
ws
ws





B
WSB
WSB





86









W

w
-











w





87
























W


W


88






W



w
t
v
w












vy

w

89

















.

- ,

.

B


WS
WS
WS

90



W
-,







W
w



•

.
w
we
B




WB
WB
WB
Reference No.
PHYSICAL PARAMETERS
Current & Flow
Depth
.Dissolved Oxygen
Grain Size
pH
Salinity (Conductivity)
Tata! Solids
Turbidity
'Temperature
CHEMICAL PARAMETERS
Metafs
Inorganic Constituents
Organic Constituents
Total Organic Carbon
Nutrients
Oxygen Demand
PAHs
PCBs
Pesticides
Organotins
Radioactivity , "
BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS
Bioaccutnulation
Chlorophyll
Pathogenic Organisms '
Population/Community
Ttssue Analysis _
Toxicity/Bioassays
RELATED TOPICS
Data Analysis/Management
QA/QC
Sampling
Volunteer Monitoring
                 W = Water
                      S = Sediment  B = Biota
                             14

-------
Monitoring  Methods
Cro s s -reference
Matrix  (concluded)
                                                     ^-/-ti'^'-^'^^'^H'-M'^^w^
    PHYSICAL PARAMETERS
           Depth
 s'A'^pissofifeM^Oxy^eh-
         Grain Size


  Salinity (Conductivity)


          Turbidity
                     w
                     W
                     >^'
                    *' \>
                     W
                    ;&f
                                         s
                                        •r.'^
                                                                      PHYSICAL PARAMETERS
   CHEMICAL PARAMETERS
                                                                      Depth
                                                                ,ซissoivj2q uxygerv C,^',-..\'.
                                                                Grain Size


                                                                Salinity (Conductivity)
                                                                jxStais&ijcfS;*? '-$-ฐ;'s?>;'-'''/,'';
                                                                Turbidity
Inorganic Constituents


Total Organic Carbon


   Oxygen Demand


          PCBs
            Organotins
                    ws
                                                                      CHEMICAL PARAMETERS
                                        ws
                                        ws
 BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS
                                                  WS
                                                  ws
                                                                 '^i^K^ffy^^ 'ฐฃ ป
-------

-------
I
o

1
U

-------

-------
                                                                            Reference No.:


 APHA. 1970. Recommended Procedures for the Examination of Sea Water and Shellfish. 4th. ed.
      American Public Health Association, Inc. New York, NY.
 Media in which methods can be used:
                             Water
I  I Sediment
                                                                                       Biota
 Keywords:
Water quality, biological characterization, sampling, pathogenic organisms, toxic-
ity/bioassay, dissolved oxygen, salinity, temperature
Abstract

The procedures set forth in this document for the examination of sea water and shellfish are intended to
describe methods applicable to water and sanitary surveys of shellfish-growing areas and to bacteriologic
surveys of commercial shellfish operations. The tests included are for index organisms indicative of fecal
contamination and, as such, indicate a possible danger of transmission of enteric diseases.

Bacteriologic examinations have served a definite purpose in sanitary surveys of shellfish-growing areas
and have aided in the assessment of the sanitary quality of shellfish as harvested or marketed. The Fourth
Edition places special emphasis on the application of the various tests for the determination of coliform
and fecal coliform organisms. These tests, combined, have indicated pollution probabilities in the shell-
fish-growing areas and potentially dangerous contamination of the product during harvesting, washing
packing, and marketing.

Chemical and physical tests for such parameters as salinity and temperature accompany the bacteriologic
test for shellfish and growing areas.  Since naturally occurring biotoxins may be present at certain seasons
in various geographic locations, the toxin assay methods have been inserted.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (Out of print)
                                              17

-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS

       1   APPARATUS AND MEDIA
            Laboratory Apparatus
            Washing and Sterilization
            Materials
            Preparation of Culture Media
            Media

       2  PROCEDURES FOR THE PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL EXAMINATION OF
          ESTUARINE WATERS
            Introduction
            Collection of Samples
            Physical and Chemical Examination
            Bibliography

       3  PROCEDURES FOR THE BACTERIOLOQIC EXAMINATION OF SEA
          WATER AND SHELLFISH
            Examination of Sea Water
            Examination of Shellfish
            Bibliography

       4  MEMBRANE FILTER METHODS FOR THE BACTERIOLOGIC
          EXAMINATION OF SEA WATER
             Examination of Sea Water
             Bibliography

       5   BIOASSAY FOR SHELLFISH TOXINS
             Bioassay for Paralytic Shellfish Poison
             Method for the Bioassay of Gymnodinium dreveToxin(s) in Shellfish
             Bibliography

APPENDIX   DIFFERENTIATION OF COLIFORM AND FECAL COLIFORM
           ORGANISMS
                                   18

-------
                                                                             Reference No.lmiMm


 APHA. 1992. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater.  18th ed. Washington,
      DC. American Public Health Association, American Water Works Association, Water Pollution
      Control Federation.
 Media in which methods can be used:
                             Water
|~] Sediment
I Biota
 Keywords:
 Abstract
Water quality, biological characterization, dissolved oxygen, pH, salinity, total
solids, turbidity, nutrients, metals, organics, PAHs, PCBs, pesticides, inorganics,
toxicity/bioassays, pathogenic organisms
 The procedures described in these standards are intended for the examination and analysis of waters of a
 wide range of quality, including water suitable for domestic or industrial supplies, surface water, ground-
 water, cooling or circulating water, boiler water, boiler feed water, treated and untreated municipal or
 industrial wastewater, and saline water. Certain methods are intended for use with sludges and sediments.
 An effort has been made to present methods that apply as generally as possible. Where alternative meth-
 ods are necessary for samples of different composition, the basis for selecting the most appropriate method
 is presented as clearly as possible. The document is divided into the following major parts:

   Part 1000 - Introduction
   Part 2000 - Physical and Aggregate Properties
   Part 3000 - Metals
   Part 4000 - Inorganic Nonmetallic Constituents
   Part 5000 - Aggregate Organic Constituents
   Part 6000 - Individual Organic Compounds
   Part 7000 - Radioactivity
   Part 8000 - Toxicity
   Part 9000 - Microbiological Examination
   Part 10000 - Biological Examination

For each new edition, both the technical criteria for selection of methods and the formal procedures for
their approval and inclusion are reviewed. The methods presented here are believed to be the best available
and generally accepted procedures for the analysis of water, wastewaters, and related materials. They
represent the recommendations of specialists, ratified by a large number of analysts and others of more
general expertise, and as such are truly consensus standards, offering a valid and recognized basis for
control and evaluation. Most of the methods included here have been endorsed by regulatory agencies.

All methods are classified as "standard" or "proposed". Methods with standard status have been studied
extensively and accepted as applicable within the limits of sensitivity, precision, and accuracy given.
Tentative methods are those still under investigation that have not yet been evaluated fully. They may be
designated  as standard in a later edition.

In order to  maintain the current status of the standards new editions of the standards are published regu-
larly at reasonably short intervals (approximately every four years for the last three editions). For this
reason, the  reader is advised to verify the latest edition available.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (800) 926-7337
                                               19

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART 1000  INTRODUCTION
               Introduction
               Quality Assurance
               Data Quality
               Method Development and Evaluation
               Expression of Results
               Collection and Preservation of Samples
               Laboratory Apparatus, Reagents, and Techniques
               Reagent-Grade Water
               Safety

PART 2000   PHYSICAL AND AGGREGATE PROPERTIES
               Introduction
               Quality Control
               Appearance
               Color
               Turbidity
               Odor
               Taste
               Flavor Profile Analysis (Proposed)
               Acidity
               Alkalinity
               Calcium Carbonate Saturation (Proposed)
               Hardness
               Oxidant Demand/Requirement (Proposed)
               Conductivity
               Salinity
               Floatables
               Solids
               Temperature
               Oxidation-Reduction Potential (ORP) (Proposed)
               Tests on Sludges
               Anaerobic Sludge Digester Gas Analysis
               Dissolved Gas Supersaturation
 PART 3000   METALS
                Introduction
                Quality Control
                Preliminary Treatment of Samples
                Metals by Atomic Absorption Spectrometry
                Metals by Cold-Vapor Atomic Absorption Spectrometry

                                       20

-------
 Metals by Electrothermal Atomic Absorption Spectrometry
 Metals by Hydride Generation/Atomic Absorption Spectrometry
 Metals by Plasma Emission Spectroscopy
 Metals by Anodic Stripping Voltammetry (Proposed)
 Al - Aluminum
 Sb - Antimony
 As - Arsenic
 Ba - Barium
 Be - Beryllium
 Bi - Bismuth
 Cd - Cadmium
 Ca - Calcium
 Cs - Cesium
 Cr- Chromium
 Co - Cobalt
 Cu - Copper
 Au - Gold
 Ir- Iridium
 Fe -  Iron
 Pb - Lead
 Li - Lithium
 Mg - Magnesium
 Mn - Manganese
 Hg - Mercury
 Mo - Molybdenum
 Ni - Nickel
 Os - Osmium
 Pd -  Palladium
 Pt - Platinum
 K - Potassium
 Re -  Rhenium
 Rh -  Rhodium
 Ru -  Ruthenium
 Se - Selenium
 Ag - Silver
 Na - Sodium
 Sr - Strontium
Tl - Thallium
Th - Thorium
Tn - Tin
Ti - Titanium
V - Vanadium
Zn - Zinc
                       27

-------
•fflST
      PART 4000
       PART 5000
INORGANIC NONMETALLIC CONSTITUENTS
  Introduction
  Quality Control
  Determination of Anions by Ion Chromatography
  B - Boron
  Br - Bromide
  CO2 - Carbon Dioxide
  CN~ - Cyanide
  Cr - Chlorine (Residual)
  CI - Chloride
  CIO2 - Chlorine Dioxide
  F - Fluoride
  H* - pH Value
  I - Iodine
  |- - Iodide
  N - Nitrogen
  NH3 - Nitrogen (Ammonia)
  NOj - Nitrogen (Nitrate)
  NO3- - Nitrogen (Nitrite)
  Norg - Nitrogen (Organic)
  O - Oxygen (Dissolved)
  O3 - Ozone (Residual)
  P - Phosphorus
  Si - Silica
  S2- - Sulfide
  S|- - Sulfite
  SO*- -  Sulfate

AGGREGATE ORGANIC CONSTITUENTS
   Introduction
   Quality Control
   Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)
   Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)
   Total Organic Carbon (TOC)
   Dissolved Organic Halogen
   Aquatic Humic Substances (Proposed)
   Oil and Grease
   Phenols
   Surfactants
   Tannin and Lignin
   Organic and Volatile Acids
   Trihalomethane Formation (Proposed)
                                             22

-------
 PART 6000  INDIVIDUAL ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
                Introduction
                Quality Assurance/Quality Control for Organic Compounds
                Constituent Concentration by Gas Extraction
                Volatile Organics
                Methane
                Volatile Aromatic Organics
                Volatile Halocarbons
                1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB and 1,2-Dibromo-3-Chloropropane (DBCP)
                Trihalomethanes
                Disinfection By-Products: Haloacetic Acids and Trichlorophenol
                Extractable Base/Neutrals and Acids
                Phenols
                Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)
                Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons
                Organochlorine Pesticides
                Chlorinated Phenoxy Acid Herbicides
                Glyphosate Herbicide (Proposed)

PART 7000   RADIOACTIVITY
                Introduction
               Quality Assurance
               Gross Alpha and Gross Beta Radioactivity (Total, Suspended, and
                  Dissolved)
               Cs - Radioactive Cesium
                I -  Radioactive Iodine
               Ra - Radium
               Sr - Total Radioactive Strontium and Strontium 90
               3H-Tritium
               U - Uranium

PART 8000   TOXICITY
               Introduction
               Mutagenesis (Proposed)
               Algae
               Biostimulation (Algal Productivity)
               Phytoplankton
               Duckweed (Proposed)
               Aquatic Plants (Proposed)
               Ciliated Protozoa
               Scleractinian Coral
               Annelids
               Mollusks
                                       23

-------
               Microcustaceans
               Acartia
               Macrocustaceans
               Aquatic Insects
               Fish

PART 9000   MICROBIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION
               Introduction
               Quality Assurance
               Laboratory Apparatus
               Washing and Sterilization
               Preparation of Culture Media
               Samples
               Rapid Detection Methods
               Stressed Organisms
               Recreational Waters
               Heterotrophic Plate Count
               Direct Total Microbial Count (Proposed)
               Assimilable Organic Carbon (Proposed)
               Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique for Members of the Coliform
                  Group
               Membrane Filter Technique for Members of the Coliform Group
               Chromogenic Substrate Coliform Test (Proposed)
               Differentiation of the Coliform Bacteria
               Fecal Streptococcus and Enterococcus Group
               Iron and Sulfur Bacteria
               Detection of Actinomycetes
               Detection of Pathogenic  Bacteria
                Detection of Enteric Viruses
                Detection of Fungi
                Pathogenic Protozoa
                Nematological Examination

PART 10000   BIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION
                Introduction
                Plankton
                Periphyton
                Macrophyton
                Benthic Macroinvertebrates
                Fish
                Identification of Aquatic  Organisms
      INDEX
                                        24

-------
                                                                           Reference No.:
ASTM. 1993. Annual Book of 'ASTM Standards, 1993. Water and Environmental Technology. Vol.
     11.04: Pesticides; Resource Recovery; Hazardous Substances and Oil Spill Responses; Waste
     Management; Biological Effects. Philadelphia, PA.  American Society for Testing and
     Materials.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
• Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, toxicity/bioassay,
                sampling, tissue analysis, data analysis, QA/QC
Abstract

This volume covers biological effects and other topics (including pesticides, resource recovery, hazardous
substances and oil spill responses, and waste management). Under the heading of biological effects, this
volume contains 70 tests, practices, and guides establishing standard procedures for assessing biological
effects and environmental fate.

The following partial table of contents contains over 50 entries relevant to marine and estuarine environ-
mental monitoring methods. Included are standard practices for the collection or sampling of benthic
macroinvertebrates, zooplankton, and phytoplankton.  Guides for conducting various toxicity test proce-
dures using a variety of organisms are listed also.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (215) 299-5585
                                              25

-------
                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS AND ENVIRONMENTAL FATE
                   PRACTICES FOR:
                     Algal Growth Potential Testing with Selenastrum
                        capricornutum
                     Collecting Benthic Macroinvertebrates with Drift Nets
                     Collecting Benthic Macroinvertebrates with Ekman
                        Grab Sampler
                     Collecting Benthic Macroinvertebrates with Holme
                        (Scoop) Grab Sampler
                     Collecting Benthic Macroinvertebrates with
                        Multiple-Plate Samplers
                     Collecting Benthic Macroinvertebrates with Okean 50
                        Grab Sampler
                     Collecting Benthic Macroinvertebrates with Orange Peel
                        Grab Sampler
                     Collecting Benthic Macroinvertebrates with Petersen Grab
                        Sampler
                     Collecting Benthic Macroinvertebrates with Ponar Grab
                        Sampler
                     Collecting Benthic Macroinvertebrates with Shipek (Scoop)
                        Grab Sampler
                     Collecting Benthic Macroinvertebrates with Smith-Melntyre
                        Grab Sampler
                     Collecting Benthic Macroinvertebrates with Surber and
                        Related Type Samplers
                     Collecting Benthic Macroinvertebrates with the Basket
                        Sampler
                     Collecting Benthic Macroinvertebrates with Van Veen Grab
                        Sampler
                     Conducting Bioconcentration Tests with Fishes and Saltwater
                        Bivalve Molluscs
                     Measurement of Chlorophyll Content of Algae in Surface
                        Waters
                     Preserving Phytoplankton Samples
                     Preserving Zooplankton Samples
                     Sampling Fish with Rotenone
                     Sampling Phytoplankton with a Clark-Bumpus Plankton
                        Sampler
                     Sampling Phytoplankton with Conical Tow Nets
                     Sampling Phytoplankton with Depth-Integrating Samplers
                     Sampling Phytoplankton with Pumps
                     Sampling Phytoplankton with Water-Sampling Bottles
                     Sampling Zooplankton with a Clark-Bumpus Plankton
                        Sampler
  METHOD
  NUMBER

3978-80(1993)
4558-85(1989)

4343-84(1988)

4348-84(1989)

      1469-92

4346-84(1988)

4407-84(1989)

4401-84(1989)

4342-84(1988)

4347-84(1988)

4344-84(1988)

4557-85(1989)

      1468-92

4345-84(1988)

1022-84(1988)

3731-87(1993)
4137-82(1992)
1200-87(1993)
4131-84(1988)

4134-82(1993)
4132-82(1987)
4135-82(1993)
4133-82(1993)
4136-82(1993)

1199-87(1993)
                                             26

-------
   Sampling Zoopiankton with Conical Tow Nets
   Sampling Zoopiankton with Pumps
   Standardized Aquatic Microcosm: Fresh Water
   Using Brine Shrimp Nauplii as Food for Test Animals in
     Aquatic Toxicology
   Using Octanol-Water Partition Coefficient to Estimate Median
     Lethal Concentrations for Fish Due to Narcosis
 1201-87(1993)
 1198-87(1993)
       1366-91

       1203-92

       1242-88
GUIDES FOR:
   Acute Toxicity Test with the Rotifer Brachionus
   Collection, Storage, Characterization, and Manipulation of
     Sediments forToxicological Testing
   Conducting Acute Toxicity Tests on Aqueous Effluents with Fishes,
     Macroinvertebrates, and Amphibians
   Conducting Acute Toxicity Tests with Fishes, Macroinvertebrates,
     and Amphibians
   Conducting Early Life-Stage Toxicity Tests with Fishes
   Conducting Life-Cycle Toxicity Tests with Saltwater Mysids
   Conducting Renewal Life-Cycle Toxicity Tests with Daphnia magna
   Conducting Sediment Toxicity Tests with Fresh Water Invertebrates
   Conducting the Frog Embryo Teratogenesis Assay-Xenopus  (Fetax)
   Conducting 10-day Static Sediment Toxicity Tests with Marine
     and Estuarine Amphipods
   Conducting Sexual Reproduction Test with Seaweeds
   Conducting Static 96-h Toxicity Tests with Microaigae
   Conducting Static Acute Aquatic Toxicity Screening Tests with
     the Mosquito, Wyeomyia smithii (Coquillett)
   Conducting Static Acute Toxicity Tests Starting with Embryos
     of Four Species of Saltwater Bivalve Molluscs
   Conducting Static and Flow-Through Acute Toxicity Tests with
     Mysids from the West Coast of the United States
   Conducting Static Toxicity Tests with the Lemma gibba G3
   Conducting a Terrestrial Soil-Core Microcosm Test
   Conducting a Three-Brood, Renewal Toxicity Tests with
     Ceriodaphnia dubia
   Designing Biological Tests with Sediments
   Selecting Grab Sampling Devices for Collecting Benthnic
     Macroinvertebrates
       1440-91

       1391-90

       1192-88

       729-88a
       1241-92
       1191-90
       1193-87
       1383-93
       1439-91

       1367-92
       1498-92
       1218-90

       1365-90

        724-89
       1463-92
       1415-91
1197-87(1993)

       1295-89
       1525-93
   Selecting Stream-Net Sampling Devices for Collecting
     Benthic Macroinvertebrates
TERMINOLOGY RELATING TO:
  Biological Effects and Environmental Fate
4387-84(1989)

4556-85 (1989)


       943-93
                           27

-------
CLASSIFICATIONS OF:
  Fish Sampling
  Sampling Phytoplankton in Surface Waters
4211-82(1993)
4149-82(1993)
                          28

-------
                                                                           Reference No. :
ASTM.  1994. Annual Book ofASTM Standards, 1994. Water and Environmental Technology. 2 Vols:
     Water (I) and Water (II). American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:     Water quality, sediment quality, sampling, organics, total organic carbon, PAHs,
                pesticides, PCBs, radioactivity, salinity, pathogenic organisms, grain size, dissolved
                oxygen, inorganics, metals, nutrients, turbidity, flow, pH, oxygen demand, data
                analysis, QA/QC

Abstract:

Section 11  of the ASTM Standards addresses the standardization of methods for:

   •  sampling and analysis of water, waterborne materials and wastes, water-formed deposits, and fluvial
     sediments
   •  surface water hydraulics and hydraulic measurements
   •  the determination of the performance of materials used to modify water characteristics
   •  the determination of the corrosivity or deposit-forming properties of water

Volume 11.01 is the first of two volumes containing standard procedures for assessing water. It is pre-
sented in four parts:

   •  Terminology, Reagents, and the Reporting of Results
   •  Sampling and Flow Measurement
   •  General Properties of Water (over 20 tests and practices for assessing such properties as pH, turbid-
     ity, corrosivity, and specific gravity)
   •  Inorganic Constituents (includes over 70 tests and practices)

Volume 11.02 is presented in six parts:

   •  Organic Constituents (40 standard procedures, including general analysis methods and tests for
     specific procedures and oils)
   •  Radioactivity (20 procedures for measuring radioactivity and specific radionuclides)
   •  Saline and Brackish Waters, Seawaters, and Brine (over 10 tests for determining specific constitu-
     ents, such as barium, iodide, bromide,  and chlorine ions)
   •  Microbiological Examination (14 standard tests and practices)
   •  Water-Formed Deposits
   •  Water-Treatment Materials
[extracted from document]

Contact: (215) 299-5585
                                              29

-------
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                           METHOD
                                                                           NUMBER
VOLUME 11.01
                  TERMINOLOGY, SPECIFICATIONS, REAGENTS, AND
                  REPORTING RESULTS
                    Terminology for Basic Statistics in Committee D-19
                       on Water
                    Terminology
                    Holding Time Estimation, for Water Samples
                       Containing Organic and Inorganic Constituents
                    Intralaboratory Quality Control and Reporting
                       Low-Level Data
                    Good Laboratory Practices
                    Precision and Bias
                    Reagent Water
                    Reporting Results
                    Sampling Chain of Custody Procedures
                    Standard Operating Procedures Used in a
                       Specific Laboratory, Documenting
                    Terminology for Fluvial Sediment
                    Biomedical Grade Water
                    Electronic Grade Water
      D 4375-90
      D1129-90


04841-88(1993)


      D 4210-89
      D 3856-88
      D 2777-86
      D 1193-91
       D 596-91
04840-88(1993)


      D 5172-91
     D4410-93a
      D 5196-91
      05127-90
               2  SAMPLING AND FLOW MEASUREMENT OF WATER AND STREAM
                     Discharge by Step-Backwater Method,
                       Measurement of
                     Equipment for Sampling Water and Stream
                     Flow Measurement, by Parshall Flume
                     Open Channel Flow Measurement, Velocity Area
                       Method
                     Open Channel Flow Measurement, by Acoustic
                       Means
                     Open Channel Flow Measurement, by Acoustic
                       Velocity Meter Systems
                     Open Channel Flow Measurement, Indirectly at
                       Culverts
                     Open Channel Flow Measurement, Indirectly, by
                       Slope-Area Method
                     Open Channel Flow Measurement, with Thin-Plate
                       Weirs
                     Open Channel Flow Measurement, Indirectly, Using
                       Width Contractions
                     Open Channel Flow Measurement, with Palmer
                       Bowlus Flumes
      D 5388-93
01192-70(1977)
      D1941-91


      D 3858-90


      D 4408-84


      D 5389-93


      D 5243-92


      D 5130-90


      D 5242-92


      D 5129-90


      D 5390-93
                                           30

-------
  Noncohesive Sediment, Elements of a Complete
     Data Set for
  Sampling Stream
  Sampling Water
  Ultra-Pure Water Samples, Handling
  Velocity Measurement, Open Channels, Acoustic
     Means
  Velocity Measurement, Open Channels, with
     Electromagnetic Current Meters
  Velocity Measurement, Open Channels, with Rotating
     Element Current Meters
  Water Levels in Open-Water Bodies, Measurement of

GENERAL PROPERTIES OF WATER
  Acidity of Alkalinity
  Coagulation-Flocculation-FiltrationTest
  Colloids, Zeta Potential
  Conductivity, Electrical
  Conductivity, Electrical, On-Line Monitoring to
     Determine Anions and Carbon Dioxide in High-Purity
     Water
  Conductivity and Resistivity, Electrical, of a Flowing
     High Purity Water Sample
  Corrosion and Fouling Tendency, Under Heat Transfer
     Conditions
  Corrosivity, in Absence of Heat Transfer (Electrical
     Methods)  (Discontinued in 1992 - Replaced by G96)
  Corrosivity, Embrittlement Detector Method
  Corrosivity, in Absence of Heat Transfer (Weight Loss
     Methods)
  Fouling and Corrosion Tendency, Under Heat Transfer
     Conditions
  Hardness in Water by Na2H2 EDTATitration
  Ion-Selective Electrodes, Glossary
  Monitoring Systems, Continual On-Line
  Odor
  On-Line Measurement of Low Level Dissolved
     Oxygen
  On-Line Monitoring of Electrical Conductivity to
     Determine Anions and Carbon Dioxide in High-
     Purity Water
  On-Line Monitoring of Carbon Compounds in Water
  On-Line Monitoring Systems for Water Analysis
  Oxidation-Reduction Potential
  PH
  pH Measurement,  On-Line, Water of Low Conductivity
       D 5387-93
       D 1066-82
       D 3370-82
       D 4453-91

       D 3857-79

       D 5089-90

       D 4409-91
       D 5413-93
       D1067-92
       D 4188-82
       D 4187-82
       D 1125-91


       D 4519-93

       D 5391-93

04778-88(1993)

       D 2776-79
        D 807-82

       D 2688-92

D 4778-88 (1993)
01126-86(1992)
       D 4127-92
03864-79(1990)
D 1292-86(1990)

       D 5462-93
      D 4519-93
      05173-91
03864-79(1980)
      D 1498-93
01293-84(1990)
      D 5128-90
                          31

-------
HOT
                     pH Measurement, Water of Low Conductivity
                     Preparation of Biological Samples for Inorganic
                       Chemical Analysis
                     Silt Density Index
                     Specific Gravity
                     Surface Tension
                     Turbidity, Nephelometric
                     Ultra-Pure Water Samples
      D 5464-93

04638-86(1990)
04189-82(1987)
      01429-86
01590-60(1977)
     D1889-88a
      0 4453-91
               4  INORGANIC COMPOUNDS
                     Aluminum
                     Aluminum, by Direct Current Argon Plasma Atomic
                        Emission Spectroscopy
                     Aluminum, Digestion of Samples for Determination
                        of Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption or Plasma
                        Emission Spectroscopy
                     Ammonia Nitrogen
                     Anions in Water by Chemically-Suppressed Ion
                        Chromatography
                     Antimony
                     Arsenic
                     Barium in Water, Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry,
                        Graphite Furnace
                     Beryllium
                     Beryllium, by Direct-Current Argon Plasma Atomic
                        Emission Spectroscopy
                     Beryllium, Digestion of Samples for Determination of
                        Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption or Plasma
                        Emission Spectroscopy
                     Boron, by Curcumin Colorimetric-Extraction Method
                     Boron, by Direct Current Argon Plasma Atomic
                        Emission Spectroscopy
                     Bromide, Ion-Selective
                     Bromide, by Chemically-Suppressed Ion Chromatography
                     Cadmium
                     Cadmium, by Direct-Current Argon Plasma Atomic
                        Emission Spectroscopy
                     Cadmium, Digestion of Samples for Determination of
                        Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption or Plasma
                        Emission Spectroscopy
                     Calcium and Magnesium
                     Calcium and Magnesium, Digestion of Samples for
                        Determination of Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption
                        or Plasma Emission Spectroscopy
                     Calcium and Magnesium Hardness
                     Carbon Dioxide, Total and Dissolved
       0 857-89

04190-82(1988)


      D1971-91
      01426-93

      D 4327-91
      D 3697-92
      D 2972-93

      D 4382-91
      D 3645-93

04190-82(1988)


      01971-91
      D 3082-92

04190-82(1988)
      01246-88
      D 4327-91
      D 3557-90

04190-82(1988)


      D 1971-91
       0511-93
       D 1971-91
01126-86(1992)
        0513-92
                                             32

-------
 Chloride
 Chloride, by Chemically-Suppressed Ion
   Chromatography
 Chlorine, Residual, in Water
 Chromium, Total
 Chromium, by Direct-Current Argon Plasma Atomic
   Emission Spectroscopy
 Chromium, Digestion of Samples for Determination of
   Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption of Plasma
   Emission Spectroscopy
 Chromium, Dissolved Hexavalent, by Ion
   Chromatography
 Cobalt
 Cobalt, by Direct-Current Argon Plasma Atomic
   Emission Spectroscopy
 Cobalt, Digestion of Samples for Determination of
   Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption of Plasma
   Emission Spectroscopy
 Copper
 Copper, by Direct-Current Argon Plasma Atomic
   Emission Spectroscopy
 Copper, Digestion of Samples for Determination of
   Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption of Plasma
   Emission Spectroscopy
 Direct-Current Argon Plasma Atomic Emission
   Spectrophotometry, Elements in Water
 Elements, Water, by Direct-Current Argon Plasma
   Atomic Emission Spectrophotometry
 Elements, Water, by Flame Atomic Absorption
   Spectrophotometry
 Elements, Water, by Graphite Furnace Atomic
   Absorption Spectrophotometry
 Elements, Water, by Inductively-Coupled Argon
   Plasma Atomic Emission Spectroscopy
 Flame Atomic Absorption of Plasma Emission
   Spectroscopy, Digestion of Samples for
   Determination of Metals
 Fluoride
 Fluoride, by Chemcially-Suppressed Ion
   Chromatography
Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption
   Spectrophotometry, Measuring Trace Elements
Hydrazine, Colorimetric with
   p-Dimethylaminobenzaldehyde
Hydroxide, Titrimetric
Inductively-Coupled Argon Plasma Atomic Emission
   Spectroscopy, Elements in Water
            cm

        D 512-89


       D 4327-91
 01253-86(1992)
       D 1687-92


 04190-82(1988)



       01971-91


       D 5257-93
       D 3558-90


 04190-82(1988)



       01971-91
       01688-90

 04190-82(1988)



       01971-91

 04190-82(1988)

 04190-82(1988)

 04691-87(1992)


 03919-85(1989)

       01976-91



       D1971-91
       D1179-93

       D 4327-91

0,3919-85(1989)

01385-88(1991)
 0514-85(1989)

      01976-91
                       33

-------
Ion Chromatography, Chemically-Suppressed Anions
  in Water
Iron
Iron, by Direct-Current Argon Plasma Atomic Emission
  Spectroscopy
Iron, Digestion of Samples for Determination of Metals
  by Flame Atomic Absorption of Plasma Emission
  Spectroscopy
Kits, Test, Use of, to Measure Inorganic Constituents
Lead
Lead, by Direct-Current Argon Plasma Atomic
  Emission Spectroscopy
Lead, Digestion of Samples for Determination of
  Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption of Plasma
  Emission Spectroscopy
Magnesium and Calcium
Manganese and Calcium, Digestion of Samples for
   Determination of Metals by Flame Atomic
  Absorption or Plasma Emission Spectroscopy
Manganese
Manganese, by Direct-Current Argon Plasma
   Atomic Emission Spectroscopy
Manganese, Digestion of Samples for Determination
   of Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption of Plasma
   Emission Spectroscopy
 Mercury by Cold Vapor Atomic Absorption
   Spectrophotometry
 Mercury, by Direct-Current Argon Plasma Atomic
   Emission Spectroscopy
 Molybdenum by Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry
 Molybdenum, Digestion of Samples for Determination
   of Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption or Plasma
   Emission Spectroscopy
 Nickel
 Nickel, by Direct-Current Argon Plasma Atomic
    Emission Spectroscopy
 Nickel, Digestion of Samples for Determination of
    Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption of Plasma
    Emission Spectroscopy
 Nitrate, by Chemically-Suppressed Ion Chromatography
 Nitrite, by Chemically-Suppressed Ion Chromatography
 Nitrite-Nitrate
 Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahi
 Oxygen, Dissolved in Water
 Phosphate, by Chemically-Suppressed Ion
    Chromatography
 Phosphorus
      D 4327-88
      D1068-90


04190-82(1988)



      D 1971-91
      D 5461-93
        3559-90

04190-82(1988)



      D 1971-91
        0511-93



      D 1971-91
        D 858-90


 04190-82(1988)



       D 1971-91

       D 3223-91

 04190-82(1988)
       D 3372-92



       D 1971-91
       D 1886-90

 04190-82(1988)



       01971-91
       D 4327-91
       D 4327-91
       D 3867-90
       D 3590-89
        D 888-92


        D 4327-91
           515-88
                         34

-------
 Plasma [Emission Spectroscopy or Flame Atomic
   Absorption, Digestion of Samples for Determination
   of Metals
 Potassium, Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry
 Potassium, Digestion of Samples for Determination of
   Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption or Plasma
   Emission Spectroscopy
 Samples, Digestion, for Determination of Metals by
   Flame Atomic Absorption or Plasma Emission
   Spectroscopy
 Sample Digestion Using Closed Vessel Microwave
   Heating Technique, Determination of Total
   Recoverable Metals in Water
 Selenium
 Silica, Colorimetric Molybdate-Reactive Silica
 Silver
 Silver, Digestion of Samples for Determination of
   Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption or Plasma
   Emission Spectroscopy
 Sodium, Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry
 Sodium, Digestion of Samples for Determination of
   Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption or Plasma
   Emission Spectroscopy
 Sodium, Continuous Determination, Sodium-Ion
   Electrode
 Strontium, by Direct-Current Argon Plasma
   Atomic Emission Spectroscopy
 Strontium
 Sulfate, Turbidimetric
 Sulfate, by Chemically-Suppressed Ion
   Chromatography
 Sulfide Ion in Water
 Vanadium, Atomic Absorption, Graphite Furnace
 Vanadium, by Direct-Current Argon Plasma Atomic
   Emission Spectroscopy
Zinc
Zinc, by Direct-Current Argon Plasma Atomic
   Emission Spectroscopy
Zinc, Digestion of Samples for Determination of
   Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption or Plasma
   Emission Spectroscopy
       D1971-91

       D 4192-93



       D1971-91



       D1971-91



       D 4309-91

       D 3859-93

         D 859-88

       D 3866-92



       D1971-91

       D 4191-93



       D1971-91


       D 2791-93


D 4190-82 (1988)

       D 3920-92

        D 516-90


       D 4327-91

       D 4658-92

       D 3373-93


04190-82(1988)

       D1691-90


04190-82(1988)



       D1971-91

-------
VOLUME 11.02
                   ORGANIC CONSTITUENTS
                   SAMPLE EXTRACTION, PREPARATION, AND PRESERVATION
                     Holding Time for Water Samples Containing Organic
                        Constituents                                        C
                     Organic Matter,  Concentration and Recovery of, by
                        Activated Carbon (Discontinued 1993)
                     Sample Containers, Preparation, and Organic
                        Constituents, Preservation
                     Volatile and Semi-Volatile Organic Compounds,
                        Micro-Extraction of Water for Analysis of
                   GENERAL METHODS
                     Carbon, Total and Organic, by High-Temperature
                        Oxidation and Coulometric Detection                  D
                     Carbon, Total and Organic, by Ultraviolet, or Persulfate
                        Oxidation, or Both, and Infrared Detection
                     Carbon, Total, Organic, and Inorganic, in High-Purity
                        Water, by Ultraviolet (UV) or Persulfate Oxidation, or
                        Both and Infrared Detection
                      Carbon, Total and Organic
                      Halides, Organic, by Carbon Adsorption-Microcoulometric
                        Detection
                      Nitrogen, Total Chemically Bound, by Pyrolysis and
                        Chemiluminescence Detection
                      Oil and Grease (Fluorocarbon Extractable Substances), by
                        Gravimetric Determination
                      Oil and Grease, and Petroleum Hydrocarbons              D
                      Oxygen Demand, Chemical (Dichromate Oxygen Demand)
                    CLASS-SPECIFIC METHODS
                      Chemicals, Identification, by Fluorescence Spectroscopy
                      Cyanides
                      Cyanide, Free, by Microdiffusion
                      Cyanide, Total, and Acid Dissociable, and Thiocyanate
                      Cyanogen Chloride
                      EDTA, Sodium Salts of
                      Methylene Blue Active Substances
                      Phenolic Compounds
                      Thiocyanate
                      Thiocyanate
                    COMPOUND-SPECIFIC METHODS
                      Chlorinated Organic Acid Compounds, Determination of,
                         by Gas Chromatagraphy with an Electron Capture Detector
                      Complex Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon Mixtures of
                         Petroleum Oils, Quantification of
4515-85(1990)

    D 2910-85

    D 3694-93

    D 5241-92


4129-88(1993)

    D 4839-88


    D 4779-93
    D 2579-93

    D 4744-89

     D 5176-91

     D 4281-93
 3921-85(1990)
     D1252-88

     D 4763-88
     D 2036-91
     D 4282-89
     D 4374-93
     D 4165-89
     D 3113-92
     D 2330-88
     D1783-91
     D 4193-89
      D 4374-93


      D 5317-93

      D 5412-93
                                               36

-------
   Cyclohexylamine, Morpholine, and Diethylaminoethanol in
     Water and Condensed Steam by Direct Aqueous
     Injection Gas Chromatography
   1,2-Dibromoethaneand 1,2-Dibromo-Chromatography, by
     Micro-Extraction and Gas Chromatography
   Gas Chromatography and Electron Impact Mass
     Spectrometry, Identification of Organic Compound
   Halogenated Hydrocarbons, Low-Molecular Weight
   Herbicides, Chlorinated Phenoxy Acids
   Nitriles, by Gas-Liquid Chromatography
   N-Methytcarbamoyloximes and N-Methylcarbamates, by
     Direct Aqueous Injection HPLC with Post Column
     Derivatization
   Organic Compounds, Purgeable, Using Headspace
     Sampling
   Organic Matter, Volatile, by Aqueous-Injection Gas
     Chromatography
   Organohalide Pesticides and Polychlorinated
     Biphenyls, by Microextraction and Gas
     Chromatography
   Pesticides, Organochlorine
   Pesticides, Nitrogen and Phosphorus Containing, by
     Gas Chromatography with a Nitrogen-Phosphorus
     Detector
   Phenols, by Gas-Liquid Chromatography
   Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)
   Polychlorinated Biphenyls and Organohalide
     Pesticides, by Microextraction and Gas
     Chromatography
   Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons
   Volatile Alcohols, by Direct Aqueous-Injection Gas
     Chromatography
WATERBORNE OILS
   Analysis for Selected Elements (Discontinued 1994) '
   Identification
   Petroleum Oils, Comparison  of, by Fluorescence
     Analysis
   Petroleum Oils, Comparison  of, by Gas Chromatography
   Petroleum Oils, Comparison  of, by High Performance
     Liquid Chromatography
   Petroleum Oils, Comparison  of, by Infrared
     Spectroscopy
   Preparation of Samples for Identification
   Preservation of Samples
   Sampling
       D 4983-89

       D 5316-92

       D 4128-89
 03973-85(1990)
       D 3478-85
 03371-79(1990)


       D 5315-92

 03871-84(1990)

       D 2908-91


       05175-91
 03086-85(1990)


       D 5475-93
       D 2580-89
 03534-85(1990)


       05175-91
       D 4657-92

       D 3695-88

       D 3327-79
       D 3415-90

       D 3650-93
       D 3328-90

       D 5037-90

03414-80(1990)
       D 3326-90
       D 3325-90
D 4489-85 (1990)
                          37

-------
   RADIOACTIVITY
   MEASUREMENT OF RADIOACTIVITY
     Alpha Particle Radioactivity
     Alpha Spectrometry
     Beta Particle Radioactivity
     Gamma-Ray Spectrometry High Resolution
     Nal (Tl) Gamma-Ray Spectrometry
     Radioactivity, Practices for Measurement
     Radionuclides in Reactor Coolant, Calculation of Average
        Energy per Disintegration (E) for a Mixture of
   SPECIFIC RADIONUCLIDES
     Iodine (Discontinued 1992)
     lodine-131, Low-Level
     Iron
     Plutonium
     Radium, Radionuclides of
     Radium-226
     Radon in Drinking Water
     Tritium (Discontinued 1993 - Replaced by D 4107)
     Uranium
     Uranium, Isotopic, by Radiochemistry
     Uranium, Trace, by Pulsed-Laser Phosphorimetry
      D 1943-90
      D 3084-89
      D1890-90
      D 3649-91
      D 4962-89
03648-78(1987)

      D 5411-93

      D 2334-88
      D 4785-93
      D 4922-89
      D 3865-90
      D 2460-90
      D 3454-91
      D 5072-92
D 2476-81 (1987)
      D 2907-91
      D 3972-90
      D 5174-91
3  SALINE AND BRACKISH WATERS, SEAWATERS, AND BRINES
   GENERAL
      Alkalinity
      Substitute Ocean Water
      Water Injectivity Through the Use of On-Site Floods,
        Determining
   SPECIFIC CONSTITUENTS
      Barium
      Barium by Direct-Current Argon Plasma Atomic Emission
        Spectroscopy
      Barium Sulfate, Strontium Sulfate, and Calcium Sulfate
        Dihydrate (Gypsum)
      Chloride Ions
      Fluoride Ions
      Iodide and Bromide
      Lithium, Potassium, and Sodium by Atomic Absorption
        Spectrophotometry
      Potassium, Lithium, and Sodium by Atomic Absorption
        Spectrophotometry
      Sodium , Potassium, and Lithium by Atomic Absorption
        Spectrophotometry
03875-80(1993)
01141-90(1992)

      D 4520-86

      03651-92

03986-81 (1991)

04328-84(1993)
04458-85(1989)
03868-79(1989)
03869-79(1989)

03561-77(1992)

03561-77(1992)

03561-77(1992)
                             38

-------
      Strontium, by Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry
      Barium Sulfate, Strontium Sulfate, and Calcium Sulfate
         Dihydrate (Gypsum)
      Sulfate Ion
 03352-74(1989)

 04328-84(1993)
 04130-82(1987)
    MICROBIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION
      Cleaning Laboratory Glassware, Plasticware, and Equipment      0 5245-92
      Adenosine Triphosphate (ATP) Content                   0 4012-81 (1990)
      Determining Microbial Counts from Waters Analyzed by
        Plating Methods                                           0 5465-93
      Bacteria, Total Count                                          F 488-79
      Candida albicans, Enumeration                          D 4249-83 (1992)
      Characteristics, Colony Counting Methods in Bacteriology         0 3870-91
      Cleaning Laboratory Glassware, Plasticware, and Equipment      0 5245-92
      Coliphages                                           D 4201 -82 (1989)
      Enterococci, Isolation and Enumeration by Membrane-Filter
        Procedure
      Fecal Coliform Recovery, Evaluation of Membrane Filters
      Iron Bacteria
      Isolation and Enumeration of Escherichia colt by the
        Two-Step Membrane Filter Procedure
      Microbiological Contaminants, Detection and Enumeration
        (Discontinued 1993)
      Microscopy Counting, Epifluorescence Enumeration
      Oxygen Uptake
      Pseudonomas aeruginosa, Isolation and Enumeration
      Recovery of Enteroviruses
      Recovery of Viruses from Wastewater Sludges
      Simultaneous Enumeration of Total Respiring Bacteria in
        Aquatic Systems by Microscopy
      Sulfate-Reducing Bacteria
       D 5259-91
03508-78(1982)
 0932-85(1990)

       D 5392-93

   F 60-68 (1983)
04455-85(1990)
       D 4478-85
       D 5246-92
       D 5244-92
       D 4994-89
04454-85(1990)
04412-84(1990)
5  WATER-FORMED DEPOSITS
      Chemical Microscopy
      Corrosivity of Solvent Systems for Removing Deposits
      Deposit-Forming Impurities in Steam
      Deposition, Accumulated, in a Steam Generator Tube
      Extraction, Trace Elements
      Iron Bacteria
      Morphologic Characteristics of Surface Water Bodies,
        Measurement
      Phosphorus and Organic Phosphorus in Sediments, Total
        Recoverable
      Reporting Results
01245-84(1989)
03263-82(1989)
02185-84(1990)
03483-83(1990)
D 3974-81 (1990)
 0932-85(1990)

04581-86(1990)

      D 4183-82
 0933-84(1990)
                             39

-------
  Reporting Results of Examination and Analysis of Deposits
     Formed From Water for Subsurface Injection
  Sampling
  Sampling Fluvial Sediment in Motion
  Sediments, Acid Extraction of Elements, Using Closed Vessel
     Microwave Heating
  Sediments, Fluvial, Particle Size Analysis, Selection of
     Methods (Manual)
  Sediments, Submerged, Unconsolidated, Guide for
     Core-Sampling
  Sediment Reference Samples, Preparation of, for Major and
     Trace Inorganic Constituent Analysis by Partial Extraction
     Procedures
  Sediment Samples, Chemical Analysis
  Sediment Samples, Collaborative Testing
  Sediment Samples, Total Digestion of, for Chemical Analysis
     of Various Metals
  Silica, Low-Level Total, by Flameless Atomic Absorption
     Spectroscopy
  Solvent Systems, Analysis of (Discontinued 1994)
  Solvent Systems for Dissolving Water Formed Deposits,
     Efficacy of
  Dynamic Solvent Systems for Dissolving Water-Formed
     Deposits,  Relative Efficiency of
  Sulfate-Reducing Bacteria
  Surface Water, Depth Measurement of
  Suspended-Sediment Concentration in  Water Samples
  Water-Formed Deposits, Preparation and Preliminary
     Testing
  X-Ray Diffraction Analysis, Identification of Crystalline
     Compounds
  X-Ray Fluorescence Analysis, Wavelength-Dispersive
      D 4025-93
 D 887-82 (1989)
      D 4411-93

      D 5258-92

      D 4822-88

      D 4823-88


      D 5074-90
      D 3976-92
      D 3975-93

      D 4698-92

04517-85(1990)
      D 2790-83

      D 4743-92

      D 5256-92
04412-84(1990)
      D 5073-90
      D 3977-80

02331-80(1990)

 0934-80(1990)
02332-84(1989)
WATER TREATMENT MATERIALS
CHEMICALS
  Chlorine Requirement
  Coagulation-Flocculation Jar Test
PARTICULATE ION-EXCHANGE MATERIALS
  Anion-Cation Balance, Mixed-Bed Ion-Exchange Resins
  Column Capacity, Mixed-Bed Ion-Exchange Materials
  Fouling and Degradation of Particulate Ion-Exchange
     Materials, Detection
  Operating Performance, Anion-Exchange Materials for
     Strong Acid Removal
  Operating Performance, Particulate Cation-Exchange
     Materials
      D1291-89
02035-80(1990)

      D 4548-91
      D 3375-84

      D 5217-91

      D 3087-91

      D 1782-91
                          40

-------
  Organic F-"ouling of Particulate Anion Exchange Resins
  Physical and Chemical Properties
  Powdered Ion-Exchange Resins, Precoat Capacity
  Powered Ion-Exchange Resins, Physical and Chemical
     Properties
  Sampling
MEMBRANE FILTERS
  Absorbent Pads, Bacteriological Analysis, and Growth
  Autoclavability
  Characteristics, Pore Size
  Electrodialysis/Electrodialysis Reversal Applications, Water
     Analysis for
  Electrodialysis/Electrodialysis Recordkeeping
  Fecal Colliform, Recoverability
  Ink Grids, Inhibitory Effects
  Liquid Flow Rate, Membrane Filters
  Porosity, Percent
  Retention Characteristics 0.2 jam Membrane Filters
  Retention Characteristics 0.40 to 0.45 pm Membrane Filters
  Sterility, Membrane Filters
  Ultrafiltration Permeate Flow Performance Data,
     Standardizing
  Water-Extractable Matter, Quality
MEMBRANES, REVERSE OSMOSIS
  Detecting Leaks
  Langelier Saturation Index
  Operating Characteristics, Reverse Osmosis Devices
  Recordkeeping, Reverse Osmosis Systems
  Scaling Salts for Reverse Osmosis, Calculation, and
     Adjustment
  Silica (SiO2) Scaling, Calculating, and Adjustment
  Standardizing Reverse Osmosis Performance Data
  Stiff and Davis Stability Index for Reverse Osmosis,
     Calculation, and Adjustment
  Water Analysis, Reverse Osmosis Application
      D 5042-90
      D 2187-93
04266-83(1990)

D 4456-85 (1990)
02687-84(1990)

04198-82(1993)
04199-82(1993)
        F 316-86

      05091-90
      05131-90
03508-78(1982)
04200-82(1993)
 F 317-72 (1982)
      D 4197-82
03862-80(1990)
03863-87(1993)
04196-82(1993)

      D 5090-90
      D 3861-84

D 3923-80 (1989)
03739-88(1993)
      D 4194-89
      D 4472-89

04692-87(1992)
      D 4993-89
04516-85(1989)

      D 4582-91
04195-88(1993)
                          41

-------

-------
                                                                         Reference No.:
State Water Resources Control Board. 1990. California Ocean Plan. Water Quality Control Plan for
     Ocean Waters of California. State of California, State Water Resources Control Board, Sacra-
     mento, CA. pp. 23.
Media in which methods can be used:
                            Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:
Abstract
Water quality, data analysis, pH, salinity, total solids, turbidity, temperature,
metals, inorganics, organics, PAHs, PCBs, pesticides, organotins, radioactivity,
pathogenic organisms
This is a State of California regulatory document commonly referred to as the California Ocean Plan.  The
document specifies regulatory water quality objectives for physical, chemical, biological, bacterial, and
radioactive characteristics, as well as effluent quality requirements for discharges into state waters. Toxic
material limitations are set out in terms of instantaneous maximum, daily maximum, and 6-month median
values. Objectives for the protection of human health are stated as 30-day average maximum concentra-
tions and estimates of chronic toxicity are given for metals. Minimum standard monitoring procedures
for discharges into ocean waters ate outlined.
[compiled after review]

Contact: (916)657-2390
                                              43

-------
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS

             INTRODUCTION

          1  BENEFICIAL USES

          2  WATER QUALITY OBJECTIVES
                Bacterial Characteristics
                  Water-Contact Standards
                  Shellfish Harvesting Standards
                Bacterial Assessment and Remedial Action Requirements
                Physical Characteristics
                Chemical Characteristics
                Biological Characteristics
                Radioactivity

          3  GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MANAGEMENT OF WASTE
             DISCHARGE TO THE OCEAN

          4  QUALITY REQUIREMENTS FOR WASTE DISCHARGES (EFFLUENT
             QUALITY REQUIREMENTS)
                Table A: Major Wastewater Constituents and Properties
                Table B: Toxic Materials Limitations
                Table C: Background Seawater Concentrations

          5  DISCHARGE PROHIBITIONS
                Hazardous Substances
                Areas of Special Biological Significance
                Sludge
                By-Passing

          6  GENERAL PROVISIONS
                Effective Date
                Waste Discharge Requirements
                  Table D:  Conservative Estimates of Chronic Toxicity
                Revision of Waste Discharge Requirements
                Monitoring Program
                Areas of Special Biological Significance
                State Board Exceptions to Plan Requirements

APPENDIX 1:  DEFINITION OF TERMS

APPENDIX 2:  STANDARD MONITORING PROCEDURES
                                      44

-------
                                                                           Reference No.:
State Water Resources Control Board. 1990. Procedures Manual for Conducting Toxicity Tests
     Developed by the Marine Bioassay Project  Prepared by B. Anderson et al., Water Resources
     Control Board, State of California, Sacramento, CA. pp. 121. Report No. 90-10WQ.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, biological characterization, sampling, toxicity/bioassays

Abstract

This manual provides detailed instructions for conducting short-term toxicity tests developed by the
Marine Bioassay Project (MBP). The MBP was initiated in 1984 by the California State Water Resources
Control Board (State Board) to design and develop sensitive measures for testing toxicity of discharges to
marine waters. Species selection emphasizes use of organisms present in California. Consistent with
multispecies testing procedure, the MBP has developed protocols for an alga, a fish, and two invertebrates
native to California's waters.

This manual consists of five chapters, which are summarized below:

Chapter 1 described basic quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC) requirements for conducting
marine toxicity tests. Test-specific QA/QC requirements for conducting marine toxicity tests are included
in the individual protocols.

Chapter 2 describes an invertebrate test, the abalone larval development protocol, which is a 48-hour
static exposure test. The abalone tests protocol is one of seven tests approved by the State Board in
March 1990 for measuring compliance with the chronic toxicity objectives of the California Ocean Plan.

Chapter 3 contains the algal test, the giant kelp germination and growth test.  This 48-hour static exposure
test has also been approved for measuring compliance with the California Ocean Plan.

Chapter 4 describes a 96-hour static renewal test using a crustacean.  This protocol incorporates an
endpoint of mortality to juvenile mysid shrimp.  Test development is being continued on a non-lethal
endpoint that measures mysid growth.

Chapter 5 contains a tentative protocol for a fish species, the topsmelt. This is a 12-day static renewal test.
measuring embryonic development.

While this manual contains the latest versions of protocols developed by the MBP, it is anticipated that all
four will undergo further improvement and modification with continued testing by the MBP and other
interested laboratories.  Since test acceptability requirements are based on empirical observations per-
formed with reference toxicants, continued repetitive testing may lead to modification of these acceptabil-
ity requirements. Note that individual pages describing each toxicity test protocol are titled, dated, and
paginated so that periodic updates issued by the MBP can be inserted directly into the manual.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (916)657-2390
                                               45

-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS

        1  MARINE TOXICITY TEST QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY
           CONTROL

        2  ABALONE LARVAL DEVELOPMENT PROTOCOL

        3  GIANT KELP GERMINATION AND GROWTH PROTOCOL

        4  MYSID EARLY LIFE-STAGE LETHALITY PROTOCOL

        5  TOPSMELT EMBRYO DEVELOPMENT PROTOCOL

APPENDIX A  THE MARINE BIOASSAY PROJECT (ORGANIZATION)
                               46

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:
Chesapeake Bay Program. 1991. Chesapeake Bay Coordinated Split Sample Program Implementa-
     tion Guidelines Revision 3.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Chesapeake Bay Program
     Office, Annapolis,MD.  CBP/TRS 58/91  Revisions. EPAX8812-0030ZN.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sampling, QA/QC, data analysis/management

Abstract

In 1988, the Chesapeake Bay Program's Monitoring Subcommittee identified the need to assess the
comparability of the water quality data produced by the many agencies participating in the basinwide data
collection programs. The Monitoring Subcommittee's Analytical Methods and Quality Assurance
Workgroup recommended the implementation of a basinwide coordinated split sample program to address
this programmatic need. Although individual laboratories can evaluate the performance of their own
analytical operations against standard reference materials, the most complete mechanism for the evalua-
tion of total sampling and analysis system variability is through the use of field split samples. These
include both field and laboratory sources of variability.

The major objective of the Coordinated Split Sample Program (CSSP) is to establish a measure of compa-
rability between sampling and analytical operations for water quality monitoring basinwide. A secondary
objective is to evaluate the in-matrix dilution of standard EPA reference materials. These standard
reference materials are analyzed in. appropriate matrix, fresh to saline, and concentration level to match
the sample.

This document provides specific guidance to agency managers on the implementation of the split-sample
program. This guidance includes suggested protocols for sample collection, sample analysis, and for data
management and analysis. The focus of the guidelines is the Chesapeake Bay Program, and includes
specific information such as point of contact and telephone numbers for each geographical component of
the program. However, the descriptions of protocols could easily be adapted to other locales and pro-
grams.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (301)267-0061
                                             47

-------
                TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  BACKGROUND

2  PROGRAM OBJECTIVES

3  PROGRAM DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

4  SPLIT-SAMPLE PROGRAM RESPONSIBILITIES
      Component Program Responsibilities
      Data Management and Reporting Responsibilities
      Coordinated Split-Sample Program Oversight Responsibilities

5  SPLIT-SAMPLE COLLECTION AND PROCESSING PROTOCOLS

6  LABORATORY SAMPLE HANDLING AND ANALYSIS PROTOCOLS

7  DATA MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS AND PROTOCOLS
      Chain-of-Custody Form
      Diskette Submission
        Data Format and Parameter Names
        Diskette Formats
        Hardcopy Submission
      Accompanying Narrative
      Data Verification

8  STATISTICAL DATA ANALYSIS AND REPORTING

9  COORDINATED SPLIT-SAMPLE PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION

10  SPLIT SAMPLE COMPONENT PROGRAMS
      Chesapeake Bay Coordinated Split-Sample Program
      Mainstem/Tidal Tributaries Component
      Virginia Mainstem/Tributaries Component
      Tidal Potomac River Component
      Non-Tidal Tributaries/Fall-L.ine Component

11   REFERENCES
                           48

-------
                                                                         Reference No.: \
 Chesapeake Bay Program. 1992. Chesapeake Bay Program Data Management Plan. U.S. Environ-
      mental Protection Agency, Chesapeake Bay Program Monitoring Subcommittee, Annapolis,
      MD. pp. 297.
 Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
                                                                                    Biota
 Keywords:     Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, QA/QC, data manage-
                ment

 Abstract

 Data management has long been recognized as an integral part of the Chesapeake Bay Program (CBP).
 The efforts of all CBP partner agencies to manage the resources of the Chesapeake Bay require an exten-
 sive database of known and documented quality. The data must be easily accessed for analytical and
 reporting purposes. A key to achieving these goals is to acquire or create common data attributes in
 similar or translatable formats. This plan describes the data forms and procedures for the submission,
 storage, and retrieval of Chesapeake Bay data at the CBP.

 This data management plan describes the Chesapeake Bay Program procedures and standards to acquire,
 store, and access Chesapeake Bay data. The plan contains:

   • data submission procedures

   • quality assurance practices for the data

   • database summaries

   • appendices, that include:
     - data submission forms (w/completed examples)
     - data quality assurance policies and definitions
     - data dictionary and code tables

For further information or clarification pertaining to this plan, please contact the Computer Sciences
Corporation database administrator at (800) 532-2281 or (410) 267-0061, or write to:

                      Data Base Administrator
                      Computer Sciences Corporation
                      c/o U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      Chesapeake Bay Program Office
                      410 Severn Avenue, Suite 109
                      Annapolis, MD 21403
[extractedfrom document]

Contact: (301)267-0061
                                             49

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS




         1  INTRODUCTION





         2  DATA QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES





         3  DATA SUBMISSION PROCEDURES





         4  THE DATA APPROVAL PROCESS





         5  DATA BASE SUMMARIES





APPENDIX A:  QUALITY ASSURANCE POLICY





APPENDIX B:  QUALITY ASSURANCE DEFINITIONS





APPENDIX C:  PROJECT INFORMATION FORM





APPENDIX D:  DATA SET DOCUMENTATION FORM





APPENDIX E:  DATA DOCUMENTATION FORM





APPENDIX F:  DATA DICTIONARY





APPENDIX G:  DATA DICTIONARY TABLES





APPENDIX H:  DATA PROCESSING REQUEST FORMS
                                 50

-------
                                                                           Reference No.: JjJIg


 Chesapeake Bay Program. 1992. Guidance for the Analysis of Water Quality Trends in Chesapeake
      Bay - Draft. Prepared by the Data Analysis Workgroup of the Chesapeake Bay Program
      Monitoring Subcommittee for the State of Maryland, Department of the Environment,
      Baltimore, MD.
 Media in which methods can be used:
Water
I  I Sediment
D Biota
 Keywords:      Water quality, data analysis/management

 Abstract

 Environmental data typically have characteristics such as temporal variability, spatial heterogeneity, and
 measurement error which present problems when these data are analyzed. Compounding these problems
 is the long-term nature of trend detection which often means patching together a decade or more of
 investigations by several principal investigators, analytical laboratories, and managing agencies.

 The intent of this document is to help guide data analysis through the process of analyzing trends in water
 quality, so that technically sound conclusions and interpretations can be reached to support program
 management decisions.

 This guidance is also intended to foster a consistent approach to trend analyses among the various investi-
 gators and jurisdictions involved in the monitoring and analysis of Chesapeake Bay water quality infor-
 mation.

 The scope of this report is limited to water quality data, although many of the principles can be used for
 other types of information. The reader is assumed to be familiar with estuarine water quality, basic
 statistical analysis, and environmental management.  The guidance is generic since the range'of variables,
 data availability, and long-term management actions, make it practically impossible to provide an ap-
 proach that will work for all situations. By following this guidance, tailored to the needs and availability
 of data for a particular situation, the analyst should be able to avoid many of the problems that can
 undermine such analyses, or at least understand the limits and assumptions attendant to the conclusions.

Clearly this brief guidance document is not a handbook for statistical analysis. It provides "guidance" to
the analyst as to where more information may be found for those methods which are of interest on the
basis of the brief description in this document. In addition to cited references, there is a separate anno-
tated bibliography of references for detail and rigor that cannot be provided here.
[extracted from document]

Contact:  (410)631-3680

-------
                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION

2  ANALYTICAL OBJECTIVES
      Hypothesis Development
      Choosing Parameters for Analysis

3  DATA REVIEW AND ASSEMBLY
      Identification of Potential Data Sets for Analysis of Trends and Their
        Documentation
      Review of Field and Laboratory Methods
      Examination of Quality Assurance/Quality Control Information
      Data Inspection and Characterization
      Identification of Outliers
      Acceptance of Data Sets
      References

 4   DATA ANALYSIS
      Selection of Appropriate Spatial and Temporal Scales
        Spatial Resolution
        Temporal  Resolution
      Exploratory Data Analysis
      Confirmatory Data Analysis
         Data Characteristics
           Distribution
           Censoring
           Step vs. Monotonic Trend
           Unequal Variances
           Seasonally
           Persistence
           Missing Data
         Flow Adjustment
         Power and Robustness
         Confirmatory Tests
           Seasonal Kendall
           Van Belle and Hughes IntrablockTests
         Other Possibilities
           Mann-Kendall
           Mann-Kendall With Correction for Serial Dependence
           Seasonal Kendall With  Correction for Serial Dependence
           Van Belle and Hughes  IntrablockTest With Correction for Serial
              Dependence
       References
                               52

-------
5  DATA INTERPRETATION

6  ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY
     Primary References
     Secondary References
     References for Intervention Analysis
     Books

7  BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TREND DETECTION SOFTWARE DETECT & EXCEED
     SAS Statistics and ETS
     McLeod-Hipel Time Series Package
     USGS Trend Detection Software
     Attachment 1: Summary of DAITS Program and Issues

-------

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:
Chesapeake Bay Program.  1993.  Guide to Using Chesapeake Bay Program Water Quality Monitor-
     ing Data.  Chesapeake Bay Program, Baltimore, MD. CBP/TRS 78/92. (NTIS:  PB93-205888).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, data analysis/management

Abstract

The Chesapeake Bay Program, a cooperative effort between the federal government and the state and
local governments in the Chesapeake Bay watershed, provides funds to the states of Maryland and
Virginia for the routine monitoring of 19 directly measured water quality parameters at 49 stations in the
mainstem Bay.  The Water Quality Monitoring Program began in June 1984 with stations sampled once
each month during the colder late fall and winter months and twice each month in the warmer months.
The three collecting organizations coordinate the sampling tunes of their respective stations, so that data
for each sampling event, or "cruise", represent a synoptic picture of the Bay at that point in time.

This document describes the Chesapeake Bay Mainstem Water Quality Monitoring Program in general
and provides detailed information about the existing Program database. The two main purposes of this
document are to assist those who wish to obtain monitoring data and to provide information to data
analysts about the database.

Monitoring Program sampling locations are identified in the database by station name and by latitude and
longitude. At each station, a hydrographic profile is made (including water temperature, salinity, and
dissolved oxygen) at approximately 1- to 2-meter intervals. Water samples for chemical analysis (e.g.,
nutrients and chlorophyll) are collected at surface and bottom, and two additional depths depending on the
existence and location of a pycnocline (region(s) of density discontinuity in the water column). Correla-
tive data on sea state and climate are also collected and in some cases additional optional parameters are
available.

Data in the primary database consist of all directly measured parameters. For user applications, however,
calculated values, such as total nitrogen and total phosphorus, are provided if the requisite components are
available.

Information in this document is essential for properly manipulating (sorting, subsetting) the data. Other
facts are important in designing,  implementing, and interpreting data analyses.  Some topics are interre-
lated and may be discussed in more than one place in the Guide.

This document is designed to help the potential data user formulate a data request tailored to his or her
needs.  It serves as a common starting point for communication between the user and the data provider at
the CBP Computer Center. Potential data users should review the document and fill out and submit the
included data request form prior  to any communication with CBPCC staff.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (800)968-7229
                                              55

-------
EOT
                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

                1   OVERVIEW
                     The Guide
                     The Water Quality Monitoring Program
                     The Database
                     Data Request Form

                2  GENERAL DESCRIPTION
                     Monitoring Program Design
                     Sample Collection and Water Quality Parameters
                     Database
                     Quality Assurance (QA)
                     Program Sponsor
                     Participating Agencies

                3  DATA BASE INFORMATION
                     Data Documentation
                     Identifier Variables
                     Water Quality Parameters
                        Physical Profile Sampling Methods
                        Dissolved Oxygen
                        Dissolved Oxygen Saturation
                        PH
                        Salinity
                        Secchi Disk Depth
                        Specific Conductivity
                        Water Temperature
                        Specific Gravity
                        Field Filtration Methods
                        Total Phosphorus
                        Total Dissolved Phosphorus
                        Particulate Phosphorus
                        Orthophosphate (filtered) and Dissolved Inorganic Phosphorus
                        Dissolved Organic Phosphorus
                        Total Nitrogen
                        Total Dissolved Nitrogen
                        Particulate Organic Nitrogen and Particulate Nitrogen
                        Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen, Whole and Filtered
                        Nitrite + Nitrate, Filtered and Nitrate, Filtered
                        Nitrite, Filtered
                        Ammonium, Filtered
                        Dissolved Inorganic Nitrogen
                                             56

-------
        Dissolved Organic Nitrogen and Total Organic Nitrogen
        Total Organic Carbon
        Dissolved Organic Carbon
        Participate Organic Carbon and Participate Carbon
        Silica, Filtered
        Total Suspended Solids
        Chlorophyll-cc and Phaeophytin, Spectrophotometric
        Chlorophyll-a and Phaeophytin, Fluorometric
      Other Parameters
      Measured and Calculated Laboratory Parameters
      Lower Detection Limits of Water Quality Parameters
      Data Analysis Issues Tracking System (DAITS)

4   QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA) DATA
      Introduction
      Within-Organization QA Data
        Field QA Data
        Laboratory QA Data
      Inter-Organization QA Data
        Early Split Sample and Co-located Sample Results
        Coordinated  Split Sample Program (CSSP)

5   RELATED DOCUMENTATION
                             57

-------

-------
                                                                         Reference No.:
 Chesapeake Bay Program. 1994. Recommended Guidelines for Sampling and Analysis in the Chesa-
     peake Bay Monitoring Program.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 3, Chesapeake
     Bay Program Office, Annapolis, MD. Draft report.
Media in which methods can be used:
                            Water
1 Sediment
                                                                                    Biota
Keywords:
Abstract
Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, sampling, QA/QC,
population/community, chlorophyll, organic carbon, oxygen demand, nutrients,
grain size, total solids
The propose of this document is to provide field and laboratory methods and associated quality control
(QC) procedures and criteria that will result in the generation of data of known and documented quality
for use in the Chesapeake Bay Monitoring Program. Under this document, the Participant will conduct
field measurements and collect and analyze water and sediment samples for specific physical, chemical,
and biological parameters that are in accordance with previous data collection efforts. These monitoring
data will be used in characterizing the health of the Virginia portion of the Chesapeake Bay and its
tributaries, identifying long term trends, and providing data and guidance to managers and modelers
during the restoration phase.

This document includes the requirements and procedures for field measurements, field sampling, and
laboratory analysis in support of the Chesapeake Bay Monitoring Program.  The first chapters provide
general information regarding technical and contractual requirements, and the remaining chapters have
been organized so as to correspond chronologically  with the field and laboratory activities performed.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (800)968-7229
                                             59

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION
      Overview
        Purpose of the SOW
        Organization of the SOW
        Quality Assurance Considerations
        Health and Safety Considerations
        Other Federal and State Requirements
        Future Considerations
      Summary of Requirements
        SOW Task Areas
        Personnel Requirements
        Facilities
        Instrumentation and Equipment

2  QUALITY ASSURANCE
      Introduction
      General QA/QC Requirements
        Reporting
        Chain-of-Custody
        Participation in Technical Meetings
        Procedural Change Authorization
      Data Quality Objectives
        General DOQs
        Sampling
        Field Measurements
        Water Quality Monitoring
        Phytoplankton Monitoring
        Zooplankton Monitoring
        Benthic Monitoring
      Documentation Requirements
        Contractor QA Plan
        QA Project Plans
        Standard Operating Procedures
        Document Control
        Contractor Contingency/Health and Safety Plans
      Contractor Performance Assessment
        Split Sample Program
        Performance Evaluation Samples
        Audits of Data Quality
        On-Site Audits
      References
                              60

-------
3   DATA MANAGEMENT AND DELIVERABLES REQUIREMENTS

4   WATER QUALITY MONITORING
      Introduction
        Objectives and Scope
        Rationale
      WQ Parameter List and Detection Limits
      Field Measurements and Sampling
        Introduction
        Field Measurements
        Sampling
      Laboratory Analysis
        General Laboratory QA/QC
        Total Dissolved Phosphorus
        Dissolved Orthophosphate
        Particulate Phosphorus
        Nitrite '
        Nitrate + Nitrite
        Ammonia
        Total Dissolved Nitrogen
        Particulate Nitrogen
        Particulate Carbon
        Dissolved Organic Carbon
        BOD, 5 Day
        Chlorophyll and Phaeophytin
        Total Suspended Solids
        Fixed Suspended Solids
        Silicates
        Alkalinity

5   PHYTOPLANKTON MONITORING
      Introduction
        Objectives and Scope
        Rationale
      Phytoplankton Monitoring Parameter List
      Field Measurements and Sampling
        Introduction
        General Field QA/QC Procedures
        Field Measurements
        Sampling
      Laboratory Analysis
        Genera.! Laboratory QA/QC Procedures
        Data Analysis
                             61

-------
                  Phytoplankton Analysis
                  Picoplankton Analysis
                  Productivity Analysis
                References

          6  ZOOPLANKTON MONITORING
                Introduction
                  Objectives and Scope
                  Rationale
                Zooplankton Monitoring Parameter List
                Field Measurements and Sampling
                  Introduction
                  General Field QA/QC Procedures
                  Field Measurements
                  Sampling
                Laboratory Analysis
                  General Laboratory QA/QC Procedures
                  Data Analysis
                  Zooplankton Analysis
                References

          7   BENTHIC MONITORING
                Introduction
                  Objectives and Scope
                  Rationale
                Benthic Monitoring Parameter List
                Field Measurements and Sampling
                  Introduction
                  General Field QA/QC Procedures
                  Field Measurements
                  Sampling
                Laboratory Analysis
                  General QA/QC Procedures
                  Data Analysis
                  Macrofaunal Analysis
                  Sediment Analysis
                References
  GLOSSARY
APPENDIX A:  HEALTH AND SAFETY PROTOCOLS FOR EPA VESSELS

APPENDIX B:  CHESAPEAKE BAY PROGRAM AQPjP CHECKLIST
                                       62

-------
                                                                           Reference No.: R


Gilbert, R.O. 1987. Statistical Methods for Environmental Pollution Monitoring.  Van Nostrand
     Reinhold New York, NY.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
D Biota
Keywords:     Water quality, sediment quality, sampling, QA/QC, data analysis

Abstract

The application of statistics to environmental pollution monitoring studies requires a knowledge of
statistical analysis methods particularly well suited to pollution data. This book attempts to help fill that
need by providing sampling plans, statistical tests, parameter estimation procedure techniques, and
references to pertinent publications.  The book is written primarily for nonstatisticians (environmental
scientists, engineers, hydrologists, etc.) who have had perhaps one or two introductory statistics courses.
Most of the statistical techniques discussed are relatively simple, and examples, exercises, and case
studies are  provided to illustrate procedures.  In addition to being a general reference, this book might be
used in an upper undergraduate or Lower graduate level applied statistics course or as a supplemental book
for such a class.

The book is logically, though not formally, divided into three parts. Chapters 1, 2, and 3 are introductory
chapters. Chapters 4 through 10 discuss field sampling designs and Chapters 11 through 18 deal with a
broad range of statistical analysis procedures. Some statistical techniques given here are not commonly
seen in statistics  books. For example, methods for handling correlated data, for detecting hot spots, and
for estimating a confidence interval for the mean of a lognormal distribution. Also, Appendix B lists a
computer code that estimates and tests for trends over time at one or more monitoring stations using
nonparametric methods. Unfortunately, some important topics could not be included because of their
complexity and the need to limit the length of the book. For example, only brief mention could be made
of time series analysis using Box-Jenkins methods and of kriging techniques for estimating spatial and
spatial-time patterns of pollution, although multiple references on these topics are provided. Also, no
discussion of methods for assessing risks from environmental pollution could be included.
[extracted from document]
                                               63

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION
     Types and Objectives of Environmental Pollution Studies
     Statistical Design and Analysis Problems
     Overview of the Design and Analysis Process
     Summary

2  SAMPLING ENVIRONMENTAL POPULATIONS
     Sampling in Space and Time
     Target and Sampled Populations
     Representative Units
     Choosing a Sampling Plan
     Variability and Error in Environmental Studies
     Case Study
     Summary

3  ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING DESIGN
     Introduction
     Criteria for Choosing a Sampling Plan
     Methods for Selecting Sampling Locations and Times
     Summary

4  SIMPLE RANDOM SAMPLING
     Basic Concepts
     Estimating the Mean and Total Amount
     Effect of Measurement Errors
     Number of Measurements: Independent Data
     Number of Measurements: Correlated Data
     Estimating Var (x)
     Summary

5  STRATIFIED RANDOM SAMPLING
     Basic Concepts
      Estimating the Mean
      Estimating the Total Amount
     Arbitrary Selection of Strata
     Allocation of Samples to Strata
      Number of Samples
      Case Study
      Summary
                            64

-------
  6  TWO-STAGE SAMPLING
       Basic Concepts
       Primary Units of Equal Size
       Primary Units of Unequal Size
       Summary

  7  COMPOSITING AND THREE-STAGE SAMPLING
       Basic Concepts
       Equal-Sized Units
       Unequal-Sized Units
       Summary

  8  SYSTEMATIC SAMPLING
       Sampling Along a Line
       Sampling Over Space
       Comparing Systematic with Random Sampling
       Estimating the Mean and Variance
       Populations with Trends
       Estimating Var (x) from a Single Systematic Sample
       Estimating Spatial  Distributions
       Summary

 9   DOUBLE SAMPLING
       Linear Regression  Double Sampling
       Ratio Double Sampling
       Case Study
       Summary

10   LOCATING HOT SPOTS
       Determining Grid Spacing
       Size of Hot  Spot Likely to be Hit
       Probability of Not Hitting  a Hot Spot
       Taking Prior Information into Account
       Probability that a Hot Spot Exists When None Has Been Found
       Choosing the Consumer's Risk
       Summary

11  QUANTILES, PROPORTIONS, AND MEANS
       Basic Concepts
       Estimating Quantiles (Percentiles)
       Confidence  Limits for Quantiles
       Estimating Proportions
       Two-Sided Confidence Limits for the Mean
                             65

-------
      One-Sided Confidence Limits for the Mean
      Approximate Confidence Limits for the Mean
      Alternative Estimators for the Mean and Standard Deviation
      Nonparametric Estimators of Quantiles
      Nonparametric Confidence Limits for Quantiles
      Nonparametric Confidence Limits for Proportions
      Confidence Limits when Data are Correlated
      Rank Van Neumann Test for Serial Correlation
      Data Transformations
      Summary

12  SKEWED DISTRIBUTIONS AND GOODNESS-OF-FIT TESTS
      Lognormal Distribution
      Weibull, Gamma, and Beta Distributions
      Goodness-of-Fit Tests
      Summary

13  CHARACTERIZING LOGNORMAL POPULATIONS
      Estimating the Mean and Variance
      Confidence Limits for the Mean
      Estimating the Median
      Confidence Limits for the Median
      Choosing n for Estimating the Median
       Estimating Quantiles
      Summary

14   ESTIMATING THE MEAN AND VARIANCE FROM CENSORED DATA
     SETS
       Data Near Detection Limits
       Estimators of the Mean and Variance
       Two-Parameter Lognormal Distribution
       Three-Parameter Lognormal Distribution
       Summary

15   OUTLIER DETECTION AND CONTROL CHARTS
       Data Screening and Validation
       Treatment of Outliers
       Rosner's Test for Detecting up to k Outliers
       Detecting Outliers in Correlated Variables
       Other Outlier Tests
       Control Charts
       Summary
                              66

-------
            16  DETECTING AND ESTIMATING TRENDS
                  Types of Trends
                  Statistical Complexities
                  Methods
                  Mann-Kendall Test
                  Sen's Nonparametric Estimator of Slope
                  Case Study
                  Summary

            17  TRENDS AND SEASONALITY
                  Seasonal Kendall Test
                  Seasonal Kendall Slope Estimator
                  Homogeneity of Trends in Different Seasons
                  Sen's Test for Trend
                  Testing for Global Trends
                  Summary

            18  COMPARING POPULATIONS
                  Tests Using Paired Data
                  Independent Data Sets
                  Summary

  APPENDIX A:  STATISTICAL TABLES

  APPENDIX B:  TREND

     SYMBOLS

    GLOSSARY

BIBLIOGRAPHY

        INDEX
                                       67

-------

-------
                                                                           Reference No.: I
Holme, N.A., and A.D. Mclntyre.  1984. Methods for the Study of Marine Benthos. Blackwell
     Scientific Publishers, Oxford.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
I  I Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Biological characterization, sampling

Abstract

The object of this handbook is to indicate and evaluate the equipment and techniques which are at present
in general use for studying marine benthos, and to provide a comprehensive reference list to relevant
publications.  While it is primarily intended as an aid to those approaching the field for the first time, it is
hoped that some sections will be of use to established workers, and that the existence of this volume may
help to produce a degree of unifoimity in the collection and treatment of material and in the presentation
of results, which will make data from laboratories in different parts of the world more readily comparable.

This handbook deals primarily with the sampling of sediments and their fauna, from the intertidal region
to the deep sea. The division into macrofauna and meiofauna has been used as convenient way of separat-
ing the fauna into two size groups, which for the most part require different sampling and processing
techniques, the division being made between those animals passing, and those retained on, a sieve of
about 0.5 mm mesh.

Macrofauna here comprises mainly the infauna of compacted sediments. The epifauna of hard bottoms
and the active epifauna, including bottom fish, are less fully treated. Meiofauna is taken to include mainly
the  smaller metazoans:  protozoans and organisms of bacterial size comprising the microfauna are re-
ferred to only briefly. Study of the phytobenthos required special techniques where the sampling of
different habitats and measurements of primary production by benthic plants are considered.
[extracted from document]
                                              69

-------
                         TABLE OF CONTENTS

            1  INTRODUCTION

            2  POSITION FIXING

            3  MEASUREMENT OF THE PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENT


            4  PHOTOGRAPHY AND TELEVISION


            5  DIVING

            6  MACROFAUNA SAMPLING

            7  MEIOFAUNA AND MICROFAUNA SAMPLING

            8  EFFICIENCY OF BENTHOS SAMPLING GEAR

            9  AIDS AND METHODS FOR WORKING BENTHOS SAMPLERS


           10  TREATMENT AND SORTING OF SAMPLES

           11  PHYTOBENTHOS SAMPLING AND ESTIMATION OF PRIMARY
              PRODUCTION

           12  ENERGY FLOW MEASUREMENTS

   APPENDIX 1:  WORKING DRAWING OF DREDGE, ANCHOR DREDGE, AGASSIZ
              TRAWL, RILEY PUSH NET, BUTLER CORER


   APPENDIX 2:  LIST OF SUPPLIERS

   APPENDIX 3:  MEASUREMENTS

GENERAL REFERENCES


  REFERENCES

        INDEX
                                   70

-------
                                                                         Reference No.:

Ingersoll, C.G., and M.K. Nelson.  1990.  Testing Sediment Toxicity with Hyalella azteca (Amphipoda)
     and Chironomus riparius (Diptera). Aquatic Toxicology and Risk Assessment: 13th Volume,
     ASTM STP1096. Eds: W.G. Landis and W. H. van der Schalie. American Society for Testing
     and Materials, Philadelphia,  pp. 93-109.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
D Biota
Keywords:      Sediment quality, metals, PCBs, PAHs, toxicity/bioassay

Abstract

Methods for testing the toxicity of whole sediments are described for the amphipod Hyalella azteca and
the midge Chironomus riparius. Amphipod tests (static and flow-through) start with juvenile (<_third
instar) and continue up to 29 days until reproductive maturation.  Flow-through tests with the midge start
with the first instar larvae (<24 hours old) and continue up to 29 days through adult emergence. Data
obtained from these laboratory exposures can be used to assess the effects of contaminants in sediments
on survival, growth, or emergence of amphipods and midges.  The methods were used to assess the
potential toxicity of field-collected contaminated sediment from two sites in Waukegan Harbor, IL, an
inlet of Lake Michigan contaminated with polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), polycyclic aromatic com-
pounds (PACs), and metals; and a single site at Homer Lake, a small recreational lake in the agricultural
region of central Illinois. Survival, of both species was reduced after short-term (10- to 13-days) and long-
term (29 days) exposure to contaminated sediment. In addition, sublethal effects were indicated by
reduced growth of amphipods and a delay in emergence of adult midges.
[copied from document]

Contact:  (215)299-5585
                                              71

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION

2  PROCEDURE
     Culturing
     Sediment Collection, Handling, and Storage
     Toxicity Tests
     Biological Data
     Water Chemistry and Sediment Analyses
     Data Analysis and Statistics

3  RESULTS
     Water Chemistry and Sediment Characteristics
     Toxicity Tests

4  DISCUSSION

5  REFERENCES
                           72

-------
                                                                           Reference No.:
Marshack, Jon B.  1991. A Compilation of Water Quality Goals. Staff Report.  California Regional
     Water Quality Control Board, Central Valley Region, Sacramento, CA.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:     Water quality, organics, salinity, dissolved oxygen, radioactivity, temperature,
                turbidity, PAHs, PCBs, pesticides, inorganics, metals, nutrients, data analysis/
                management

Abstract

This report was developed to assist the staff of the California Regional Water Quality Boards to select
water quality goals for water bodies under their jurisdictions. Recently promulgated drinking water
maximum contaminated levels (MCLs) and MCL goals from U.S. EPA, new and revised health advisories
and cancer risk estimated from U.S. EPA, and numerical water quality objectives from the State of
California Inland Surface Water Plan and Enclosed Bays and Estuaries Plan are included.

This manual is divided into six sections:

   • Selecting Water Quality Goals
   • Cross Reference
   • Water Quality Goals - inorganic constituents
   • Water Quality Goals - organic constituents
   • Footnotes
   • References

Selecting Water Quality Goals describes the process by which numerical values for water quality param-
eters and constituents may be selected to protect beneficial uses of the ground and surface waters of
California.

The Cross Reference provides a list of the chemical constituents and parameters for which numerical
limits are contained in the Water Quality Goals sections. Many chemical constituents are commonly
referred to by more than one name.

The next two sections contain numerical water quality goals. These two sections are each divided into
four subsections, which provide numerical values protective of:

   • human health and welfare
   • agricultural use, health & welfare, and freshwater aquatic life
   • health & aquatic life ~ inland! surface waters and enclosed bays and estuaries
   • marine resources

Many listings in these sections are followed by footnotes in parentheses.

References for the numerical water quality goals are provided, divided by topics which correspond to
column headings in the Water Quality Goals tables.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (916)361-5600
                                               73

-------
                TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  SELECTING WATER QUALITY GOALS

2  CROSS REFERENCE OF CHEMICAL NAMES

3  WATER QUALITY GOALS - INORGANIC CONSTITUENTS
     Human Health and Welfare
     Agricultural Use, Health and Welfare, and Freshwater Aquatic Life
     Health and Aquatic Life - Inland Surface Waters and Enclosed Bays and
        Estuaries
     Marine Resources

4  WATER QUALITY GOALS - ORGANIC CONSTITUENTS
     Human Health and Welfare
     Agricultural Use, Health and Welfare, and Freshwater Aquatic Life
     Health and Aquatic Life - Inland Surface Waters and Enclosed Bays and
        Estuaries
     Marine Resources

5  FOOTNOTES

6  REFERENCES
                           74

-------
                                                                           Reference No.: HffjV

Maryland Department of the Environment. 1993. Guidance for the Analysis of Water Quality Trends
     in Chesapeake Bay,  Prepared by the Maryland Department of the Environment (by R. Eskin
     et al.) for the Monitoring Subcommittee of the Chesapeake Bay Program, Baltimore, MD. pp.
     46.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:     Water quality, data management/analysis

Abstract

A fundamental objective of the Chesapeake Bay water quality monitoring program is to detect trends or
changes in the system.  This is necessary to determine the effectiveness of pollution control actions as
well as to detect changes that could indicate deteriorating conditions.

Environmental data typically have characteristics such as temporal variability, spatial heterogeneity, and
measurement error which present problems when these data are analyzed. Compounding these problems
is the long-term nature of trend detection which often means patching together a decade or more in
investigations by several principal investigators, analytical laboratories, and managing agencies.

To assist in the continuing data anadysis to measure progress in the Bay restoration, the Chesapeake Bay
Program Monitoring Subcommittee asked its Data Analysis Workgroup to prepare this document to help
guide data analysts through the process of analyzing trends in water quality data.  The intent of this
document is to help analysts reach technically sound conclusions and interpretations through their trend
analysis that will help support management decisions.  This guidance is also intended to foster a consis-
tent approach to trend analyses among the various investigators and jurisdictions involved in the monitor-
ing and analysis of Chesapeake Bay water quality information. This is more critical now than ever before
as the various jurisdictions charges with the responsibility of restoring the Bay work together in develop-
ing management solutions.  To that end, it is hoped that this report will play a role in guiding some of the
analyses required to evaluate progress in the Bay restoration and provide consistent, interpretable,  and
useful data to water quality managers.

The scope of this report is limited to water quality data, although many of the principles can be used for
other types of information. The reader is assumed to be familiar with estuarine water quality, basic
statistical analysis, and environmental management.  This guidance is generic since the range of variables,
data availability,  and long-term management actions, make it practically impossible to provide an ap-
proach that will work for all situations. By following this guidance, tailored to the needs and availability
of data for a particular situation, the analyst should be able to avoid many of the problems that can
undermine such analyses, or at least understand the limits and assumptions attendant to the conclusions.
[extractedfrom document]

Contact:  (410)631-3681
                                              75

-------
                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION

2  ANALYTICAL OBJECTIVES
      Hypotheses for Development
      Choosing Parameters for Analysis

3  DATA REVIEW AND ASSEMBLY
      Identification of Potential Data Sets for Analysis of Trends and Their
        Documentation
      Review of Field and Laboratory Methods
      Examination of Quality Assurance/Quality Control Information
      Data Inspection and Characterization
      Identification of Outliers
      Acceptance of Data Sets
      References

4  DATA ANALYSIS
      Selection of Appropriate Spatial and Temporal Scales
      Spatial Resolution
      Temporal Resolution
      Exploratory Data Analysis
      Characteristics of the Data
      Graphical and Other Exploratory Techniques
      Confirmatory Data Analysis
      Data Characteristics
      Distribution
      Censoring
      Step vs. Monotonic Trend
      Unequal Variances
      Seasonality
      Persistence
      Missing Data
      Flow Adjustment
      Power and Robustness
      Confirmatory Tests
      Season Kendall
      Van Belle and Hughes IntrablockTests
      Other Possibilities
      Mann-Kendall
      Mann-Kendall with Correction for Serial Dependence
      Seasonal Kendall with Correction for Serial Dependence
                              76

-------
     Van Belle & Hughes IntrablockTest with Correction for Serial
        Dependence
     References

5  DATA INTERPRETATION

6  ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY
     Primary References
     Secondary References
     References for Multivariate and Intervention Analysis
     Books

7  BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TREND DETECTION SOFTWARE DETECT &
   EXCEED
     SAS Statistics & ETS
     McLeod-Hipel Time Series Package
     Attachment 1: Summary of DAITS Program and Issues
                           77

-------

-------
                                                                           Reference No.:
Murdoch, A., and S.D. MacKnight.  1991. Handbook of Techniques for Aquatic Sediments Sampling.
     pp. 210. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
D Biota
Keywords:      Sediment qualify, sampling

Abstract

Recently, contaminated sediments in rivers, lakes, and oceans have become a world-wide issue.  It has
been shown that sediment-associated contaminants can be transported by resuspension of sediment
particles, may accumulate in the food chain or affect the health of biota and water quality in aquatic
environment.

Assessment of impact of contaminated sediments on aquatic environment require collection of sediment
samples to adequately define the physical and chemical characteristics of the sediments, transport of
sediment-associated contaminants by resuspension of sediment particles or migration through sediment
pore water, and test the effects of contaminated sediments on biota.

Sediment characterization plays an important role in many projects. These projects have been carried out
for a wide variety of reasons, such as testing of scientific hypotheses, survey of environmental conditions,
evaluation of fish habitats, or construction involving sediment removal or displacement.  Adequate and
representative characterization is a function of both sample collection and analyses. No matter how much
care is taken in laboratory analyses, such factors as improperly located sampling sites, collection of
inadequate number of quality of samples, and inappropriate sample handling can generate false informa-
tion about the sediment process.

At present, there is no comprehensive monograph on sampling of bottom and suspended sediments and
sediment pore water, and on handling of recovered samples prior to physico-chemical analyses and other
tests.  This book was written to provide the essential background information on these subjects to those
interested in defining the physical ;and chemical characteristics of aquatic sediments and effects of con-
taminated sediments on aquatic ecosystems.
[extracted from document]
                                              79

-------
                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
    1  INTRODUCTION
    2  PROJECT REVIEW
    3  SELECTION OF BOTTOM SEDIMENT SAMPLING STATIONS
    4  BOTTOM SEDIMENT SAMPLING
    5  SAMPLING THE SETTLING AND SUSPENDED PARTICULATE MATTER
    6  SEDIMENT SAMPLE HANDLING AND PROCESSING
    7 SAMPLING SEDIMENT PORE WATER
INDEX
                           80

-------
                                                                          Reference
 Mueller, W., and D. Smith.  1992. Compilation ofE.P.A.'s Sampling and Analytical Methods. Edited
     by L.H. Keith. Lewis Publishers, Chelsea, MI.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
1 Biota
Keywords:     Water quality, sediment quality, sampling, metals, inorganics, organics, pesticides,
                PCBs,PAHs

Abstract

There is an increasing number of analytes and corresponding methods for measuring them in the environ-
ment, and this often makes selection of the most appropriate methods difficult. The objective of this
database is to help EPA contractors and other researchers to select rapidly and easily the most appropriate
methods of sampling and analysis for a particular situation without the necessity of becoming an expert in
the use of the methods or without searching through many volumes of published EPA methods.

The database is commercial adaption and expansion of a d-Base III database developed at EPA's Risk
Reduction Engineering Laboratory. More than 650 method/analyte summaries are included in the 3-
volume, printed publication or in a DOS-compatible database file on eight diskettes.

However, not all analytes are covered.  While many of the semivolatile methods are covered, they are not
as completely addressed as the volatile (purgeable) compounds.
[extracted from document]
                                             81

-------
               TABLE OF CONTENTS




1  CHLORINATED ALIPHATIC VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS





2  OTHER HALOGENATED VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS





3  NONHALOGENATED VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS





4  SEMIVOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS





5  PESTICIDES, HERBICIDES, PCBS, DIOXINS, AND FURANS





6  ELEMENTS





7  WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS





8  ABBREVIATIONS





9  DEFINITIONS
                        82

-------
                                                                           Reference No.:

 National Parks Service. 1991. Plant Toxicity Testing with Sediment and Marsh Soils. Prepared by
      G. Walsh, U.S. Department of the Interior, National Parks Service, Water Resources Division,
      Fort Collins, CO. pp. 133.  Technical Report NPS/NRWRD/NRTR-91/03.
 Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
0 Biota
Keywords:     Sediment quality, toxicity/bioassay

Abstract

A short account of the principles and practices of toxicity testing with aquatic plants and sediments is
given. Aquatic (wetland, marsh) plants have been shown to be sensitive to toxicants in natural and
synthetic sediments, and advantages and disadvantages of each type of sediment in toxicity testing are
described.  Toxicological studies with Echinochola crusgalli, Sesbania macrocarpa, Spartina alterniflora
are described, but other experimental species need to be adapted for use in impact analysis and risk
assessment. It is concluded, after comparison of results from seed germination, hydroponic, and sediment
tests, that the latter best simulates the unique field conditions under which plants are exposed to pollut-
ants.

This report is designed as an introduction to the subject. Its basic assumptions are that structure and
functions of wetlands can be affected by toxicants in sediments and that laboratory tests can detect
possible or probable injury to aquatic plant under specific circumstances. The methods given here may be
modified or used directly for routine toxicity testing or for experimental studies in which environmental
variables are manipulated.
[copied from document]

Contact: (303)221-8311
                                              83

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS

            INTRODUCTION

         1   PRINCIPLES OF SEDIMENT TOXICITY TESTINGS WITH VASCULAR
            PLANTS
              Sediment Properties
              Plant Requirements
              Choice of Test Species
              Methods of Toxicity Testing with Sediment/Plant Systems

         2  DISCUSSION

         3  LITERATURE CITED

APPENDIX 1:  TOXICITY TESTS OF EFFLUENTS WITH MARCH PLANTS IN WATER
            AND SEDIMENT

APPENDIX 2:  USE OF MARSH PLANTS FOR TOXICITY TESTING OF WATER AND
            SEDIMENT

APPENDIX 3:  RESPONSES OF WETLAND PLANTS TO EFFLUENTS IN WATER AND
            SEDIMENT

APPENDIX 4:  ARTIFICIAL SEDIMENTS FOR USE IN TESTS WITH WETLAND PLANTS

APPENDIX 5:  SYNTHETIC SUBSTRATA FOR PROPAGATION AND TESTING OF SOIL
            AND SEDIMENT ORGANISMS

APPENDIX 6:  SYNTHETIC SEDIMENTS:  A TOOL FOR RESEARCH
                                  84

-------
                                                                         Reference No.:
NOAA. 1986. National Status and Trends Program for Marine Environmental Quality Benthic
     Surveillance Project: Cycle III Field Manual. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administra-
     tion, Coastal Monitoring and Bioeffects Assessment Division, Office of Ocean Resources
     Conservation and Assessment, National Ocean Service, Silver Spring, Maryland, pp. 32.
     Technical Memorandum NOS OMA 28.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, sampling, QA/QC, tissue analysis

Abstract

The Benthic Surveillance Project (BSP) is a major component of NOAA's National Status and Trends
(NS&T) Program. It is a collaborative effort between the Ocean Assessment Division (OAD) of the
National Ocean Service and the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS).

The major goals of the Project are to describe present levels of chemical contamination in surficial
sediments and bottom-feeding fishes at key sites in the nation's estuaries and nearshore zone, and to
determine the incidence of disease in these benthic species.

Because this is a national program conducted by scientific teams from various laboratories around the
country, it is important that sample collection and processing procedures be standardized as much as
possible.  This manual provides detailed information on the required collection and processing proce-
dures. It is based both on the files experience gained by NMFS personnel during Cycles I and II, and the
general expertise of OAD and NMFS scientists in conducting environmental quality surveys. The proto-
cols in this manual are followed by all Benthic Surveillance Project participants. As data from the Project
are evaluated, the procedures, specified herein, will be modified and improved.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (301)713-3034
                                             85

-------
IHir
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS

            1  INTRODUCTION

            2  GENERAL FIELD SAMPLING PROCEDURES

            3  COLLECTION OF FISH

            4  PROCEDURE FOR COLLECTING FISH TISSUE SAMPLES FOR THE
               NATIONAL STATUS AND TRENDS SPECIMEN BANK

            5  COLLECTION OF SEDIMENT

            6  PROCEDURE FOR COLLECTING SEDIMENT SAMPLES FOR THE
               NATIONAL STATUS AND TRENDS SPECIMEN BANK

            7  PACKING AND SHIPMENT OF NATIONAL STATUS AND TRENDS
               SPECIMEN BANK SAMPLES
            8  HANDLING OF LIQUID NITROGEN
  ATTACHMENTS
                                   86

-------
                                                                         Reference No.: KMt

 NOAA.  1987. National Status and Trends Program for Marine Environmental Quality Benthic
     Surveillance Project: Specimen Bank Project: Field Manual National Oceanic and Atmo-
     spheric Administration, Coastal Monitoring and Bioeffects Assessment Division, Office of
     Ocean Resources Conservation and Assessment, National Ocean Service, Silver Spring, Mary-
     land, pp. 43. Technical Memorandum NOS OMA 37.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
D Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, sampling, QA/QC, tissue analysis

Abstract

In 1980, a pilot National Environmental Specimen Bank Program was established in the United States at
the National Bureau of Standards (MBS), sponsored in part by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Since then, other Federal agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration, Department of Agricul-
ture, National Cancer Institute, and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
represented by the Ocean Assessments Division, have joined in the specimen banking activities at NBS.

In fiscal year 1984, NOAA's Ocean Assessments Division initiated a new program, called the National
Status and Trends (NS&T) Program, within which activities are being undertaken to quantify the current
status and long-term temporal and spatial trends of key contaminant concentrations and biological indica-
tors of contaminant effects in the nation's coastal and estuarine environments.

One of the elements of the NS&T Program is the archiving of samples for retrospective analyses.  The
methods of collection, preparation, and storage of samples for a specimen banking program are critical to
the scientific accuracy of the analysis and comparison of these data. The methods used in the specimen
banking component of NOAA's National Status and Trends Program are described in this report. Also
summarized are the National Status and Trends Program specimen banking operations for its Benthic
Surveillance and Mussel Watch component for fiscal years 1985, 1986, and 1987. Protocols used for
preparation and storage of samples are also described in detail.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (301)713-3034
                                             87

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS

           1   INTRODUCTION

           2   CRYOGENIC STORAGE FACILITY

           3   BENTHIC SURVEILLANCE SPECIMEN BANKING PROTOCOLS
                Fish Tissue Samples
                  Sample Selection
                  Cleaning of Sampling Instruments
                  Stage I. Sample Preparation (Fish Liver and Muscle Tissue)
                  Stage II. Fish Dissection
                Sediment Specimens
                  Sediment Collection
                  Stage I. Sediment Collection
                  Stage II. Sediment Processing
                  Stage III. Sample Packaging and Shipment

           4   MUSSEL WATCH SPECIMEN BANKING PROTOCOLS
                Bivalve Specimens
                  Sample Selection
                  Stage I. Sample Collection and Sorting (Bivalves)
                  Stage II. Bivalve Processing
                Sediment Specimens
                  Sample Selection
                  Stage I. Sediment Collection
                  Stage II. Sediment Processing
                  Stage III. Sample Packaging and Shipment

           5  SAMPLE HOMOGENIZATION AND ANALYSIS

           6  PROCEDURE FOR COLLECTING SEDIMENT SAMPLES FOR THE
              NATIONAL STATUS AND TRENDS SPECIMEN BANK
           7  CONCLUSION
REFERENCES

 APPENDIX A

 APPENDIX B
                                     88

-------
                                                                         Reference No.: I


NOAA. 1988. Standard Analytical Procedures of the NOAA National Analytical Facility, 1988.  New
     HPLC Cleanup and Revised Extraction Procedures for Organic Contaminants.  US. Dept. of
     Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Marine Fisheries
     Service, Seattle, WA. NOAA Technical Memorandum NMFS F/NWC-153.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Sediment quality, tissue analysis, organics, PAHs, PCBs

Abstract

The Environmental Conservation (EC) Division of the Northwest and Alaska Fisheries Center conducts
broad-ranging research into the nature and extent of pollution and its effects on marine and estuarine fish
and their habitats. While functioning within the National Marine Fisheries Service, the EC Division
maintains a strong research relationship with other units of NOAA such as the Office of Oceanography
and Marine Assessment of the National Ocean Service.  NOAA's National Status and Trends (NS&T)
Program is a good example. For 4 years the EC Division has participated in the NS&T Program, which
monitors marine environmental quality at approximately 200 sites along the nation's coastlines.

Wherever possible, standard methods are used to minimize the analytical variability among the participat-
ing laboratories.  Many of these procedures,  such as those for aromatic hydrocarbons and chlorinated
hydrocarbons in sediments and tissues, are relatively laborious.  To expedite these analyses, the EC
Division's National Analytical Facility has developed a new instrumental method for the cleanup of
sample extracts. The new method features (1) cleanup as effective as by former methods, (2) better
precision, (3) less time required, (4) capability of monitoring the chromatographic conditions, (5) capabil-
ity of being automated, and (6) less highly pure solvent required.

Through this Technical Memorandum, the new cleanup and revised extraction procedures are being made
available to NS&T laboratories. A rapid, simple HPLC method, using a size-exclusion column is de-
scribed. This method was developed to improve on the gravity-flow method by increasing efficiency,
reducing costs, automating the analyses, and monitoring chromatographic conditions. This laboratory
manual should also be useful to other federal, state, and local environmental programs which analyze for
organic chemicals in sediments ami organisms. These new procedures supersede Sections 7, 8, 10, and 11
of NOAA Technical Memorandum NMFS F/NWC-92 (MacLeod et al., 1985).

References:

MacLeod, W.D., Jr., D.W. Brown, A.J. Friedman, D.G. Burrows, O. Maynes, R.W. Pearce, C.A. Wigren,
and R.G. Bogar (1985).  Standard analytical  procedures of the NOAA National Analytical Facility, 1985-
86: extractable toxic organic compounds.  Second Edition. NOAA Tech. Memo. NMFS F/NWC-92.
NOAA/NMFS/NWAFC, Seattle, WA. 121pp.

[extracted from document]

Contact: (206)860-3200
                                              89

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS

         1  INTRODUCTION
              Materials
              Sediment Extraction
              Tissue Extraction
              HPLC Cleanup

         2  LITERATURE CITED

APPENDIX A:  AUTOSAMPLER AND FRACTION COLLECTOR PROGRAMS

APPENDIX B:  OPERATION OF THE HPLC SYSTEM
                                 90

-------
                                                                         Reference IVo.: gjggj


NOAA. 1992. Standard and Reference Materials for Marine Science. 3rd ed. National Oceanic and
     Atmospheric Administration, Coastal Monitoring and Bioeffects Assessment Division, Office
     of Ocean Resources Conservation and Assessment, National Ocean Service, Silver Spring,
     Maryland. Technical Memiorandum NOS ORCA 68.
Media in which methods can be used:     0 Water
[•I Sediment
D Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, nutrients, metals, inorganics, organics, pesticides,
                PCBs, PAHs, tissue analysis, QA/QC


Abstract

This is the third edition of the catalog of reference materials suited for use in marine science, originally
compiled in 1986 for NOAA, IOC, and UNEP.  The catalog lists close to 2,000 reference materials from
sixteen producers and contains information about their proper use, sources, availability, and analyte
concentrations. Indices are included for elements, isotopes, and organic compounds, as are cross refer-
ences to CAS registry numbers, alternate names, and chemical structures of selected organic compounds.
This catalog is being published independently by both NOAA and IOC/UNEP and is available from
NOAA/NOS/ORCA in electronic form.
[copied from document]

Contact (301) 713-3034
                                            91

-------
                TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION

2  REFERENCE MATERIALS SOURCES, TYPES, AND USE
     Sources
        Bureau of Analyzed Samples Ltd.
        Canada Centre for Mineral and Energy Technology
        Community Bureau of Reference
        International Atomic Energy Agency
        Institute de Pesquisas Tecnol6gicas
        Laboratory of the Government Chemist
        National Institute for Environmental Studies
        National Institute of Standards and Technology
        National Research Center for Certified Reference Materials
        National Research Council of Canada
        National Water Research Institute
        Ocean Scientific International Led.
        Sagami Chemical Research Center
        South Africa Bureau of Standards
        U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
        U.S. Geological Survey
     Types
     Use

 3   SOURCES OF NON-CERTIFIED MATERIALS

 4   LITERATURE ON QUALITY ASSURANCE AND REFERENCE MATERIALS
     NIST
      ISO/REMCO
      UNEP

 5   ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

 6   REFERENCES

 7   ASHES
      CRM 038, Coal Fly Ash
      CRM 176, City Waste Incineration Ash
      EPA SRS001--100, EPA CRADA Fly Ash
      ERA SRS019-50 and SRS203-225, EPA CRADA Municipal Incinerator
        Ashes
      GBW 08401 - 08402, Coal Fly Ashes
                            92

-------
  NIES 8, Vehicle Exhaust Particulates
  SRM 1633a, Trace Elements in Coal Fly Ash
  SRM 1648, Urban Paniculate Matter
  SRM 1649, Urban Dust/Organics
  SRM 1650, Diesel Particulate Matter
  SRM 2689 - 2691, Coal Fly Ashes

GASES
  GBW 08101 through 08132, Gases in Nitrogen
  GBW 08119 through 08123, Gases in Air or Argon
  GBW 08201 through 08205, Gas Permeation Tubes
  SRM 1625 through 1629a, Gas Permeation Tubes
  SRM 1658a through 2751 Gases in Air
  SRM 1661 a through 2745, Gases in Nitrogen

INSTRUMENTAL PERFORMANCE
  A13-01 - A13-14, Spectrochemical Materials
  CLB-1 - CLB-2, Mixtures in Iso-octane of Individual Chlorinated Biphenyl
    (PCB) Compounds
  CRM 034 through CRM 183, Organic Compounds for Elemental Analysis
  CRM 046 through CRM 370, Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons
  CRM 365, Polychlorinated Biphenyls in Iso-Octane
  CSK-KIO3, Potassium lodate
  DACS-1, Domoic Acid
  EPA C-027 through C-158, EPA CRADA Multicomponent Standards
  EPA CDCB-006 through CPCB-490, EPA CRADA Polychlorinated
    Biphenyl Congeners
  EPA CR-0020 through CR-7120, EPA CRADA Pesticides
  EPA NSI 0001  -1211, EPA CRADA Toxic and Hazardous Materials
    Repository
  EPA Organic QC Samples, EPA CRADA Organic QC Samples
  EPA QCS Inorganic Solutions, EPA CRADA Inorganic QC Samples
  EPA QCS Nutrient Solutions, EPA CRADA Nutrient QC Samples
  EPA QCS Phenolics Solutions, EPA CRADA Phenolics QC Samples
  GBW 06104 - 06408, Organic Compounds
  GBW 07501 - 07514, Minerals for Electron Microprobe Analyses
  GBW 07701 - 07711, Synthetic Silicates for Spectral Analyses
  GBW 07712 - 07720, Synthetic Limestones for Spectral Analyses
  GBW 08601 - 08609, Elements in Water
  P11-01 - P18-01, Reference Materials for Pesticide Analysis
  RM  8464 - 8469, Pesticides
  SRM 141c through 2144, Microchemical Elemental Analysis
  SRM 185g through 2192, pH and pD Calibration Solutions
                        93

-------
SRM 610 - 617, Trace Elements in Glass Matrices
SRM 640b, Silicon Powder 20/d-Spacing Standard for X-ray Diffraction
ARM 647a, X-ray Powder Diffraction Intensity Set
SRM 675, Low 20 (Large d-Spacing) Standard for X-ray Powder
  Diffraction
SRM 676, Alumina Internal Standard
SRM 869, Column Selectivity Test Mixture for Liquid Chromatography
SRM 930D and 1930, Glass Filters for Spectrophotometry
SRM 931 d, Liquid Filters
SRM 935a - 936, Potassium Dichromate and Quinine Sulfate Dihydrate
SRM 1491, Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Hexane/Toluene
SRM 1492, Chlorinated Pesticides in Hexane
SRM 1543, GC/MS System Reference Standard
SRM 1583, Chlorinated Pesticides in 2,2,4-trimethylpentane
SRM 1584, Priority Pollutant Phenols in  Methanol
SRM 1585, Chlorinated Biphenyls in 2,2,4-trimethylpentane
SRM 1586, Isotopically Labeled and Unlabeled Priority Pollutants in
  Methanol
SRM 1587, Nitrated Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Methanol
SRM 1596, Dinitropyrene Isomers and 1-Nitropyrene in Methylene
  Chloride
SRM 1614, Dioxin
SRM 1639, Halocarbons for Water Analysis
SRM 1641 b, Mercury in Water
SRM 1643c, Trace Elements in Water
SRM 1644, Generator Columns for Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons
SRM 1647b, Priority Pollutant Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons
SRM 1871 -1873, Glasses for Microscopic Analysis
SRM 2009a, Dydinium Glass Filter
SRM 2032, Potassium Iodide
SRM 2033, Potassium Iodide with Attenuator
SRM 2034, Holmium Oxide Solution Wavelength Standard
SRM 2069b, SEM Performance Standard
SRM 2201 - 2203, Sodium Chloride, Potassium Chloride, Potassium
   Fluoride for Ion-Selective Electrodes
SRM 2260, Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Toluene
SRM 2261, Chlorinate Pesticides in Hexane
SRM 3101 - 3174, Spectrometric Standard Solutions
SRM 3181 - 3186, Anion Standard Solutions
SRM 4226B through 4949B, Alpha-Particle,  Beta-Particle, Gamma-Ray,
   and Electron  Capture Solutions
SRM 4400LN through 4417LK, Radiopharmaceuticals
                        94

-------
10   OILS
       CRM 349, Chlorobiphenyls In Cod Liver Oil
       CRM 350, Chlorobiphenyls In Mackerel Oil
       EPA SRS950 - SRS954, EPA CRADA Oils
       RM 8505, Vanadium In Crude Oil
       SRM 1580, Organics In Shale Oil
       SRM 1581, Polychlorinated Biphenyls In Oil
       SRM 1582, Petroleum Crude Oil
       SRM 1588, Organics In Cod Liver Oil
       SRM 1618, Vanadium And Nickel In Residual Fuel Oil
       SRM 1634b, Trace Elements In Fuel Oil

11   PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
       CRM 066 through 132, Particle Size Distribution
       CRM 165 -167, Latex Spheres of Certified Size
       CRM 169 -175, Certified Surface Area
       M11 -01  - M11 -08, Surface Area
       SRM 475 - 476, Optical Microscope Linewidth Measurement Standards
       SRM 484f, Scanning Electron Microscope Magnification Standard
       SRM 659, Particle Size Distribution Standard For Sedigraph Calibration
       SRM 1003b through 1019a, Glass Spheres And Beads
       SRM 1690 through 1965, Polystyrene Spheres
       SRM 2106-2107, Color
       SRM 2135b, Depth Profiling

12   ROCKS
       AGV-1, Andesite
       BCS-CRM 368, Dolomite
       BCS-CRM 393, Limestone
       BCS-CRM 395, Bauxite
       BHVO-1, Basalt
       BIR-1, Icelandic Basalt
       DNC-1,  Dolerite
       G-2, Granite
       GBW 07249, Polymetallic Nodule
       GSR-1,  Biotite Granite
       GSR-2,  Hornblende Andesite
       GSR-3,  Olivine Basalt
       GSR-4,  Sandstone
       GSR-5,  Shale
       GSR-6,  Carbonate Rock
       IPT 28, Clay
                             95

-------
IPT 32, Plastic Clay
IPT 35, Calcitic Limestone
IPT 42, Clay
IPT 44, Limestone
IPT 48, Dolomitic Limestone
IPT 61 and 62, Glass Sands
MGR-1, Gabbro
Nod-A-1, Manganese Nodule
Nod-P-1, Manganese Nodule
QLO-1, Quartz Latite
RGM-1,Rhyolite
SARM 1, Granite
SARM 2, Syenite
SARM 3, Lujaurite
SARM 4, Norite
SARM 5, Pyroxenite
SARM 6, Dunite
SARM 39, Kimberlite
SARM 40, Carbonatite
SARM 41, Carbonaceous Shale
SARM 43, Magnesite
SARM 44, Silliminate Schist
SARM 45, Kinzingite
SARM 47, Serpentinite
SARM 48, Fluorspar Granite
SARM 49, Quartz
SARM 50, Dolerite
SCo-1, Cody Shale
SDC-1, Mica Schist
SDO-1, Shale
SGR-1, Green River Shale
SRM 69b, Bauxite (Arkansas)
SRM81a, Glass Sand
SRM 88b, Dolomitic Limestone
SRM 97b, Flint Clay
SRM 98b, Plastic Clay
SRM 120c, Florida Phosphate Rock
SRM 278, Obsidian Rock
SRM 600, Bauxite (Australian Darling Range)
SRM 688, Basalt Rock
SRM 696, Bauxite (Surinam)
SRM 697, Bauxite (Dominican)
                       96

-------
       SRM 698, Bauxite (Jamaican)
       STM-1, Nepheline Syenite
       SY-2 - SY-3, Syenites
       W-2, Diabase
13  SEDIMENTS
       BCSS-1, MESS-1, PACS-1 and BEST-1, Marine and Estuarine
         Sediments
       CRM 277, Trace Elements in Estuarine Sediment
       CRM 280, Trace Elements in Lake Sediment
       CRM 320, Trace Elements in River Sediment
       CS-1, HS-1 and HS-2, Polychlorinated Biphenyls in Marine Sediments
       EC-1, Hamilton Harbour Sediment
       EC-2, Lake Ontario Sediment
       EC-3, Niagara River Plume Sediment
       EC-4, Toronto Harbour Sediment
       EC-5, Hurnber River Sediment
       EC-6, Great Lakes Sediment
       EC-7, Great Lakes Sediment
       GBW 07309 - 07312, Stream Sediments
       GBW 07313 Marine Sediment
       GBW 08301, River Sediment
       GSD-9, River Sediment
       GSD-10, Stream Sediment
      GSD-11, Stream Sediment
      GSD-12, Stream Sediment
      HR-1, Hurnber River Sediment
      HS-3 - HS-6, Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Marine Sediments
      IAEA-313 - IAEA-314, Stream Sediments
      IAEA-357, Sediment from Coastal "Hot Spot"
      IAEA-367, Sediment from the Pacific Ocean
      IAEA-368, Sediment from the Pacific Ocean
      LKSD-1 - LKSD-4, Lake Sediments
      MAG-1, Marine Sediments
      NIES 2, Pond Sediment
      SARM 46 through 52, Stream Sediments
      SD-M-2/TM, Marine Sediment
      SD-N-2, Marine Sediment
      SES-1, Estuarine Sediment Research Material for Polycyclic Aromatic
        Hydrocarbons
      SL-1, Lake Sediment
      SL-2, Lake Sediment
      SRM 1646, Estuarine Sediment
      SRM 1939, Polychlorinated Biphenyls in River Sediment A
                            97

-------
      SRM 1941, Organics in Marine Sediment
      SRM 2704, Buffalo River Sediment
      SRM 4350B, River Sediment
      SRM 4354, Gyttja Lake Sediment
      STSD-1 - STSD-4, Stream Sediments
      SUD-1, Sudbury Sediment
      TH-1, Toronto Harbour Sediment
      TH-2, Great Lakes Sediment
      WQB-1 - WQB-2, Lake Ontario Sediment
      WQB-3, Great Lakes Sediments
14  SLUDGES
      CRM 144 and 146, Sewage Sludges
      CRM 176, Polychlorinated Biphenyls in Sewage Sludge
      EPA SRS101-100, EPA CRADA API Separator Sludge
15  SOILS
      CRM 141, Trace Element in a Calcareous Loam Soil
      EPA SRS003-50, EPA CRADA Metals in Soil
      EPA SRS103-100, EPA CRADA PAH Contaminated Soil
      GBW 07401 - 07408, Soils
      GBW 08302, Tibet Soil
      GBW 08303, Polluted Farm Soil
      GSS-1, Brown Soil
      GSS-2, Chestnut Soil
      GSS-3, Yellow-Brown Soil
      GSS-4, Yellow Soil
      GSS-5, Yellow-Red Soil
      GSS-6, Yellow-Red Soil
      GSS-7, Laterite
      GSS-8, Loess
       IAEA-312, Soil
       SARM 42, Soil
       SO-2 - SO-4, Soils
       SOIL-6, Soil
       SOIL-7, Soil
       SRM 2709 - 2711
       SRM 4353, Rocky Flats Soil
       SRM 4355, Peruvian Soil
 16  TISSUES
       CRM 278, Trace Elements in Mussel Tissue
       CRM 414, Trace Elements in Plankton
       CRM 422, Trace Elements in Cod Muscle
       DOLT-1, Dogfish Liver
                              98

-------
17
18
   DORM-1, Dogfish Muscle
   EPA SRS903, EPA CRADA QCS Chlordane in Fish Tissue
   GBW 08571, Mussel
   GBW 08572, Prawn
   IAEA-307, Sea Plant
   IAEA-308, Mediterranean Seaweeds
   IAEA-350, Tuna Homogenate
   IAEA-351, Tuna Homogenate
   IAEA-352, Tuna Homogenate
   LUTS-1, Non-Defatted Lobster Hepatopancreas
   MA-A-1/OC, Copepod Homogenate
   MA-A-1/TIM, Copepod Homogenate
   MA-A-3/OC, Shrimp Homogenate
   MA-B-3/OC, Lyophilised Fish Tissue
   MA-B-3RN, Lyophilised Fish Tissue
   MA-B-3/TM, Lyophilised Fish Tissue
   MUS-1, DomoicAcid
   MIES 9, Sargasso Seaweed
   NIES 11, Fish Tissue
   SRM 955a, Lead in Blood
   SRM 1566a, Oyster Tissue
   SRM 1577b, Bovine Liver
   SRM 1598, Inorganic Constituents in Bovine Serum
   SRM 1974, Organics in Mussel Tissue (Mytilus edulis)
   TORT-1, Lobster Hepatopancreas
WATERS
   CASS-2, Nearshore Seawater
   CRM 403, Trace Elements in Seawater
   CSK Nutrient Elements, CSK Nutrients in Seawater
   IAEA-298, Pacific Ocean Water
   IAPSO Standard Seawater, Standard Seawater for Conductivity
     Measurements
   NASS-4, Open Ocean Seawater
   ORMS-1, Riverine Water
   SLAP, Water
   SLEW-1, Estuarine Water
   SLRS-2, River Water
   SRM 2694a, Simulated Rainwater
   VSMOW, Ocean Water
APPENDICES
   Appendix I. Symbol, Atomic Number and Chemical Abstracts Service
     Registry Number of Elements
                            99

-------
       Appendix II. Alternate Names and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry
         Numbers of Organic Compounds
       Appendix 111. Selected Organic Compound Structures
19   INDICES
       Index of Elements with Associated Reference Materials
       Index of Isotopes with Associated Reference Materials
       Index of Organic Compounds with Associated Reference Materials
                               100

-------
NOAA. 1993. Sampling and Analytical Methods of the National Status and Trends Program National
     Benthic Surveillance and Mussel Watch Projects 1984-1992, Volumes I-IV. National Oceanic and
     Atmospheric Administration, Coastal Monitoring and Bioeffects Assessment Division, Office
     of Ocean Resources Conservation and Assessment, National Ocean Service, Silver Spring,
     Maryland. NOAA Technical Memorandum NOS ORCA 71.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, depth, tides, tempera-
                ture, salinity, grain size, organics, PAHs, PCBs, total organic carbon, organotins,
                tissue analysis, pathogenic organisms, inorganics, metals, sampling, QA/QC,
                bioaccumulation, data analysis

Abstract

The quantification of environmental contaminants and their effects by the National Oceanic and Atmo-
spheric Administration's national Status and Trends Program began in 1984.  Poly cyclic aromatic hydro-
carbons, butyltins, polychlorinated biphenyls, DDTs and other chlorinated pesticides, trace and major
elements, and a number of measures of contaminant effects are quantified in estuarine and coastal
samples.  There are two major monitoring components in this program, the National Benthic Surveillance
Project which is responsible for quantification of contamination in fish tissue and sediments, and develop-
ing and implementing new methods to define the biological significance of environmental contamination,
and the Mussel Watch Project, which monitors pollutant concentrations by quantifying contaminants in
mollusk bivalves and sediments. Methods are described for sample collection, preparation, and quantifi-
cation. The evolution of methods, method detection limits, and the Quality Assurance Project are also
discussed.

This report consists of four volumes, of which three have been published. Volume I is not yet available.
Each volume contains detailed descriptions of analytical methods and measurements as performed by the
different laboratories participating in the National Status and Trends Program.

Volume II contains detailed descriptions of complementary methods used by cooperating laboratories
participating in the NS&T Program for the determination of physical properties of the sampling site such
as salinity and tidal horizon; ancillary parameters in sediments and tissues such as total organic carbon
and percent dry weight; and histopahtological examination of tissues.

Volume III contains detailed descriptions of analytical methods used for the determination of major and
trace elements in sediments and tissues by laboratories participating in the NS&T Program.

Volume IV contains detailed descriptions of the analytical methods used for the determination of trace
organic compounds in sediments and tissues by laboratories participating in the NS&T Program.

The method of MacLeod et al. (1985) is placed first in this volume because all the NMFS and Battelle
Ocean Sciences laboratories participating in the NS&T Program relied heavily upon it. Readers should
note that the methods developed by MacLeod et al, (1985) are no longer used by NMFS laboratories
participating in the NS&T Program and are not to be considered NOAA protocols for the quantification of
organic contaminants.
                                              101

-------
References:

MacLeod, W.D., Jr., D.W. Brown, AJ. Friedman, D.G. Burrows, O. Maynes, R.W. Pearce, C.A. Wigren,
and R.G. Bogar (1985). Standard analytical procedures of the NOAA National Analytical Facility, 1985-
86: extractable toxic organic compounds. Second Edition. NOAA Tech. Memo. NMFS F/NWC-92.
NOAA/NMFS/NWAFC, Seattle, WA. 121pp.

[extracted from document]

Contact: (301) 713-3028
                                            702

-------
                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

VOLUME I - OVERVIEW AND SUMMARY OF METHODS

               1  NOAA NATIONAL STATUS AND TRENDS PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
                  AND METHODS
                     Abstract
                     Introduction
                     Development of the NS&T Program
                       Selection of Elements and Compounds
                       Recommended Detection Limits
                       Analytical Definition of Detection Limits
                       Recommended Number of Replicated
                       Recommended Sample Matrices
                         Sediments
                         Bivalves
                         Fish
                         Other Species
                         Seawater
                     Sampling Procedures
                       National Benthic Surveillance Project
                         Site Designation
                         Sediments
                           Sediment Collection
                              Organic Sample Collection
                              Major and Trace Elements Sample Collection
                           Packaging
                         Tissue
                           Collection
                           Fish Dissection Environment Preparation
                           Fish Specimen Preparation
                           Onboard Laboratory Requirements for Dish Dissections
                           Tissue Dissection
                           Packaging
                       Mussel Watch
                         Site Designation
                         Sediments
                           Collection
                              East and West Coasts
                              Gulf Coast
                           Packaging
                         Tissues
                           Eiivalve Mollusk Collections
                              East and West Coasts
                                           103

-------
         Gulf Coast
         Field Collection Changes
       Packaging
         East and West Coasts
              Organic Samples
              Major and Trace Element Samples
         Gulf Coast
     Ancillary Measurements
       Tidal Horizon
       Depth
       Perkinsus marinus
       Shell Size
       Radionuclide Samples
       Coprostanol and Clostridium perfringens
       Gonadal Index
       Temperature
       Salinity
Quality Assurance
  Approach
     Methodology
     Standard Reference and Control Materials
     Procedures and Standards
     Instrument Calibration
     Sample Quantification
     Method Detection Limits
     Precision
     Accuracy
  Control Samples
  Data Acceptability Criteria and Archival
  Intercomparison Exercises
  Quality Assurance Workshops
  Development of Standard Reference Materials
  NIST Trace Organic Exercises
  NRG Trace Element Exercises
Analytical Procedures
  Introduction
     Trace  Organics
     Major and Trace Elements
  Discussion of Analyte Limitations
     Organics Analytes
       PCBs
          PCB Quantitation
          PCB Selection
                        104

-------
          PCB Coelutions
       PAHs
     Inorganic Analytes
       Thallium
       Antimony
       Selenium
       Tin
  Analyte Additions
  National Benthic Surveillance Project Analytical Methods
     Inorganic Analysis
       Sediments
          NEFSC Sediment Elemental Analyses
          SEFSC Sediment Elemental Analyses
          NWFSC Sediment Elemental Analyses
       Tissue
          NEFSC Sediment Elemental Analyses
          SEFSC Sediment Elemental Analyses
          NWFSC Sediment Elemental Analyses
     Organic Analyses
       General Methods for Sediments and Tissues
          Bile
          Liver
          Muscle
          Stomach Contents
          Sediments
  Mussel Watch Project
     Inorganic Analyses
       Battelle Sediment and Mollusk Elemental Analyses
          Sediment Analyses
          Tissue Analyses
       SAIC Sediment and Mollusk Elemental Analyses
          Sediment Analyses
          Tissue Analyses
       TAMU' Sediment  and Mollusk Elemental Analyses
          Sediment Analyses
          Tissue Analyses
     Organic Analyses
       Battelle and SAIC Sediment and Mollusk Elemental Analyses
       TAMU Sediment  and Mollusk Elemental Analyses
Analytical Procedures for Other Parameters
  National Benthic Surveillance Project
     Sediment
       Total Organic Carbon
                       705

-------
       Moisture Content
       Particle Size
       Clostridium perfringens
       Coprostanol
    Tissue
       Tissue Dry Weight
       Bile
       Butyltins
       Otoliths
  Mussel Watch Project
    Sediment
       Total Organic and Carbonate Carbon
       Moisture Content
       Particle Size
       Clostridium perfringens
       Coprostanol
    Tissue
       Dry Weight
       Gonadal Index
          East and West Coasts
          Gulf Coast
       Butyltins
Gross Pathology
  National Benthic Surveillance Project
  Mussel Watch Project
Histopathology
  National Benthic Surveillance Project
     Liver
     Kidneys
     Gills
  Mussel Watch Project
Summary
Acknowledgments
References
                        106

-------
VOLUME II - COMPREHENSIVE DESCRIPTIONS OF COMPLEMENTARY MEASUREMENTS

               1   PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING TIDAL HORIZON, 1986-1992
                    Abstract
                    Introduction
                    Equipment and Materials
                    Summary of Procedures
                      Determining Mean Low Water
                      Determining Tidal Horizon
                    Conclusion

               2   PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING TEMPERATURE OF BOTTOM WATER
                    Abstract
                    Introduction
                    Equipment and Materials
                    Summary of Procedures
                      Portable SCT Meter
                      Digital Thermometer
                      Glass Mercury Thermometer
                    Quality Control
                        Procedural Calibrations
                        Factory Calibrations
                        Accuracy
                        Precision
                    Conclusions

              3   PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING SALINITY IN BOTTOM WATER
                    Abstract
                    Introduction
                    Equipment and Materials
                      Equipment
                      Materials
                    Procedure
                      Portable Meter
                      Refractometer
                    Quality Control
                      Portable SCT Meter Calibration
                      Refractometer Calibration
                      Accuracy
                      Precision
                    Conclusions
                                         707

-------
4  HYDROGRAPH1C MEASUREMENTS
      Abstract
      Introduction
      Apparatus and Materials
        Equipment
        Reagents
      Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage
      Procedure
      Conclusions
      Reference

5  SEDIMENT GRAIN-SIZE ANALYSIS PROCEDURES FOLLOWED BY
   BATTELLE OCEAN SCIENCES, SCIENCE APPLICATIONS
   INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION, AND GEO PLAN, INC.
      Abstract
      Introduction
      Equipment and Materials
        Equipment and Supplies
        Chemicals
      Summary of Sediment Grain-Size Procedures, 1986
        Sample Preparation
           Pre-Determination of Beaker Tare Weights
           Preparation of Dispersing Solution
           Preparation of Sediment
        Procedure
           Wet-Sieving
           Collection of Silt-Clay Fraction
           Collection of Sand and Gravel Fraction
        Determination of Weight Percent Distributions
        Battelle Quality Control
      Summary of Sediment Grain-Size Procedures, 1987
      Summary of Sediment Grain-Size Procedures, 1988
      Summary of Sediment Grain-Size Procedures, 1989
      Summary of Sediment Grain-Size Procedures, 1990 and 1991
      Conclusions
      References

 6  SEDIMENT GRAIN-SIZE ANALYSES
      Abstract
      Introduction
      Apparatus and Materials
      Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage
      Procedure
                             108

-------
         Preparation of Samples for Dry Sieving and Pipette Analysis
         Size Analysis of Sand/Gravel Fraction by Dry Sieving
         Analysis of Silt/Clay Sized Material by Settling
      Calculations
      Quality Control
      Conclusions
      References

 7  SEDIMENT DRY WEIGHT DETERMINATION PROCEDURES FOLLOWED
    BY BATTELLE OCEAN SCIENCES
      Abstract
      Introduction
      Equipment and Materials
      Summary of Sediment Dry Weight Determination Method
         Sediment Procedure
         Dry Weight Calculation
      Conclusion
      Reference

 8  DRY WEIGHT DETERMINATION OF SEDIMENTS
      Abstract
      Introduction
      Apparatus and Materials
      Procedure
      Calculations
      Quality Control
      Conclusion

 9  TISSUE DRY WEIGHT DETERMINATIONS PROCEDURES FOLLOWED
    BY BATTELLE OCEAN SCIENCES
      Abstract
      Introduction
      Equipment and Materials
      Summary of Tissue Dry Weight Determination Method
         Tissue Procedure
         Dry Weight Calculation
      Conclusion
      Reference

10  TOTAL ORGANIC CARBON AND CARBONATE ANALYSIS
    PROCEDURES FOLLOWED BY BATTELLE OCEAN SCIENCES AND
    GLOBAL GEOCHEMISTRY CORPORATION
      Abstract
                            109

-------
11
  Introduction
  Equipment and Materials
     Equipment
     Materials
  Summary of Total Organic Carbon and Carbonate Procedures
     Total Organic Carbon Analyses
     Total Inorganic Carbon Analyses
     Quality Assurance/Quality Control
       Documentation of Limits of Detection
       Verification of Instrument Performance
       Monitoring Interference/Contamination
       Documentation of Analytical Accuracy
       Documentation of Analytical Precision
  Conclusions

TOTAL ORGANIC AND CARBONATE CARBON CONTENT OF
SEDIMENT
  Abstract
  Introduction
  Apparatus and Materials
  Procedure
     LEGO System Preparation
     Total Carbon Determination
     Total Organic Carbon Determination
     Total Carbonate Carbon Content
  Standardization and Calculations
  Quality Control
  Reporting and Performance Criteria
  Conclusions
12  TISSUE LIPID DETERMINATION METHOD
       Abstract
       Introduction
       Apparatus and Materials
       Procedure
       Calculation
       Quality Control
       Conclusions
       Acknowledg ments

13  LIPID WEIGHT DETERMINATION PROCEDURES FOLLOWED BY
    BATTELLE OCEAN SCIENCES
       Abstract
                              110

-------
       Introduction
       Sample Processing
         Equipment
         Analytical Procedures
         Calculation
       Conclusions

14  GONADAL INDEX AND HISTOPATHOLOGY FOR THE EAST AND WEST
    COASTS USED IN THE NATIONAL STATUS AND TRENDS MUSSEL
    WATCH PROJECT
       Abstract
       Introduction
       Equipment and Materials
         Equipment
         Chemicals
         Staining Solutions
           Harris' Hematoxylin
           Eosin Y
       Methods
         Gonadal Index
           Mussel Preparation
           Oyster Preparation
           Processing
           Staining Procedure
           Gonadal Index Determination
           Quality Control
         Histopathology
           Gross Pathology
           Microscopic Examinations
       Conclusions
       References

15  GONADAL ANALYSIS - Crassostrea virginica
       Abstract
       Introduction
       Equipment, Reagents, and Solutions
       Sample Collection and Fixation
       Slide Preparation
         Tissue Embedding
         Tissue Sectioning
         Tissue Staining
       Analysis
       Conclusions
       References
                             ill

-------
16  COLLECTION OF FISH TISSUES FOR THE NATIONAL BENTHIC
    SURVEILLANCE PROJECT NECROPSY PROCEDURE, TISSUE
    PROCESSING, AND DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR
    HISTOPATHOLOGY
       Abstract
       Introduction
       Preparation of Fish for Sample Collection
       Recording of Field Data
       Necropsy Procedure
         Collection of Structures for Fish Age Determination
         Necropsy Tools
         Observation and Collection of External Lesions
         Collection of Bile
         Collection of Liver Histology
         Collection of Kidney and Ovary Tissues for Histology
         Collection of Liver Tissue for Metals
         Collection of Liver Tissue for Organic Chemical Analyses
         Collection of Stomach Contents
       Handling Histopathology Tissues Following Necropsy
       Processing and Analyzing Histopathology Tissues
       Conclusions
       References

17  PROCEDURE FOR ESTIMATING CLOSTRIDIUM PERFRINGENS IN
    SEDIMENTS
       Abstract
       Introduction
       Equipment and Materials
       Procedure
         Sample Collection and Preservation
         Sample Extraction
         Sample Preparation and Counting Procedures
         Calculations
       Quality Control
         Interference and Contamination
         Accuracy and Precision
       Conclusions
       References

18   METHOD ESTIMATION OF Clostridium perfringens IN SEDIMENTS
       Abstract
       Introduction
       Apparatus and Materials
       Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage
                              112

-------
        Procedure
          Sample Preparation
          mCP Membrane Filter Method
        Calculations
        Quality Control
          Interference and Contamination
          Accuracy and Precision
        Conclusion
        References

 19  Perkinsus marinus ASSAY
        Abstract
        Introduction
        Equipment and Supplies
          Reagents
            Thioglycollate Medium Preparation
            Antibiotic Solution
            Lugol's Iodine Solution
            PBS (II)
          Equipment
       Tissue Collection
       Tissue Analysis
          Semiquantitative Method
          Quantitative Method
       Calculations
       References

20   DEVELOPMENT OF AN IMMUNOLOGICAL PROBE FOR
     QUANTIFICATION OF OYSTER GONAD
       Abstract
       Introduction
       Equipment and Reagents
       Procedure
         Collection of Gametic Tissue
           Gametic Tissue Probe Development
           Collection of Gametic Tissue for NS&T Program
           Purification of Oyster Eggs
           Purification of Oyster Sperm
         Determination of Protein Content in Oyster Eggs and Sperm
           Determination of Egg Dry Weight
           Determination of Egg Protein Content
         Determination of Protein Content in Oyster Sperm
         Immunization of Rabbits with Purified Oyster Eggs and Sperm
                             113

-------
     Ring Immunodiffusion Test
     Passive Hemagglutination Test
     Evaluation of Specificity of Antiserum
     Ouchterlony Double Immunodiffusion Test for Antiserum Specificity
     Preparation of Acetone-dried Somatic Tissue Power
     Removing Non-specific Antibody Using Acetone-dried Tissue
       Powder
  Quantification of Oyster Eggs or Sperm Using Single Ring
     Immunodiffusion
References
                         114

-------
VOLUME 111 - COMPREHENSIVE DESCRIPTIONS OF ELEMENTAL ANALYTICAL METHODS

               1   MAJOR DISSOLUTION OF MARINE SEDIMENT AND ATOMIC
             -.. ..   ABSORPTION ANALYSIS OF MAJOR AND TRACE ELEMENTS
                    Abstract
                    Introduction
                    Equipment and Supplies
                      Instrumentation
                      Supplies
                      Labware
                      Reagents
                      Solvents and Matrix Modifiers
                    Sample Treatment
                      Drying
                      Compositing
                      Digestion
                    Calibration
                      Sn, Sb, Tl, and As Calibration
                      Ag Calibration
                      Cd, Se, Sb, and Sn Additional Dilutions
                    Calculations
                    References
                    Instrumental Analysis
                      Aluminum
                      Silicon
                      Chromium
                      Manganese
                      Iron
                      Nickel
                      Copper
                      Zinc
                      Arsenic;
                      Selenium
                      Silver
                      Cadmium
                      Tin
                      Antimony
                      Mercury
                      Thallium
                      Lead
                                         115

-------
DIGESTION OF FISH TISSUE AND ATOMIC ABSORPTION ANALYSIS OF
TRACE ELEMENTS
  Abstract
  Introduction
  Equipment and Supplies
     Instrumentation
     Supplies
     Labware
     Reagents
     Solvents and Matrix Modifiers
  Sample Preparation
  Calibration
  Calculations
  References
  Instrumental Analysis
     Aluminum
     Chromium
     Manganese
     Iron
     Nickel
     Copper
     Zinc
     Arsenic
     Selenium
     Silver
     Cadmium
     Tin
     Antimony
     Mercury
     Thallium
     Lead

 ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR TRACE ELEMENTS IN SEDIMENTS BY
 ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROPHOTOMETRY
   Abstract
   Introduction
   Equipment and Supplies
     Equipment
     Supplies
     Chemicals and Reagents
   Sample Treatment
     Sample Matrix Modification
     Sample Drying and Compositing
                         116

-------
     Microwave Digestion
     Dilution
     Standards
  Calibration and Computation of Analyte Concentrations
  Detection Limits
  Changes in Analytical Methods Over Time
  Acknowledgments
  Selected References Utilized in Methods Development
  Instrumental Analyses
     Aluminum
     Antimony
     Arsenic
     Cadmium
     Chromium
     Copper
     Iron
     Lead
     Manganese
     Mercury
     Nickel
     Selenium
     Silicon
     Silver
     Thallium
     Tin
     Zinc

ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR TRACE ELEMENTS IN FISH LIVER BY
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROPHOTOMETRY
  Abstract
  Introduction
  Equipment and Supplies
     Equipment
     Supplies
     Chemicals and Reagents
  Sample Treatment
     Sample Matrix Modification
     Sample Preparation
     Microwave Digestion
     Alternate Bomb Digestion
     Dilution
  Calibration and Computation of Analyte Concentrations
  Detection Limits
                         777

-------
  Changes in Analytical Methods Over Time
  Acknowledgments
  Selected References Used in Method Development
  Instrumental Analyses
    Aluminum
    Arsenic
    Cadmium
    Chromium
    Copper
    Iron
    Lead
    Manganese
    Mercury
    Nickel
    Selenium
    Silver
    Thallium
    Tin
    Zinc

SAMPLE PREPARATION AND ANALYSES OF TRACE ELEMENTS IN
SEDIMENTS BY ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROPHOTOMETRY
  Abstract
  Introduction
  Equipment and Supplies
  Sample Processing
    Tissues
    Sediments
  Calibration and Computation of Analyte Concentrations
  Conclusions
  References
  Sediment Analyses
    Silver
    Aluminum
    Arsenic
    Cadmium
    Chromium
    Copper
    Iron
    Iron
    Mercury
    Manganese
    Nickel
                        118

-------
     Lead
     Antimony
     Selenium
     Tin
     Tin
     Zinc
  Tissue
     Silver
     Aluminum
     Arsenic
     Cadmium
     Chromium
     Copper
     Iron
     Mercury
     Manganese
     Nickel
     Lead
     Antimony
     Selenium
  ,   Tin
     Tin
     Zinc

GERG TRACE ELEMENT QUANTIFICATION TECHNIQUES
  Introduction
  Equipment and Supplies
  Sample Treatment
     Oyster Tissue
     Bottom Sediment
  Calibration and Analysis
  Calculations
     Concentration
     Dilution Factor
     Concentration
  Instrumental Analysis
     Mercury
     Aluminum
     Copper
     Iron
     Manganese
     Zinc
     Silver
                         119

-------
    Arsenic
    Cadmium
    Chromium
    Copper
    Nickel
    Lead
    Selenium
    Tin
    Aluminum
    Chromium
    Iron
    Manganese

ANALYSIS OF MARINE SEDIMENT AND BIVALVE TISSUE BY X-RAY
FLUORESCENCE, ATOMIC ABSORPTION, AND INDUCTIVELY
COUPLED PLASMA MASS SPECTROMETRY
  Abstract
  Introduction
  Equipment and Supplies
  Sample Treatment
    Drying and Homogenization
    Digestion
  Calibration
  Spectral Interferences
  Calculations
    Graphite Furnace and ICP-MS
    Cold Vapor Atomic Absorption
    X-Ray Fluorescence
  Conclusions
  References
  Instrumental Analysis
    Atomic Absorption Spectrometry
       Aluminum
       Chromium
       Nickel
       Selenium
       Silver
       Cadmium
       Tin
       Antimony
       Mercury
       Thallium
       Lead
                        720

-------
    Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry
    X-Ray Fluorescence

ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES FOLLOWED BY SCIENCE APPLICATIONS
INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION, TRACE AND MAJOR ELEMENT
ANALYSES
  Introduction
  Trace Me'tal Analysis
    Equipment and Reagents
    Bivalve Tissues Digestion - SIAC
    Surficial Sediments
    Sample Analysis
  References
                        121

-------
VOLUME IV - COMPREHENSIVE DESCRIPTIONS OF TRACE ORGANIC ANALYTICAL METHODS

               1   STANDARD ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES OF THE NOAA NATIONAL
                   ANALYTICAL FACILITY 1985-1986 (REVISED). EXTRACTABLE TOXIC
                   ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
                     Abstract
                     Introduction
                       Quality of Analytical Data
                       Summary of Analytical Procedures
                     Materials
                       Instruments-and Accessories
                       Chemicals
                       Column Packings
                       Labware
                       Internal Standards, Solutions, and Solvents
                          Internal Standard Solutions
                          Calibration Solutions
                          Spike Solutions
                          Solvents
                          Solvent Purity Testing
                            Methanol and Redistilled Methanol Purity Testing
                            6:4:3  Cyclohexane:methano!:dichloromethane Solvent Purity
                            Testing
                            Dichloromethane
                            Pentane
                            Hexane
                       Lost Testing and Calibration of Silica Gel/Alumina Column Packing
                          Column Packing Activation
                            Silica Gel
                            Alumina
                            Copper
                            Sand
                            Silica Gel/Alumina Calibration Extract
                          Column Preparation
                          Column Calibration
                          Fraction Concentration
                       Sephadex LH-20 Column Preparation and Calibration
                          Calibration Solutions
                            Azulene/Perylene Calibration Solution
                            Sediment/Tissue Calibration Extract
                          Column Preparation
                          Column Calibration with Azulene/Perylene
                          Column Calibration with Sediment/Tissue Calibration Extract
                          Fraction Concentration
                                            722

-------
       Recycling Sephadex Column Packing
   Suggested Sample Composite Preparation
     Sediment Composites
     Tissue Composites
   Sediment Extraction
     Blanks and Calibration Solutions
     Sample Extraction
     Extract Concentration
   Tissue Extraction
     Blanks and Calibration Solutions
     Sample Extraction
     Extract Concentration
   Dry Weight Determination
     Sediment
     Tissue
     Dry Weight Calculation
   Silica Gel/Alumina Chromatography
     Column Preparation
     Column Chromatography of Extracts
   Sephadex LH-20 Chromatography
     Special Instructions
     Column Chromatography of Extracts
     Concentration of Fraction SA2-L2
     Recycling of Column  Packing
   Gas Chromatography Analytical Procedures
     Instrument Settings
     ECD Operation
     FID Operation
     Injection of Sample Concentrates and Blanks
     Verification of Stable GC Performance
     GC Reproducibility and Calibration Mixture Verification
   Analyte and Internal Standard Concentration Calculations
     Analyte Concentration Calculations
     Spiked Blank Calculations
     Sample Chromatograms and Calculations
   Conclusions
   Acknowledgments
   References

NORTHWEST FISHERIES SCIENCE CENTER ORGANIC ANALYTICAL
PROCEDURES
   Abstract
   Introduction
   Materials
                         123

-------
  Instruments and Accessories
  Chemicals
  Column Packings
  Labware
  Standard Solutions
  Purity Testing
  Activation of Column Packings
  Lot Testing and Calibration of Silica Gel and Alumina
Preparation of Composite Samples
  Preparation of Composite Samples for Sediments
  Preparation of Composite Samples for Tissues
Extraction of Sediment Samples
  Extraction of Samples for AHs, CHs, and Coprostanol
  Precleanup of AH/CH Extracts
  Concentration of AH/CH Extracts
  Precleanup of COP Extracts
  Concentration of COP Extracts
Extraction of Tissue Samples
  Extraction of Samples for AHs, and CHs
  Extraction of Samples for CHs and Lipid
  Concentration of Lipid Extracts
  Precleanup of AH/CH and CH Extracts
  Concentration of AH/CH Extracts
  Concentration of CH Extracts
Dry Weight Determination
  Dry Weight Determination for Sediment Samples
  Dry Weight Determination for Tissue Samples
  Dry Weight Calculation
EC-HPLC Chromatography
  Calibration  of the SEC-HPLC System
  Isolation of AH/CH or CH Factions
PAC-HPLC Chromatography
  Calibration  of the PAC-HPLC System
  Isolation of COP Factions
Preparation of Samples for Gas Chromatography
  Concentration of AH/CH Fractions from Sediment
  Concentration of AH/CH Fractions from Tissue
  Concentration of CH Fractions from Tissue
  Concentration of COP Fractions from Sediment Samples
Gas Chromatography
  Instrument Settings
  Operation of the GC/ECD
  Operation of the GC/MSD
  Operation of the GC/FID
                        124

-------
        Injection of Sample Concentrates
        Verification of Stable GC Performance
        Verification of GC Reproducibility and the Calibration Mixture
      Calculation of Analyte and Internal-Standard Concentrations
        Calculation of Analyte Concentrations
        Calculation of Spiked Blanks
        Data Management for Aromatic Hydrocarbons
        Data Management for Chlorinated Hydrocarbons
      Conclusions
      Acknowledgments
      References

3  STANDARD ORGANIC ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES OF THE NOAA
   SOUTHEAST FISHERIES SCIENCE CENTER
      Abstract
      Introduction
      Protocol Differences and Changes for Samples Collected in 1984 and
        1985
      Protocol Differences and Changes for Samples Collected in 1986 and
        1987
      General Comments
      References

4  STANDARD ORGANIC ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES OF THE NOAA
   NORTHEAST FISHERIES SCIENCE CENTER
      Abstract
      Introduction
      Protocol Differences and Changes
      Conclusions
      Acknowledgments

5  GERG TRACE ORGANICS CONTAMINANT ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES
      Introduction
      Tissues arid Sediment Analyses
        Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage
        Percent Moisture Determination
        Summary of Tissue and Sediment Methods
        Interferences
        Apparatus and Materials
        Procedures
        Quality Control
      Quantitative Determination of Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons by
        Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS) - Selected Ion
        Monitoring (SIM) Mode
                            725

-------
     Summary
     Apparatus and Materials
     GC/MS Calibrations
     GC/MS Analyses
     Calculations
     GC/MS Initial and Continuing Calibration
  Quantitative Determination of Chlorinated Hydrocarbons
     Summary
     Apparatus and Materials
  Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) Requirements
     Calibration Checks
     Method Blank Analysis
     IS Analysis
     Matrix Spike Analysis
     Method Detection Limit
     GC Resolution
     Reference Material Analysis
  Calculations
     Chlorinated Hydrocarbon Calculations
     Calculation Notes
  Conclusions
  Acknowledgments
  References

ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES FOLLOWED BY BATTELLE OCEAN
SCIENCES AND SCIENCE APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL
CORPORATION TO QUANTIFY ORGANIC CONTAMINANTS
  Abstract
  Introduction
  Equipment and Reagents (Materials Required for Year 4,1989)
     Tissue Extraction
     Sediment Extraction
     Tissue Extraction, Butyltins
     HPLC Accessories
     GC Accessories
     Gases
  Summary of Analytical Procedures, 1986
     Bivalve Sample Preparation and Extraction
     Sediment Sample Preparation and Extraction
     Extract Concentration
     Tissue Lipid Weight Determination
     Dry Weight Determination
     Silica Gel/Alumina Chromatography of Tissue and Sediment Extracts
                         126

-------
        Sephadex Chromatography
        Instrumental Analysis
      Summary of Analytical Procedures, Battelle and SAIC, 1987
        Tissue Extraction
        Sediment Extraction
        Sample Analysis
      Summary of Analytical Procedures, Battelle and SAIC, 1988
        Sample Extraction
        Sample Analysis
        Tributyltin Analysis
           Sample Extraction
           Instrumental Analysis
        Additional Analyses
      Summary of Analytical Procedures, Battelle and SAIC, 1989
        Tissue Sample Extraction
        Tributyltin
        Sediment Extraction
        Sample Analysis
        Additional Analyses
      Summary of Analytical Procedures, Battelle, 1990-1992
      Conclusions
      Acknowledgments
      References
7   NIST METHODS FOR CERTIFICATION OF SRM 1941 AND SRM 1974
      Abstract
      Introduction
      SRM 1941, Organic in Marine Sediment
        Summary
        Collection and Preparation
        Moisture Determination
        Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons
        Polychlorinated Biphenyl Congeners and Chlorinated Pesticides
        Certified and Noncertified Concentrations
      RM 1974, Organic in Mussel Tissue
        Summary
        Collection and Preparation
        Moisture Determination
        Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons
        Polychlorinated Biphenyl Congeners and Chlorinated Pesticides
        Certified and Noncertified Concentrations
      Conclusions
      Acknowledgments
      References
                             727

-------
128

-------
                                                                        Reference No.: BjKcJ

NOAA. 1994. Use of Standards and Reference Materials in the Measurement of Chlorinated Hydro-
     carbon Residues - Chemistry Workbook.  Prepared by T.L. Wade and A.Y. Cantillo for the
     National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Coastal Monitoring and Bioeffects Assess-
     ment Division, Office of Ocean Resources Conservation and Assessment, National Ocean
     Service, Silver Spring, Maryland. Technical Memorandum NOS ORCA 77.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
                                                                                   Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, pesticides, PCBs, PAHs, tissue analysis, sampling,
                QA/QC

Abstract

This document is a workbook on the use of standards and reference materials for a QA/QC program for
marine pollution studies of chlorinated hydrocarbons. As part of their mission, the Group of Experts on
Standards and Reference Materials (GESREM) developed this workbook for laboratories that are initiat-
ing organic contaminant analyses of environmental samples. The first sections of this workbook give
details of sample collection, archival, extraction, instrumental analyses, and data reduction under proper
QA/QC procedures. The last sections give examples of how the calculation and procedures  are actually
applied in a laboratory. This workbook was prepared under sponsorship of the Intergovernmental
Oceanographic Commission (IOC) of the United Nations Educational,  Scientific, and Cultural Organiza-
tion (UNESCO).
[extracted from document]

Contact: (301)713-3028
                                            129

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION
      Purpose
      Facilities and Personnel
      Approach
      Warning

2  SAMPLE TRACKING
      Collection
      Archival
      Preparation

3  ANALYTE ISOLATION
      Introduction
      Summary of Extraction Methods

4  INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSES
      Introduction Initailization
      Optimize Operating Conditions
      Calibration
      Reference Materials
      Analytical Sequence
      Quantification
      Method Detection Limit
      QA/QC Validation
      Control Charts
      Data Reporting and Archiving

 5   EXAMPLE CALCULATIONS
      Introduction
      Examples
         Example 1: Preparation of Stock Solutions
         Example 2: Preparation of Calibration Solutions
         Example 3: Determination of Percent Moisture
         Example 4: Determination of Percent Solvent Extractable Material
           Weight
         Example 5: Required Sample Weight
         Example 6: Calibration Curve for the Analysis of Chlorinated
           Compounds Using 4,4'-DDE Calculation as an Example
           Calibration Curve
           Concentration Calculations
           Percent Recovery
                             130

-------
        Example 7: Determination of Method Detection Limit
           MDL Calculation
           Upper and Lower 95% Confidence Limits
        Example 8: Spiked Blank Calculations
        Example 9: Spiked Matrix Calculations
        Example 10: Reference Material Calculations

6  ANSWERS

7  REFERENCES

8  REFERENCES
      Example Forms
        Sample Receiving and Integrity Form
        Sample Processing Form
        Sample Transfer Form
        Sample Information Form
        Sample Information Sheet
        Laboratory Sample Logbook
        Laboratory Sample Logbook
      Selected Pesticide/PCB Structures and CAS Numbers
      Standard Operating Procedures of TAMU/GERG
        SOP-9016 - Extraction of Biological Tissues for Chlorinated
          Hydrocarbon Analysis
        SOP-9017 - Quantitative Determination of Chlorinated Hydrocarbons
      Information on NIST SRM 1974, Organics in Mussel Tissue (Mytilus
        edulis)
      List of Contributors and Reviewers
                           131

-------
132

-------
                                                                           Reference No.:

Parsons, T. R., Y. Malta, and C. Lalli. 1984. A Manual for Chemical and Biological Methods for
     Seawater Analysis.  Isted. Pergamon Press, Toronto.
Media in which methods can be used:
                             Water
I  I Sediment
dl Biota
Keywords:
Abstract
Water quality, nutrients, organics, total organic carbon, chlorophyll, pathogenic
organisms, dissolved oxygen, sampling
This text is intended to serve as an introduction to the quantitative analysis of seawater. Biological and
chemical techniques are described in detail and these are believed to be among those most often used by
biological oceanographers. In general, the techniques require a minimum of prior professional training; in
addition, methods requiring the use of very expensive equipment have been avoided. As such, it is
intended that the techniques will be useful to students, environmentalists and engineers as well as to some
other oceanographic disciplines.

The described techniques can generally be employed with a minimum outlay of capital equipment. This
the use of a spectrophotometer, fluorometer, microscopes, Coulter Counter, and scintillation counter will
cover most of the methods. The use of more sophisticated equipment, such as gas/liquid chromatograms,
atomic absorption analyzers,  and mass  spectrometers, is not described since the operation of these pieces
of equipment is usually specialized and well described by company brochures. In addition, however,
some techniques are not described because there is equipment available which specifically measures the
property without requiring further detailed explanations.  Such equipment includes salinometers, light
meters, and Autoanalyzersฎ (the latter being extensively adapted for nutrient analyses using basic colori-
metric techniques which are reproduced here). In other cases, the measurement of a property may still be
controversial and also require more expensive equipment; this appears to be the case with dissolved
organic carbon (DOC).

Methods given in this text are described in terms of procedures and not in terms of interpretation of
results.  The latter is up to the individual investigator; in some methods, reference material quoted may
assist in the interpretation of results.
[extracted from document]
                                              133

-------
                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  GENERAL NOTES ON ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES

2  NUTRIENTS
      Determination of Nitrate
      Determination of Nitrite
      Determination of Ammonia (Oxidation Method)
      Determination of Ammonia (Alternative Method)
      Determination of Urea
      Determination of Phosphate
      Determination of Silicate
      Bioassay of Seawater for Vitamins: Vitamin B12 (Cyanocobalamin)

3  SOLUBLE ORGANIC MATERIAL
      Determination of Total Dissolved Organic Nitrogen
      Determination of Dissolved Free Amino Acids by Fluorometric Analysis
      Determination of Dissolved Combined Amino Acids by Fluorometric
        Analysis
      Determination of Total Dissolved Monosaccharides
      Determination of Total Dissolved Carbohydrates by MBTH Assay
      Determination of Petroleum Hydrocarbons

4  PARTICULATE MATERIAL
      Determination of Particulate Organic Carbon
      Determination of Total Particulate Carbohydrate by Anthrone Reagent
      Determination of Total Particulate Carbohydrate by MBTH Assay
      Determination of Total Particulate Amino Acids by Fluorometric Analysis
      Determination of Particulate Lipid
      Determination of Adenosine Triphosphate (ATP) in Particulate Material
      Electronic Counting and Sizing of  Particles
      Sinking Rate of Phytoplankton and Other Particulates

5   PLANT PIGMENTS
      Determination of Chlorophylls and Total Carotenoids:
        Spectrophotometric Method
      Spectrophotometric Determination of Phaeo-pigments
      Fluorometric Determination of Chlorophylls
      Fluorometric Determination of Phaeo-pigments
      Automated Estimation of Chlorophyll Pigments

6   PHOTOSYNTHESIS
      Photosynthesis as Measured by the Uptake of Radioactive Carbon
                             134

-------
 7   BACTERIA
       Direct Counting of Bacteria by Fluorescence Microscopy
       Heterotrophic Activity (as Measured by Glucose Uptake)
       Heterotrophic Growth (as Measured by Thymidine Uptake)

 8   GASES IN SEAWATER
       Determination of Dissolved Oxygen
         Oxygen Standardization byTitration
       Determination of Carbonate Alkalinity and Total Carbon Dioxide (All
         Forms)
       Determination of Sulfide

 9   COUNTING, MEDIA, AND PRESERVATIVES
       Collection and Enumeration of Organisms
       Artificial Seawater Media
         Culture Collections
       Plankton Preservatives

10   TERMS AND EQUIVALENTS
       Oxygen Equivalents (Chemical and Biological)
       Energy Equivalents
       Carbon Equivalents
       Metric Units and Equivalents
       Sigma-T Values
                              735

-------

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:
Plumb, R. H., Jr. 1981. Procedures for Handling and Chemical Analysis of Sediment and Water
     Samples. Prepared by Great Lakes Laboratory, State University College at Buffalo, Buffalo,
     NY., for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency/Corps of Engineers Technical Committee on
     Criteria for Dredged and Fill Material. Published by the U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
     Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. Technical Report EPA/CD-81-1. (NTIS: PB84-191048).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
• Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, sampling, grain size, pH, total solids, inorganics,
                organics, metals, nutrients, pesticides, PAHs, oxygen demand

Abstract

The purpose of this handbook is to provide state-of-the-art guidance on the subjects of sampling, preser-
vation, and analysis of dredged and fill material.

The information is presented in one of three major sections:

   •  a discussion of rationale for project managers
   •  a step-by-step protocol for sample handling and each test procedure
   •  a listing of analytical techniques, including sample pretreatment procedures

The purpose of the first section is to point out to a project director or project manager the types of trade-
offs that have to be considered in developing an acceptable sampling program. If a project director is
aware of the kind of information provided by use of each piece of equipment or testing procedure, and the
present limitations of this information, he can then make a decision to use the equipment and/or proce-
dures that are most suited to his particular project.

The second section of the handbook provides guidance to the laboratory and field personnel that will be
implementing the sampling program.  This includes a discussion of the types of sampling equipment to be
used and when to use each type, a step-by-step description of the three general chemical tests considered,
along with the required method of sample handling and a general quality control program, beginning with
sample collection. The three chemical tests that are described are:

   •  a short-term water leaching test (the standard elutriate test)
   •  a strong acid digest or an organic solvent extract (bulk analysis)
   •  an elemental distribution test  (sediment fractionation)

The third section presents for laboratory personnel a series of analytical techniques, including sample
preparation,  were required, for 44 parameters.  Since the purpose of this manual was not to develop new
methods, the methods are generally those found in Standard Methods, ASTM, and EPA manuals. The
listed procedures are considered most appropriate for general use; it is recommended that they be utilized
when it is decided to analyze samples for that particular constituent.
[extracted from, document]

Contact: (601)634-2571
                                              137

-------
mwm
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

               1  PROJECT MANAGEMENT GUIDANCE
                     Project Definition
                     Test Selection
                       Testing Procedures
                       Chemical Analyses
                     Sampling Considerations
                       Representative Sampling
                       Sampling Techniques Selection
                       Sample Preservation
                     Quality Control
                     Additional Considerations
                     Summary
                     References

               2  FIELD/LABORATORY GUIDANCE
                     Method of Sample Collection
                       Water Samplers
                       Sediment Samplers
                     Sample Collection
                     Sample Handling
                     Sample Preservation
                     Quality Control
                       Objectives
                       Work Load
                       Present Limitations
                     Types of Chemical Tests
                       Elutriate Test
                       Sediment Fractionation
                       Bulk Analysis
                     Summary
                     References
                  ANALYTICAL METHODS
                     Physical Analysis
                       Cation Exchange Capacity
                         Procedures for Sediment Samples
                            Method 1: Agitation, Filtration
                            Method 2: Centrifugation
                       Particle Size
                         Procedures for Sediment Samples
                            Method 1: Sieving and Electronic Particle Counters
                            Method 2: Sieving and Pipet Analysis
                                           138

-------
  PH
     Procedures for Water Samples
       Method 1:  Glass Electrode
     Procedures for Sediment Samples
       Method 1:  Glass Electrode
  Oxidation Reduction Potential
     Procedures for Water and Sediment Samples
       Method 1:  Platinum Electrode
  Total Solids and Volatile Solids
     Total Solids Procedure for Water Samples
       Method 1:  Gravimetric
     Total Solids Procedure for Sediment Samples
       Method 1:  Gravimetric
  Volatile Solids Determination
  Specific Gravity
     Procedure for Sediment Samples
Inorganic Analysis
  Carbon, Total Organic and Inorganic
     Procedure for Water Samples
       Method 1:  Infrared Analysis
     Procedure for Sediment Samples
       Method 1:  Sample Ignition
       Method 2:  Differential Combustion
  Metals (Al, Cd, Ca, Cr, Cu, Fe, Pb, Mg, Mn, Mo, Ni, Zn)
     Procedure for Water Samples (All metals except Ha, Hg, and Se)
       Method 1:  Direct Flame Atomic Absorption, Total Metals
       Method 2:  Direct Flame Atomic Absorption, Soluble Metals
       Method 3:  Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption
       Method 4:  Chelation-Extraction Atomic Absorption
     Procedure for Sediment Samples (All metals except As, Hg, and
       Se)
       Method 1:  Direct Flame Atomic Absorption, Total Metals
  Metals (Arsenic)
     Procedure for Water Samples
       Method 1:  Arsine Generation
       Method 2:  Graphite Furnace
     Procedures for Sediment Samples
       Method 1:  Arsine Generation
  Metals (Mercury)
     Procedure for Water Samples
       Method 1:  Cold Vapor Technique
     Procedure for Sediment Samples
       Method 1:  Cold Vapor Technique
                       139

-------
Metals (Selenium)
  Procedure for Water Samples
     Method 1:  Hydride Generation
  Procedures for Sediment Samples
     Method 1:  Digestion/Flameless Atomic Absorption
     Method 2:  Hydride Generation
Nitrogen (Ammonia, Nitrate, Nitrite, Total Kjeldahl, Organic)
Nitrogen (Ammonia)
  Procedures for Water Samples
     Method 1:  Colorimetric, Automated Phenate
     Method 2:  Colorimetric, Automated O-Tolidine
     Method 3:  Colorimetric orTitrimetric, Manual
  Procedures for Sediment Samples
     Method 1:  Potassium Chloride Extraction
     Method 2:  Distillation
     Method 3:  Distilled Water Extraction
Nitrogen (Nitrate)
  Procedures for Water Samples
     Method  1:  Colorimetric, Manual, Brucine Sulfate
     Method 2:  Coiorimetric, Automated, Cadmium Reduction
     Method 3:  Colorimetric, Automated, Hydrazine Reduction
     Method 4:  Coiorimetric, Manual, Cadmium Reduction
Nitrogen (Nitrite)
  Procedures for Water Samples
     Method  1:  Colorimetric, Automated, Cadmium Reduction
     Method  2:  Colorimetric, Automated, Hydrazine Reduction
     Method  3:  Colorimetric, Manual, Cadmium Reduction
     Method  4:  Colorimetric, Manual
   Procedure for Sediment Samples
Nitrogen (Total Kjeldahl)
   Procedures for Water Samples
     Method  1:  Colorimetric, Semiautomated with Block Digester
     Method  2: Manual Coiorimetric, Titrimetric
     Method  3: Colorimetric, Automated Phenate
   Procedures for Sediment Samples
     Method  1: Kjeldahl Digestion
     Method 2: Block Digestion
Nitrogen (Organic)
Phosphates (Soluble Reactive, Total, Organic)
Phosphates (Soluble Reactive)
   Procedures for Water Samples
      Method 1: Ascorbic Acid,  Manual
      Method 2: Ascorbic Acid,  Automated
                      140

-------
       Method 3:  Stannous Chloride, Automated
       Method 4:  Vanadomolybdophosphoric Acid, Manual
     Procedure for Sediment Samples
  Phosphates (Total)
     Procedures for Water Samples
     Procedures for Sediment Samples
  Phosphates (Organic)
     Procedures for Water Samples
     Procedures for Sediment Samples
       Method 1:  Acid Hydrolysis
       Method 2:  Acid Extraction
  Sulfides
     Procedures for Water Samples
       Method 1:  Methylene Blue, Colorimetric
       Method 2:  Iodine Titrimetric
     Procedure for Sediment Samples
       Method 1:  Distillation, Methylene Blue, Colorimetric
Organic Analysis
  Carbamates
     Procedure for Water Samples
       Method 1:  Methylene Chloride Extraction
     Procedure for Sediment Sample
       Method 1:  Methylene Chloride Extraction
  Chlorinated Phenoxy Acid Herbicides
     Procedures for Water Samples
       Method 1:  Chloroform Extraction
       Method 2:  Ethyl Ether Extraction
     Procedure for Sediment Samples
       Method 1:  Acetone-Hexane Extraction
  Oil and Grease
     Procedure for Water Samples
       Method 1:  Freon Extraction
     Procedure for Sediment Samples
       Method 1:  Freon Extraction
  Chlorinated Hydrocarbons
     Procedures for Water Samples
       Method 1:  Benzene Extraction
       Method 2:  Methylene Chloride/Hexane Extraction
     Procedures for Sediment Samples
       Method 1:  Acetone/Hexane Extraction
       Method 2:  Acetonitrile Extraction
                       141

-------
  Organophosphorus Pesticides
     Procedure for Water Samples
       Method 1: Hexane, Chloroform, Benzene Extraction
     Procedure for Sediment Samples
       Method 1: Hexane Extraction
  Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons
     Procedure for Water Samples
       Method 1: Dichloromethane Extraction/Gas Chromatography
     Procedures for Sediment Samples
       Method 1: Methanol Extraction/UV Analysis
       Method 2: Ethanol Extraction/UV Spectrophotometry
  Phenolics
     Procedures for Water Samples
       Method 1: Distillation, 4-aminoantipyrine Colorimetric
       Method 2: Distillation, MBTH Colorimetric
     Procedures for Sediment Samples
       Method 1: Distillation, 4-aminoantipyrine Colorimetric
       Method 2: MBTH Colorimetric
Miscellaneous Analysis
  Chlorine Demand
     Procedures for Water Samples
     Procedures for Sediment Samples
  Biochemical Oxygen Demand
     Procedures for Water Samples
     Procedures for Sediment Samples
  Chemical Oxygen Demand
     Procedures for Water Samples
       Method 1: Low Level, 5 to 50 mg/l
       Method 2: High Level, 50 to 800 mg/l
     Procedure for Sediment Samples
  Sediment Oxygen Demand
     Procedures for Sediment Samples
       Method 1: In Situ
       Method 2: Laboratory
                       142

-------
                                                                          Reference No. :
PTI Environmental Services.  1989. Data Validation Guidance Manual for Selected Sediment Vari-
     ables, Edited Draft Report.  Prepared by PTI Environmental Services for the Washington
     Department of Ecology, Sediment Management Unit, Olympia, WA.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Sediment quality, QA/QC, sampling, grain size, total solids, total organic carbon,
                metals, organics, toxicity/bioassays, population/community, bioaccumulation, data
                analysis/management

Abstract

Data validation is the process by which a sample, measurement method, or data point is deemed useful for
a specific purpose.  The objective of the Data Validation Guidance Manual for Selected Sediment Vari-
ables is to provide a thorough description of the data quality review process, and a standardized format for
assessing data accuracy, precision, completeness, and usability. This document is designed to be used by
Washington Department of Ecology staff to assess the quality of sediment data collected throughout Puget
Sound to determine if they are suitable for inclusion in Ecology's sediment quality values database.

Environmental variables in Puget Sound are measured by a wide variety of organizations, including
government agencies, universities, and private institutions. However, comparisons of results from differ-
ent studies frequently are limited because different methods are used to measure the same variable(s).
The ability to compare data among different studies is highly desirable for developing a comprehensive
management strategy for Puget Sound.  A standardized, rigorous review process is essential to ensuring
the quality and integrity of the sediment quality values database.

The approach to describing the data review process is organized by the major categories of analytes (i.e.,
conventional variables, metals, semivolatile organic compounds, and volatile organic compounds (VOC),
bioaccumulation, bioassays, and benthic infauna). These  major categories represent classes of chemical
or biological variables that have similar analytical requirements. Only chemical and biological variables
commonly used to characterize the quality of Puget Sound sediments are included in the guidance
manual. The discussion  of the data validation process if further focused by emphasizing the analytical
techniques that best address the data quality requirements of the database or that have been recommended
by the major programs that address data quality in Puget Sound [PSDDA, PSEP, Puget Sound Ambient
Monitoring Program (PSAMP)]. Sicreening techniques, which generally have higher detection limits and
less stringent precision and accuracy requirements, are not addressed in this manual.

General guidance on QA during field sampling  is provided in Section 2. Section 3 summarized general
data collection and reporting requirements.  Sections 4 through 10 contain specific QA/QC requirements,
evaluation procedures, and recommended actions for data on  conventional variables, metals, semivolatile
organic compounds, VOC, bioaccumulation, bioassays, and benthic community structure.  A list of
acronyms and a glossary are included in Appendix A to clarify terms used throughout the manual.
[extracted from document]

Contact:  (206)407-6908
                                              143

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION
      Objective
      Background
      Approach
      Report Overview
      References

2  GENERAL GUIDANCE ON FIELD SAMPLING QUALITY ASSURANCE
      Positioning
      Sediment Sample Collection and Storage
      Sample Handling and Document Control
      References

3  GENERAL DATA REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
      Conventional Variables
        Particle Size, Total Solids, and Total Volatile Solids
        Total Organic Carbon
        Total Sulfides
      Metals
      Organic Compounds
      Bioassays
        Amphipod Mortality Test
        Juvenile Bivalve Mortality Test
        Juvenile Neanthes Growth/Mortality Test
        Bivalve Larvae Abnormality Test (Whole Sediment)
        Bivalve Larvae Abnormality Test (Elutriate)
        Echinderm Embryo Abnormality Test
        Microtox™ Test (Saline Extract)
        Microtox™ Test (Organic Extract)
      Benthic Infauna

4  QUALITY ASSURANCE FOR CONVENTIONAL VARIABLES IN
   SEDIMENT
      Introduction
      Particle Size, Total Solids, and Total Volatile Solids
        Requirements
        Evaluation Procedure
        Action
      Total Organic Carbon
        Requirements
        Evaluation Procedure
                            144

-------
     Action
   Total Sulfides
     Requirements
     Evaluation Procedure
     Action
   References

QUALITY ASSURANCE FOR METALS IN SEDIMENT
   Introduction
   Unique Sampling Requirements for Metal Analysis
   Data Completeness and Format
   Data Validation and Assessment
     Instrument Calibration
     Detection Limits
     Blank Analysis
     Standard Reference Material
     Matrix Spike Analysis
     Duplicate Analysis
   Overview of Specific Instrument Requirements
     Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Analysis
     Flame and Cold Vapor Atomic Absorption Analysis
     Inductively Coupled Plasma Analysis
     Serial Dilution Analysis
   References

QUALITY ASSURANCE FOR SEMIVOLATILES IN SEDIMENTS
   Introduction
   Unique Sampling Requirements for Semivolatile Analysis
   Data Completeness and Format
   Overview of Extraction, Extract Cleanup, and Instrument Analysis
     Extraction
     Sulfur Ftemoval
     Cleanup and Separation
     Extract Concentration
     Instrumental Analysis
     Commonly Used Analytical Protocols
     Modifications of Routine Methods
   Data Validation and Assessment
     GC/MS Tuning
     Initial Calibration
     Ongoing Calibration
     Compound Confirmation
     Detection Limits
                         145

-------
        Analysis of Blanks
        Surrogate Spike Commands
        Standard Reference Material
        Matrix Spikes
        Replicate Analysis
      Calculation Checks
        Isotope Dilution
        Internal Standard Quantification
        External Standard Quantification
      References

7  QUALITY ASSURANCE FOR VOLATILE ORGAN1CS IN SEDIMENTS
      Introduction
      Unique Sampling Requirements for Volatile Organics
      Data Completeness and Format
      Overview of Extraction, Extract Cleanup, and Instrument Analysis
        Heated Purge-and-Trap Method
        Vacuum Extraction Technique
      Data Validation and Assessment
        GC/MS Tuning
        Initial Calibration
        Ongoing Calibration
        Compound Confirmation
        Detection Limits
        Analysis of Blanks
        Surrogate Spike Commands
        Matrix Spikes
        Replicate Analysis
      Calculation Checks
      References

8   SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH BIOACCUMULATION
    ANALYSIS
      Introduction
      Sampling Unique to Tissues
        Tissue Processing
        Storage
      Overview of Extraction, Digestion, and Extract Cleanup
         Extraction of Semivolatile Organic Compounds
         Cleanup and  Separation  of Semivolatile Organic Compounds
         Digestion  Samples for Metals Analysis
      Lipid Weight Determination  (after extraction)
      References
                              146

-------
           9  QUALITY ASSURANCE FOR BIOASSAYS
                Introduction
                Sample Collection, Transport, and Storage
                Data Completeness and Format
                Data Validation and Assessment
                  Analytical Methods
                  Test Precision
                  Positive Controls
                  Negative Controls
                References

          10  QUALITY ASSURANCE FOR BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATES
                Introduction
                Sample Collection, Transport, and Storage
                Data Completeness and Format
                Data Validation and Assessment
                  Sample Sorting
                  Taxonomic Identifications
                  Intrastaition Variability
                References

APPENDIX A:  LIST OF ACRONYMS AND GLOSSARY

APPENDIX B:  PSEP/PSDDA WORKSHEETS

APPENDIX C:  TREATMENT OF CHEMISTRY DATA:  CALCULATIONS AND QUALIFIER
              CODES
                                     147

-------
148

-------
                                                                         Reference No.:
PTI Environmental Services. 1989. Puget Sound Dredged Disposal Analysis Guidance Manual; Data
     Quality Evaluation for Proposed Dredged Material Disposal Projects.  Prepared by PTI Environ-
     mental Services for the Washington Department of Ecology, Sediment Management Unit,
     Olympia, WA.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Sediment quality, sampling, QA/QC, data analysis/management, grain size, oxygen
                demand, pH, metals, organics, pesticides, PCBs, PAHs, toxicity/bioassay, bioaccu-
                mulation

Abstract

This manual provides guidance for the review of data submitted to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers,
Seattle District (Corps) by applicants for dredging permits. This data review process is termed QA1.  The
purpose of QA1, as described in the Puget Sound Dredged Disposal Analysis (PSDDA) management Plan
(PSDDA 1988a), is to establish if data are acceptable for determining the suitability of sediments for
unconfined, open-water disposal. The handling, organization, and synthesis of sediment data described
here are designed to streamline the data review process. The goal of QA1 is to ensure that sediment data
from proposed projects have received adequate quality assurance (QA) review prior to a determination of
suitability. To meet this need, field and laboratory QA information relevant to PSDDA data review is
compiled for each project by the field teams and analytical laboratories responsible for sample collection
and testing.

The sequence of major QA activities associated with a project can be divided into four phases:

  •  project planning
  •  data collection
  •  data quality review
  •  data use

The process of reviewing chemical and biological data to determine if they are suitable for incorporation
in the sediment quality values database is termed QA2. QA2 is described in detail in the Data Validation
Guidance Manual for Selected Sediment Variables (PTI 1989). QA2 will follow QA1 to establish if the
data are acceptable for incorporation into the sediment quality values database maintained by the Wash-
ington Department of Ecology.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (206)407-6908
                                             149

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION
      Background
      Overall QA Perspective
        Project Planning
        Data Collection
        Data Quality Review
        Data Use
      General QA1 Approach
      Report Organization

2  KEY ELEMENTS OF PSDDA AND THEIR INTEGRATION INTO QA1
      PSDDA Sampling Strategy
        Number and Location of Sediment Samples
        Sampling and Testing Sequence
      Specification of Analytical Variables, Protocols, and Control Limits
        Chemical Variables, Protocols, and Control Limits
        Biological Variables, Protocols, and Control Limits
      Sampling and Analytical Information Included in QA1

3  QA1 CHECKLIST FORMATS
      Dredgers Checklist
      Checklist for Conventional Variables in Sediment
      Checklist for Metals in Sediment
      Checklist for Semivolatile Organic Compounds (A/B/N and PCS/
        Pesticides) in Sediment
      Checklist for Volatile Organic Compounds in Sediment
      Checklist for Bioaccumulation Data
      Checklist for Amphipod Mortality Bioassay
      Checklist for Juvenile Infauna Bioassay
      Checklist for Sediment Larval Bioassay
      Checklist for Microtox™  Bioassay
      Summary QA1 Matrix

4  GUIDANCE FOR QA1 REVIEW AND INTERPRETATION
      Has the Sampling Plan Been Followed?
      Is the Data Set Complete?
      Is the Format Acceptable?
        Chemistry Data
        Bioassay Data
      Are the Blanks Acceptable?
      Is the Accuracy Acceptable?
                             750

-------
                 Is the Precision Acceptable?
                  Chemistry Data
                  Bioassay Data
                 Are the Controls Acceptable?
                 Are the Bioassay Testing Conditions Appropriate?
                 Are the Bioassay Sample Sizes Adequate?
REFERENCES
  GLOSSARY
 APPENDIX A:  REQUIRED LABORATORY DOCUMENTATION
 APPENDIX B:  EXAMPLE CHECKLISTS
                                     757

-------

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:
Puget Sound Estuary Program. 1991. Recommended Protocols for Measuring Selected Environmen-
     tal Variables in Puget Sound.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 10, Office of
     Puget Sound, Seattle WA.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
• Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, sampling, QA/QC, pH,
                grain size, salinity, total solids, turbidity, temperature, nutrients, metals, dissolved
                oxygen, oxygen demand, organics, PAHs, PCBs, toxicity/bioassays, population/
                community, pathogenic organisms, data analysis/management

Abstract

This document presents recommended protocols for measuring selected environmental variables in Puget
Sound. The objective is to encourage most investigators conducting studies such as monitoring programs,
baseline surveys, and intensive investigations to use equivalent methods whenever possible. If this
objective is achieved, most data from future sampling programs should be comparable among studies.  It
is recognized that alternative methods exist for many of the variables considered in this document and that
those methods may produce data of equal or better quality than do the recommended methods. It is also
recognized that future research or other circumstances may require modification or replacement of one or
more of the recommended methods.

The recommendations  in this document pertain primarily to the methodological specifications required to
measure the selected environmental variables. Recommendations for study design and data analysis
generally were not included because those considerations vary widely depending upon the objectives of
individual studies.

Twelve groups of variables were identified as having the highest priority for protocol development or
documentation. They include:

     •  station positioning considerations
     •  conventional sediment variables
     •  concentrations of organic compounds in sediment and tissue
     •  concentrations of metals in sediment and tissue
     •  sediment bioassays
     •  characteristics of soft-bottom demersal fish assemblages
     •  concentrations of chemicals in marine mammal tissue
     •  pathological conditions in fish livers
     •  benthic infaunal variables
     •  conventional marine water variables
     •  conventional fresh water variables
     •  microbiological indicators

Protocols to evaluate each of the environmental variables are prepared and are available as stand-alone
reports.  However, for the convenience of the user, all protocols are also available in a loose-leaf binder
format. For conciseness in this bibliography, all protocols are presented as a single document.
                                              753

-------
In addition to the recommended protocols for each group of variables, a section on general quality assur-
ance/quality control (QA/QC) procedures is included in this document.  That section identifies the major
QA/QC concerns that should be addressed when collecting and analyzing environmental samples from
Puget Sound.

The formats for most protocols are similar to facilitate use of the entire document. The following major
sections are presented for most protocols: Use and Limitations—Describes what a variable measures
and major limitations to the use of the variable. Field Procedures—Describes container type, special
cleaning procedures, collection techniques, sample quantity, preservation technique, storage conditions,
and maximum holding time.  Laboratory Procedures—Describes analytical procedures (or provides
citations), laboratory equipment, sources of error, and QA/QC specifications. Data Reporting Require-
ments—Describes the kinds of data that the analytical laboratory should report and the units in which the
data should be reported.
[extractedfrom document]

Contact:  (706)442-1368
                                              154

-------
                TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INfRODUCTION

2  GENERAL QA/QC CONSIDERATIONS FOR COLLECTING
   ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLES IN PUGET SOUND
     Introduction
     Sampling Preparation
     Sampling Procedures
       Health and Safety
       Station Location
     Sampling Handling
       Field Procedures
       Sample Shipment
       Laboratory Procedures
       Shipboard Laboratory Analyses
     References
                          755

-------
•ran"
                   RECOMMENDED PROTOCOLS FOR STATION POSITIONING IN PUGET
                   SOUND
                     Introduction
                     Positioning Method Selection Procedure
                        Development of Sampling Program
                          Physical Conditions at the Study Site
                          Equipment and Analyses
                          Station Separation
                          Reoccupation
                          Program-Imposed Constraints
                        Definition of Positioning Requirements
                        Review and Selection of Positioning Method
                        Implementation of Positing Method
                     Recordkeeping Requirements
                        Field Records
                          Initial Survey Description
                          Day Log Entries
                          Station Log Entries
                        Reporting Requirements
                     Recommended Positioning Accuracies
                        Classification of Sampling
                        Recommended Accuracy
                        Recommended Positioning Methods
                     References
                     Appendix A:    Site-Related Positioning Limitations
                     Appendix B:    Position Error Analysis
                     Appendix C:    Positioning Methods and Considerations for Sampling in
                                    Puget Sound
                        Optical Positioning Techniques
                        Electronic Positioning Techniques
                        Range-Azimuth Systems
                        References
                     Appendix D:   Evaluation of Positioning Methods
                        Positioning Procedures in Use in Puget Sound
                        Candidate System Overview
                        Screening Criteria
                                             156

-------
RECOMMENDED PROTOCOLS FOR MEASURING CONVENTIONAL
SEDIMENT VARIABLES IN PUGET SOUND
  Introduction
  Collection of Surficial Sediments for Physical and Chemical Variables
     Introduction
     Design of Sampler
     Penetration of Depth
     Operation of Sampler
     Sample Acceptability Criteria
     Sample Collection
  Particle Size
     Use and Limitations
     Field Procedures
       Collection
       Processing
     Laboratory Procedures
       Analytical Procedures
       QA/QC Procedures
     Data Reporting Requirements
  Total Solids                ,
     [Same Subsections as Particle Size]
  Total Volatile Solids (TVS)
     [Same Subsections as Particle Size]
  Total Organic Carbon (TOG)
     [Same Subsections as Particle Size]
  Oil and Grease (Freon Extractable)
     [Same Subsections as Particle Size]
  Total Sulfides
     [Same Subsections as Particle Size]
  Total Nitrogen
     [Same Subsections as Particle Size]
  Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)
     [Same Subsections as Particle Size]
  Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)
     [Same Subsections as Particle Size]
  References
                         757

-------
RECOMMENDED PROTOCOLS FOR MEASURING ORGANIC
COMPOUNDS IN PUGET SOUND SEDIMENT AND TISSUE SAMPLES
  Introduction
  Organic Compounds in Sediments
     Uses and Limitations
     Sampling Preparation and Field Procedures
     Laboratory Analytical Procedures
  Organic Compounds in Tissue
     Uses and Limitations
     Sampling Preparation and Field Procedures
     Laboratory Analytical Procedures
  Instrumental Procedures
  QA/QC Procedures and Requirements
     Surrogate Spike Compounds (Recovery Internal Standards)
     Injection Internal Standards
     Method Blanks
     Standard Reference Materials (SRM)
     Matrix Spikes
     Method Spikes
     Analytical Replicates
     Field Replicates
     Initial Calibration
     Ongoing Calibration
  Data Reporting Requirements
     Recovery and Blank Corrections
     Lower Limit of Detection
  Cost Implications
  References
   Glossary
   Appendix A:


   Appendix B:

   Appendix C:


   Appendix D:
U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program: Procedures for
Analysis of Extractable Organic Compounds in Soils/
Sediment
U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program: Procedures for
Analysis of Purgeable Organic Compounds
Established U.S. EPA Advisory Limits for Precision and
Accuracy and Method Performance Limits for Analytical
Procedures
GC/MS Identification of Target and Library Search
Compounds
                          755

-------
RECOMMENDED PROTOCOLS FOR MEASURING METALS IN PUGET
SOUND WATER, SEDIMENT, AND TISSUE SAMPLES
  Introduction
     General
     Precautions and Limitations
  Sample Collection
     Precollection
     Sources of Contamination
     Water Column Samples
     Particulate Samples
     Surficial Sediment Samples
     Tissue Samples
  Analytical Methods
     Sample Preparation
     Instrumental Methods
     Recommended Instrumental Methods
     Metals Speciation
  Quality Assurance/Quality Control
     QA/QC Measures Initiated  by the Analytical Laboratory
     QA/QC Measures Initiated  in the Field
     Corrective Actions
  Data Reporting
     Data Report Package
     Backup Documentation
  References
  Appendix A:    Selection of Metals for Protocol Development
  Appendix B:    Excerpts from Exhibits B, D, E, and G (U.S. EPA 1985)
  Appendix C:    Elutriate and  Fractionation Methods (Plumb 1981)
  Appendix D:    Total Acid Digestion Method for Sediment (Rantala and
                Loring 1975)
  Appendix E.    HNO3/HClO4  Digestion Method for Tissue (Tetra Tech
                1986a)
  Appendix F:    APDC/MIBK Extraction Method For Salt Water
                (Greenberg et al. 1985)
  Appendix G:    DFAA Instrumental and Spectrophotometric Methods
                (U.S. EPA1979a)
                         159

-------
7     RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES FOR CONDUCTING LABORATORY
   BIOASSAYS ON PUGET SOUND SEDIMENTS
      Introduction
      Bioassay Selection
      Field Collection of Subtidal Surficial Sediments
        Design of Sampler
        Penetration Depth
        Operation of Sampler
        Sample Acceptability Criteria
        Sample Collection
        Sample Homogenization
        Concurrent Collection of Sediment Chemistry and Bioassay Sample
        Replication of Bioassays
      General Quality Assurance/Quality Control Guidelines
        Negative Controls
        Positive Controls
        Test Organisms
        Reference Test Samples
        Sediment Holding Time
        Blind Testing
        Maintenance/Measurement of Water Quality
        Equipment Cleaning Procedures
        Standard Laboratory Procedures
      Puget Sound Reference Areas
        Sediment Chemistry
        Sediment Bioassays
        General Habitat
      Amphipod Sediment Bioassay
        Use and Limitations
        Field Procedures
           Collection
           Processing
        Laboratory Procedures
           Test Animals
           Control Sediment
           Test and Reference Area Sediment
           Bioassay Seawater
           Facilities and Equipment
           Bioassay Procedure
           Experimental Design
        Data Reporting Requirements
      Bivalve Larvae Sediment Bioassay
        Use and Limitations
                             160

-------
   Field F'rocedures
   Laboratory Procedures
      Bioassay Species
      Bioassay Sediment
      Bioassay Seawater
      Facilities and Equipment
      Bioassay Procedure
      Controls
      Reference Area Sediment
   Data Reporting Requirements
 Anaphase Aberration Sediment Bioassay
   Use and Limitations
   Field Procedures
   Laboratory Procedures
      Cell Cultures
      Sediment Extraction
      Culture Conditions
      Bioassay Seawater
      Bioaissay Procedure
      Controls
   Data Reporting Requirements
 Microtox Sediment Bioassay - Organic Extract
   Use and Limitations
   Field Procedures
   Laboratory Procedures
     Facifities and Equipment
     Sediment Extraction
     Bioassay Procedure
     Controls
   Data Reporting Requirements
 Microtox Sediment Bioassay - Saline Extract
   Use and Limitations
   Field Procedures
   Laboratory Procedures
     Preparation of Sediment Extraction
     Bioassay Procedure
     Controls
   Data Reporting Requirements
Juvenile Folychaete Sediment Bioassay
   Overview
   Introduction
     Species Sensitivity
                        161

-------
nor
                         Ecological Importance
                       Use and Limitations
                       Field Procedures
                       Laboratory Procedures
                         Test Animals
                         Control and Reference Sediments
                         Test Sediments
                         Bioassay Seawater
                         Bioassay Procedure
                         Experimental Design
                       Data Reporting Requirements
                     References
                                            162

-------
RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES FOR SAMPLING SOFT-BOTTOM
DEMERSAL FISHES BY BEACH SEINE AND TRAWL IN PUGET SOUND
  Introduction
  Use and Limitations
     Examples of Recent Studies of Demersal Fishes
  Study Design Considerations
     Project Objectives
     Sampling Schedule
     Habitat Coverage
     Replication
  Recommended Equipment
     Standard Equipment
       37-m Beach Seine
       7.6-m Otter Trawl
       400-mesh Easter Otter Trawl
     Alternate Equipment
       9-m Beach Seine
       3-m Beam Trawl
  Field Procedures
     General Guidelines for Use of the Recommended Equipment
     Deployment and Retrieval
       Beach Seines
       Trawls
     Catch Processing
     Field Records
  Laboratory Procedures
     Laboratory Methods
     Laboratory Records
  Quality Assurance/Quality Control
     Quality Assurance/Quality Control in the Field
     Quality Assurance/Quality Control in the Laboratory
  Data Reporting Requirements
  References
                        163

-------
RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES FOR SAMPLING MARINE MAMMAL
TISSUE FOR CHEMICAL ANALYSES IN PUGET SOUND AND
ADJACENT WATERS
   Introduction
   Background Information
     Rationale for Marine Mammal Tissue Studies
     Sources of Information
     Legal Issues Related to Collection of Marine
   Mammal Tissues
     Objectives for Marine Mammal Contamination Studies
     Need for Natural History Information
     Marine Mammals in Puget Sound and Adjacent Waters
        Harbor Seal (Phoca vitulina richardsi)
        California Sea Lion (Zalophus californianus)
        Northern Sea Lion (Eumetopias jubatus)
        Harbor Porpoise (Phocoena phocoena)
        Dall's Porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli)
        Gray Whale (Eschrichtius robustus)
        Killer Whale (Orcinus orca)
        Minke Whale (Balaenoptera acutorostrata)
     Studies of Chemical Contamination in Puget Sound Marine Mammals
     Effects of Chemical Contaminants on Marine Mammals
     Factors Affecting Contaminant Concentrations in Marine Mammals
        Animal-Specific Characteristics
        Sampling and Analysis Methods
     Priorities for Sample Collection and Analysis
        Species
        Tissues
        Age and Sex
        Location
     Priority Contaminants in Marine Mammals
        Chlorinated Pesticides and PCBs
        Dioxins and Furans
        Metals and Trace Elements
        Petroleum Hydrocarbons and Metabolites
        Radionuclides
        Other Contaminants
   Recommended Tissue Collection Procedures
     Carcass Condition
     Sample Containers
     Sampling Equipment
     Sample Collection
        General Specifications
                          164

-------
     Procedural Steps in Sample Collection From Dead Specimens
     Sampling Recommendations for Live Animals
  Sample Storage
  Labeling
  Shipping Procedures
Collection of Supporting Data
  Essential Information
     Date and Time
     Species
     Sampling Location
     Condition of Carcass
     Standard Length
     Sex
     Blubber Thickness
  Other Useful Information
     Photographs
     Axillary Girth
     Weight
     Fluke Width and Other Measurements for Cetaceans
     Gross Abnormalities, Injuries, Lesions, and Parasites
     Histology
     Reproductive Condition
     Stomach Contents
     Sample Collection for Aging
     Information on Age of Neonates
     Cause of Death
  Ancillary Data
     Microbiology
     Examination for Natural Toxins
     Genetic Studies
QA/QC Activities
Data Reporting
References
                       165

-------
wmr
              10   RECOMMENDED PROTOCOLS FOR FISH PATHOLOGY STUDIES IN
                   PUGET SOUND
                     Review of Historical Data
                       Hepatocarcinogenesis Models for Fishes
                       Laboratory Studies
                       Field Studies
                     Recommended Protocols for Field Studies in Puget Sound
                       Study Design
                          Species Selection
                          Age Limits
                          Sample Size
                          Sampling Season
                          Station Location
                       Field Sampling Procedures
                          Fish Acquisition
                          Holding Time and Conditions
                          Labeling  and Coding
                          Liver Subsampling
                          Tissue Fixation
                          Ancillary Data
                       Laboratory Procedures
                          Tissue Processing
                          Histopathological Evaluations
                          Quality Assurance/Quality Control
                       Data Analysis
                          Age and  Sex Effects
                          Growth and Condition
                          Comparisons Among Stations
                          Relationships with Ancillary Variables
                     References
                                            166

-------
11  RECOMMENDED PROTOCOLS FOR SAMPLING AND ANALYZING
    SUBTIDAL BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATE ASSEMBLAGES IN
    PUGET SOUND
       Introduction
       Study Design Considerations
         Kind of Sampler
         Area of Sampler
         Sample Replication
         Sieve Mesh Size
         Sieving Location
         Use of Relaxants
         Use of Stains
         Level of Taxonomy
         Sampling Season
       Protocols for Sampling and Analysis
         Field Procedures
           Pre-collection Preparation
           Collection
           Processing
         Laboratory Procedures
           Equipment and Testing
           Preservative Preparation
           Analytical Procedures
         QA/QC Procedures
           Calibration and Preventive Maintenance
           Quality Control Checks
           Corrective Action
         Data Quality and Reporting Requirements
       References
                             167

-------
wmr
              12   RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES FOR MEASURING CONVENTIONAL
                   MARINE WATER-COLUMN VARIABLES IN PUGET SOUND
                     Introduction
                     Collection and Analysis of Water-Column Samples
                        Water Bottles
                        In Situ Instrumentation
                        Shipboard Laboratory Analyses
                     Measurement of Specific Variables
                        pH
                          Field Procedures
                          Laboratory Procedures
                        Salinity
                          Field Procedures
                          Laboratory Procedures
                        Temperature
                          Field Procedures
                          Laboratory Procedures
                        Transparency
                        Turbidity
                          Field Procedures
                          Laboratory Procedures
                        Total Suspended Solids
                          Field Procedures
                          Laboratory Procedures
                        Dissolved Oxygen (Modified Winkler Method)
                          Field Procedures
                          Laboratory Procedures
                        Dissolved Oxygen (Probe Method)
                          Field Procedures
                          Laboratory Procedures
                        Nitrogen (Ammonia)
                          Field Procedures
                          Laboratory Procedures
                        Nitrogen (Nitrite)
                          Field Procedures
                          Laboratory Procedures
                        Nitrogen (Nitrate)
                          Field Procedures
                          Laboratory Procedures
                        Phosphate
                          Field Procedures
                          Laboratory Procedures
                                             168

-------
  Silicate
     Field Procedures
     Laboratory Procedures
  Chlorophyll-a
     Field Procedures
     Laboratory Procedures
  Total arid Fecal Coliform Bacteria
References
                         769

-------
13  RECOMMENDED PROTOCOLS FOR MEASURING CONVENTIONAL
    WATER QUALITY VARIABLES AND METALS IN FRESH WATER OF THE
    PUGET SOUND REGION
       Introduction
       General Considerations for Sampling and Analyzing Conventional
         Variables
         Types of Sampling
         Recommendations for Manual Grab Sampling
           Sampling Locations
           Sample Collection
           Sample Heading
           Sample Size
         Analytical Methods and Detection Limits
         Quality Assurance/Quality Control Guidelines
           Definitions
           Criteria for Acceptance of QA/QC Results and Corrective Actions
         Data Reporting Requirements
         Cleaning Methods
       Recommended Methods for Measuring Flow
         Use and Limitations
         Field Procedures
           Site Selection Criteria
           Streamflow Measurement Using a Current Meter
           Streamflow Measurement Using a Staff Gauging Station
         QA/QC Procedures
         Data Reporting Requirements
       Recommended Methods for Measuring Temperature
         Use and Limitations
         Field Procedures
         Laboratory Procedures
         QA/QC Procedures
         Data Reporting Requirements
       Recommended Methods for Measuring Conductivity
         Use and Limitations
         Field Procedures
         Laboratory Procedures
         QA/QC Procedures
         Data Reporting Requirements
       Recommended Methods for Measuring Dissolved Oxygen
         Use and Limitations
         Field Procedures
           Azide-Modified Winkler Method
           Membrane Electrode Method
                             170

-------
   Laboratory Procedures
     Azide-Modified Winkler Method
     Membrane Electrode Method
   QA/QC Procedures
   Data Reporting Requirements
Recommended Methods for Measuring pH
   Use and Limitations
   Field Procedures
   QA/QC Procedures
   Data Reporting Requirements
Recommended Methods for Measuring Alkalinity
   Use and Limitations
   Field Procedures
   Laboratory Procedures
   QA/QC Procedures
   Data Reporting Requirements
Recommended Methods for Measuring Total Hardness
   Use and Limitations
   Field Procedures
   Laboratory Procedures
   QA/QC Procedures
   Data Reporting Requirements
Recommended Methods for Measuring Total Suspended Solids
   Use and Limitations
   Field Procedures
   Laboratory Procedures
   QA/QC Procedures
   Data Reporting Requirements
Recommended Methods for Measuring Turbidity
   Use and Limitations
   Field Procedures
   Laboratory Procedures
   QA/QC Procedures
   Data Reporting Requirements
Recommended Methods for Measuring Ammonia-Nitrogen
   Use and Limitations
   Field Procedures
   Laboratory Procedures
   QA/QC Procedures
   Data Reporting Requirements
Recommended Methods for Measuring Nitrite + Nitrate-Nitrogen
   Use and Limitations
   Field Procedures
                       777

-------
  Laboratory Procedures
  QA/QC Procedures
  Data Reporting Requirements
Recommended Methods for Measuring Total Phosphorus
  Use and Limitations
  Field Procedures
  Laboratory Procedures
  QA/QC Procedures
  Data Reporting Requirements
Recommended Methods for Measuring Orthophosphate-Phosphorus
  Use and Limitations
  Field Procedures
  Laboratory Procedures
  QA/QC Procedures
  Data Reporting Requirements
Recommended Methods for Measuring Fecal Coliform Bacteria
  Use and Limitations
  Field Procedures
  Laboratory Procedures
  QA/QC Procedures
  Data Reporting Requirements
Recommended Methods for Measuring Metals
  Introduction
  Use and Limitations
  Sample Containers
  Sampling Equipment
  Cleaning Methods
  Field Procedures
  Laboratory Procedures
  QA/QC Procedures
  Data Reporting Requirements
References
Appendix A:    A Chelate-Coprecipitation Method
Appendix B:    A Volatilization Method by Hydride Generation
                       772

-------
14  RECOMMENDED PROTOCOLS FOR MICROBIOLOGICAL STUDIES IN
    PUGET SOUND
       Introduction
       Microbiological Measurements Currently Made in Puget Sound
       Recommendations for Future Studies
         Bacterial Indicators
         Primary Pathogens
       Special Sampling Considerations
         Water Column
         Sediments
         Tissue
       Uses and Limitations of Recommended Bacterial Indicators
         Fecal Coliform Bacterial and Fecal Coliform Bacteria/E. coli
         Enterococci
         Clostridium Perfringens
       Laboratory Procedures for Recommended Bacterial Indicators
       Quality Aissurance/Quality Control (QA/QC)
       References
                             173

-------
174

-------
                                                                           Reference No. :
San Francisco Estuary Institute. 1994. Quality Assurance Project Plan for the Regional Monitoring
     Program for Toxic Contaminants in the San Francisco Estuary.  San Francisco Estuary Insti-
     tute, Richmond, CA. pp. 57.
Media in which methods can be used:
                             Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:
Water quality, sediment quality, sampling, QA/QC, organics, inorganics, metals,
bioaccumulation, toxicity/bioassay, salinity, nutrients, chlorophyll, temperature,
pH, dissolved oxygen, total organic carbon, pesticides, PAHs, PCBs, organotins,
population/community
Abstract
A regional monitoring program for toxic contaminants in the San Francisco Estuary has been established
by the San Francisco Bay Regional. Water Quality Control Board. The objectives are to obtain data
describing trace concentrations of toxic elements and organics within the estuary, to determine seasonal
and annual trends in water quality, and to develop a database to determine long-term trends in concentra-
tions of toxic contaminants in water and sediments.

This quality assurance project plan details the methods for the collection and analysis of water, sediment,
and biological samples, including the collection and deployment of uncontaminated bivalves used for
bioaccumulation studies, sampling equipment, transport of samples to analytical laboratories, sample
holding times, preservation of samples until analyzed, analytical equipment, analysis of samples, storage
of archived samples, and proper disposal of samples after analysis.

Data quality objectives, including, precision, accuracy, completeness, detection limits, frequency of
quality control sampling, acceptance criteria, and corrective actions are summarized for water, sediment,
and tissue analyses.

Analytical procedures are summarized with reference to peer-reviewed publications. An extensive list of
references detailing these trace analytical methods for metals and organics is provided.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (510)231-9539
                                              175

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION

2  PROJECT OBJECTIVES AND DATA USAGE
     Overall Project Objectives
     Project Data Usage

3  SCHEDULE OF TASKS AND PRODUCTS

4  PROJECT ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITY

5  DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES
     Precision
     Accuracy and Completeness
     Detection Limits
     Representativeness and Comparability of Data

6  SITE SELECTION AND IDENTIFICATION
     Criteria for Selection and Location of Sampling Sites
     Site identification
     Site Codes

7  FIELD LOGISTICS AND SAMPLING PROCEDURES
     Cruise Plans, Vessels, and Schedules
        Cruise Plans
        Cruise Vessels
        Cruise Schedules
     Field Sampling Procedures
        Water Sampling
          Equipment and Procedures - Organics
          Equipment and Procedures - Trace Elements
          Equipment and Procedures - Aquatic Toxicity
          Equipment and Procedures - Ancillary
        Sediment Sampling
          Equipment
          Procedures
        Bioaccumulation in Bivalve Tissues
          Collection
          Installation of Moorings and Deployment of Bivalves
          Mooring Examination and Maintenance
          Retrieval
                           176

-------
         Benthic Infauna Sampling
           Equipment and Procedures
       Field Records Procedures
       Immediate Sample Handling

 8   SAMPLE CUSTODY AND STORAGE
       Field Custody Procedures
       Interim Sample Storage and Transfer
         Water Samples
         Sediment Samples
         Bivalve Samples
         Ancillary Samples and Electronic Data
       Sample Custody and Storage at Each Laboratory

 9   ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES
       Trace Elements
       Organic
       Ancillary Measurements in Water and Sediment
       Aquatic arid Sediment Toxicity
       Benthic Infauna
       Condition Index

10   CALIBRATION PROCEDURES AND PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE

11    DATA DOCUMENTATION, REDUCTION, VALIDATION, AND REPORTING

12  SYSTEM AUDITS

13  QA REPORTS TO PROGRAM MANAGER

14  LITERATURE CITED

15   DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES TABLES
                           777

-------

-------
                                                                          Reference No.: MXi

 San Francisco Estuary Project. 1991. Quality Assurance in Environmental Analysis Applied to the
     San Francisco Estuary.  Prepared by the Aquatic Habitat Institute for the San Francisco
     Estuary Project, Oakland, CA.  pp. 72.
Media in which methods can be used:
                            Water
\tS\ Sediment
                                                                                     Biota
Keywords:
Abstract
Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, QA/QC, sampling,
data management
This report provides an overview of the key concepts of quality assurance (QA) as well as background
material and definitions required for an effective discussion of QA. The report also discusses historical
problems associated with environmental chemical analysis of elemental and organic contaminants, and
highlights the fact that such problems arise as much from rapid advances in analytical methodology as
from inadequate QA.

The report presents an outline QA program that might be applied to environmental analysis or monitoring
of the San Francisco Estuary and which may be applied to other estuaries.  The report does not provide a
single or specific approach to quality assurance. But in view of the requirements to meet a variety of data
quality objectives, the report provides a reasonably comprehensive listing of the elements of quality
assurance  as a part of a coherent, estuary-wide monitoring program and as it would apply to collecting,
processing, and analyzing samples.

The report includes summaries of QA programs currently applied in the San Francisco Estuary for a
number of contaminants of concern. The appendix contains information on existing QA programs
employed  in monitoring programs across the U.S., including contact names, addresses, and telephone
numbers of personnel in charge of or involved in each QA program.
[extractedfrom document]

Contact:  (510)231-9539
                                             779

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS

       1  EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

       2  PREFACE

       3  INTRODUCTION
             Data Quality Objectives
             Quality Assurance Defined
             Precision and Accuracy
             Background
             Contaminants of Concern

       4  HISTORIC AND CURRENT PROBLEMS IN QUALITY ASSURANCE
             Introduction
             Pollutant Identification
             Analyte  Detectability
             Analyte  Quantification
             Sample  Contamination
             Data Verification and Validation
             Personnel
             Summary

        5   QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAMS
             Introduction
             Quality Assurance Applied to the San Francisco Estuary
               Sample Acquisition
               Laboratory Intercalibration
               Documentation
               Data Management

        6  EXISTING QA PROGRAMS IN THE SAN FRANCISCO ESTUARY
             Review of Existing Programs
               Local Quality Assurance Programs
               QA Procedures in Regional and National Programs
             Summary

        7  CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
        8  REFERENCES
APPENDIX
                                   180

-------
                                                                            Reference No.: \
State of Maine Department of Environmental Protection. 1987. Methods for Biological Sampling
     and Analysis of Maine's Waters. State of Maine Department of Environmental Protection,
     Augusta, ME.  pp. 19.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
I  I Sediment
Biota
Keywords:     Biological characterization, sampling, population/community, data analysis

Abstract

The biological classification of Maine's inland waters was authorized by the Maine State Legislature with
the passage of M.R.S.A. 39 Public Law Chapter 698 - The Classification System for Maine Waters (April,
1986). This law states that it is the State's objective "to restore and maintain the chemical, physical and
biological integrity" of its waters, and establishes a water quality classification system to enable the State
to manage its waters so as to protect their quality. The classification system further establishes minimum
standards for each class, which are based on designated use, and related characteristics of those uses, for
each class of water.

The Department of Environmental Protection, has collected a large, standardized database consisting of
benthic macroinvertebrate samples from above and below all significant licensed discharges in the State,
as well as from some relatively unperturbed areas.  These sampling locations were chosen to represent the
range of water quality conditions in the State. This information is necessary in order to develop criteria
(numerical and  character-related) which are specific to the natural biotic community potential of the State
of Maine.

The sampling locations were also selected to provide information on the presumed  worst case condition of
all river and stream reaches known to be significantly affected by human activity, in order to assign
classifications to those reaches.  Thus, the benthic macroinvertebrate data collected to date are intended to
serve two purposes:

   •  generation of qualitative and quantitative biological classification criteria specific to the sampling
     protocol adopted by the Department

   •  assignment of reach by reach attainment of biological class, using the presumed worst case location
     within the reach, and based upon protocol and criteria developed through analysis of the entire data
     set

This manual sets forth the standardized practices and procedures which will be used by the Department to
acquire data to fulfill these two purposes.
[extractedfrom document]

Contact: (207)289-3901
                                              181

-------
                         TABLE OF CONTENTS

          1   CLASSIFICATION ATTAINMENT EVALUATION

          2   GENERAL METHODS
               Classification Attainment Evaluation
               Qualifications of Sampling Personnel
               Apparatus, Equipment, Supplies, Instruments
               Sampling Season
               Sample Size
               Site Selection Criteria
               Site Evaluation
               Sampler Exposure Period, Placement, and Retrieval

          3   LABORATORY METHODS
               Qualifications of Laboratory Personnel
               Sample Preservation
               Sample Labeling
               Subsampling
               Sample Taxonomy

          4  TESTS AND MEASURES OF COMMUNITY STRUCTURE AND
             FUNCTION
               Calculation of Tests and Measure of Community Structure and Function

APPENDIX A:   FIELD DATA SHEET

APPENDIX B:   INSTRUCTION FOR MACROINVERTEBRATE SORTERS

APPENDIX C:   TAXONOMIC KEYS

APPENDIX D:   AQUATIC LIFE STANDARDS FOR THE STATE OF MAINE

APPENDIX E:   APPLICABLE MEASURES OF COMMUNITY STRUCTURE AND
             FUNCTION

APPENDIX F:  ALGORITHMS FOR INDICES AND MEASURES OF COMMUNITY
             STRUCTURE
                                   182

-------
                                                                         Reference No.: •IKES

Texas Parks and Wildlife Department. 1989. Commercial Harvest Field Operations Manual. Texas
     Parks and Wildlife Department, Fisheries and Wildlife Division, Coastal Fisheries Branch,
     Austin, TX.

Media in which methods can be used:     Q] Water          Q Sediment          [•] Biota


Keywords:     Biological characterization, sampling, data management, population/community

Abstract

The Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD) and the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS)
are responsible for gathering information on the commercial landings of seafood in Texas. The Texas
code requires that all licensed seafood dealers report all seafood purchases on a monthly basis either to
TPWD or NMFS.  This manual specifies the data collection procedures and the duties of the TPWD
agents in compiling and maintaining accurate marine landings data.

Instructions for completing the monthly reports, example forms and with data codes, and lists of licensed
dealers and species codes are included.
[compiled after review]

Contact: (512)389-4800
                                            183

-------
                            TABLE OF CONTENTS
             1   OBJECTIVES
             2  DESIGN
             3  DATA COLLECTION

             4  MONTHLY MARINE PRODUCTS REPORT

             5  DUTIES OF TPWD STATISTICAL AGENT

             6  HOW THE MMPR IS COMPLETED BY SEAFOOD DEALERS

             7  HOW THE MMPRFS IS COMPLETED BY TPWD STATISTICAL AGENT

             8  PROCEDURE FOR PROCESSING MMPRFS

   APPENDIX A:  TPWD/NMFS COOPERATIVE COMMERCIAL STATISTICS AGREEMENT

   APPENDIX B:  TEXAS LANDINGS DEFINITION AND FORMAT

   APPENDIX C:  CONVERSION FACTORS FOR FINFISH AND SHELLFISH

   APPENDIX D:  PROCEDURES FOR PROCESSING COMMERCIAL LANDING DATA
                THROUGH AUSTIN STAFF
                  Submission of MMPRFS
                  Processing MMPRFS Verification Listings
                  Processing Preliminary Texas Landings Printout
                  Processing NMFS Field Sheet Verification Listings
                  Processing Final Texas Landing Printouts
                  Data Sort by Fiscal Year (FY)
                  Data Sort by Water Area Within County
                  Data Sort by County

LITERATURE CITED
                                      184

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:\
Texas Parks and Wildlife Department.  1993. Marine Resource Monitoring Operations Manual.
     Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Fisheries and Wildlife Division, Coastal Fisheries
     Branch, Austin, TX.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Biological characterization, sampling, data management, QA/QC, population/
                community

Abstract

This manual is designed for use by Texas Parks and Wildlife personnel who are responsible for and who
participate in finfish and shellfish monitoring programs. Specific operating procedures for bag seines,
trawls, oyster dredges, beach seines, and gill nets are presented.  The goals of the monitoring program are
to provide statistically reliable long-term trend information on relative abundance, catch-per-effort, size,
and species composition of both finfish and shellfish.

Procedures for sample site selection, sampling, tag and release studies, and data entry are described in
detail.  Further data analysis and management procedures for editing and computer entry of field sampling
data are also included.

This manual is updated annually and contains procedures for special studies not included in the annual
resource monitoring programs. Special studies included in this edition include fish kill assessments, a
bottom longline study, and a specific area study to determine the presence and abundance of biota within
the Rio Grande River.
[compiled after review]

Contact:  (512)389-4800
                                              185

-------
                TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION

2  GEAR DESCRIPTION
     Gill Net
     Bag Seine
     Beach Seine
     Trawl
     Oyster Dredge

3  SAMPLE AREA AND FREQUENCIES
     Definitions
     Sample Area and Gear Used
     Sample Periods and No. Samples/Period by Gear

4  SAMPLE SITE IDENTIFICATION AND SELECTION
     Definitions
     Gill Net, Bay and Beach Bag Seine, and Beach Seine Sample Site
        Selection
     Trawl Sample Site Selection
     Oyster Sample Site Selection

5  SAMPLE PROCEDURES
     General Instructions
     Gill Net
     Bay Bag Seine
     Beach Bag Seine
     Beach Seine
     Trawl
     Oyster Dredge
     Tagging Fish

6  DATA RECORDING
     General Duties
     Definitions

7  HOW TO COMPLETE MARINE RESOURCE HARVEST INVESTIGATION
   METEOROLOGICAL AND HYDROLOGICAL DATA SHEET

8  HOW TO COMPLETE MARINE RESOURCE MONITORING DATA SHEET

9  HOW TO COMPLETE SAMPLE SUMMARY SHEET
                          186

-------
10   HOW TO COMPLETE MONTHLY TAGGING AND RETURN DATA SHEET

11   HOW TO COMPLETE FISH TAG INFORMATION SHEET

12   DUTIES OF TAG PROCESSOR
       Duties
       Duties if Additional Information Needed
       Duties for "0" Code Data

13   DATA SHEET SUBMISSION AND EDITING
       Duties of Coastal Fisheries Personnel

14   STOCKING
       Objectives
       Gear Description
       Stocking Area
       Stocking Frequency
       Stocking Site Identification
       Stocking Procedures
       Data Recording
       Data Disposition

15   COMPUTER CODING PROCEDURE - DATA SUBMISSION
       General Overview
       Data Submission Frequency
       Submission Procedure
       How to Fill Out Data Transmittal Sheet

16   COASTAL FISHERIES MASTER FILE - DATA EDITING PROCEDURES
       Purpose
       Overview
       Edit Processing Requests
       Rejections of Records or Processing Requests in Computer Edit Listings
       How to Edit Key Fields
       How to Edit Non-Key Fields
       How to Delete Records

17  COASTAL FISHERIES MASTER FILE -- COMPUTER PROGRAMMED
     DATA FIELD CHECKS
       Overview
       Checks Made on All Record Types
       Checks Performed Only on Hydro Records
       Checks Performed Only on Resource and Harvest Records
                            757

-------
       Checks Performed Only on Resource Records

18  DOCUMENT SPECIFICATIONS

19  SPECIAL STUDIES
       Special Study 7 -- Extra Tagging
       Special Study 22 - Summary of Returned Fish Tags
       Special Study 33 -- Fish Kill Assessment
         Objective
         Sample Area
         Sample Period
         Sample Frequency
         Sample Site Identification
         Fish Kill Sample Selection
         Fish Kill Sample Procedures
         Data Recording
         Data Disposition
       Special Study 51 -- Gulf Red Drum Bottom Longline
         Objective
         Study Area
         Study Period
         Study Frequency
         Gear Description
         Study Procedures
         Data Recording
       Special Study 62 - Rio Grande River Study
         Objective
         Study Area
         Study Period and Frequency
         Gear Description
         Study Procedures
         Data Recording
         Data Disposition
                              188

-------
                                                                         Reference No.:
Texas Parks and Wildlife Department. 1993. Marine Sport Harvest Monitoring Operations Manual.
     Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Fisheries and Wildlife Division, Coastal Fisheries
     Branch, Austin, TX.
Media in which methods can be used:
                                            Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Biological characterization, sampling, data management

Abstract

This manual is prepared by the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department as a procedures manual for Depart-
ment personnel for the routine monitoring of marine resource landings within the bay systems and along
the Gulf of Mexico.  Estimates of total catch, catch per unit effort, and size composition by species are
tabulated from launch site and catch inspections, and interviews with private-boat and party-boat sport
fishermen. This monitoring effort is designed to assist ecosystem and fishery managers in effectively
regulating harvests.

Specific and detailed procedures are presented on topics such as sport fisherman interviews, boat access
site inspections and data submission and editing. Examples of field monitoring documents and instruc-
tions on how they are to be completed are included.

This manual is updated annually.
[compiled after review]

Contact:  (512)389-4800
                                             189

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION
      Objective
      Design
      Publication and Distribution

2  CURRENT SAMPLING DESIGN -- BOAT ACCESS SITES HIGH 93 - LOW
   94
      Survey Areas
      Seasons and Day Types
      Number of Surveys
      Site Identification
        How to  Record Boat Access Site Changes
      Interview Site Sampling
        Proportional Random Sampling
        Special Scheduling Considerations
      Interviewing  Procedures
      Duties of Interviewer
        How to  Complete Marine Harvest Data Sheet
        Using Arrows to Complete Marine Harvest Data Sheet
        How to  Complete Marine Resource/Harvest Investigation
          Meteorological-Hydrological Data Sheet
        How to  Complete Creel Sample Summary Sheet
        Double  Surveying an Access Site
      Roving Counts
      Duties of Roving Counter
        How to  Complete Marine Harvest Investigation Roving Count Data
          Sheet

3  DATA SUBMISSION AND EDITING
      Duties of Coastal Fisheries Personnel
      Data Submission
        General Overview
        Data Submission Frequency
        Submission  Procedures
        How to Fill Out Data Transmittal Document
      Computer Edit Listings
        Purpose
        Overview
        Example of Hydro Data
        Example of Harvest Monitoring Data
        Example of Roving Count Data
      Computer Programmed Data Field Checks
                            190

-------
        Overview
        Checks Performed on All Record Types
        Checks Performed on Hydro Records
        Checks Performed on Harvest Records
        Checks Performed on Rove Records
        Data Editing Procedures
        Overview
        Edit Transaction Requests
        Rejections of Records or Transaction Requests in Computer Edit
          Listings
        How to Edit Key Fields
        How to Edit Non-Key Fields
        How to Delete Records
        How to Handle an Add Request Rejection
        How to Handle a Delete or Change Request Rejection

4  DOCUMENT SPECIFICATION
      Bay System Descriptions
      Major and Minor Bay Codes
      Day and Season Codes
      Strata Codes
      Activity Codes
      Harvest Gear Codes
      Harvest Bait Codes
      Trailer  Location Codes
      Boat-Access Codes
      County Codes
      State and Country Codes
      Species Codes

5  SOURCE DOCUMENTS
      Marine Harvest Data Sheet
      Marine Resource/Harvest Investigation Meteorological-Hydrological Data
        Sheet
      Creel Sample Summary Sheet
      Marine Harvest Investigation Roving Count Data Sheet
      Nomograph ~ Weekday
      Nomograph - Weekend
      Data Processing Division -- Data Transmittal Sheet
      Fish Tag Information Sheet

6  HISTORY OF PROCEDURES -- ORIGINAL DESIGN

7  HISTORY OF PROCEDURES -- CURRENT DESIGN
                            191

-------

-------
                                                                         Reference No.:
Texas Water Commission.  1993. Water Quality Monitoring Procedures Manual. Water Quality
     Monitoring Team, Texas Water Commission, Austin, TX. pp. 262. Draft.
Media in which methods can be used:
                           I Water
Sediment
1 Biota
Keywords:
Abstract
Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, QA/QC, sampling,
pH, dissolved oxygen, depth, temperature, flow, salinity, turbidity, metals, organics,
population/community, pathogenic organisms, data management
This document provides a single source of information describing procedures used by Texas Water
Commission personnel in the collection of surface water quality data. Procedures include sampling
instrument calibration and maintenance, field sampling of physical parameters, fecal coliform, benthic
biota, plankton, nekton and macrophytes, and the collection of water samples for analysis of metals and
organics.

This manual also documents the quality assurance procedures used to demonstrate that surface water
quality data collected and analyzed by Texas Water Commission personnel are of known and adequate
quality.  Data management procedures are also outlined and sample data forms are included. Appendices
include examples of field and laboratory data forms, and parameter codes for data reporting.

This manual is updated annually by the Texas Water Commission.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (512)239-1000
                                            193

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  QUALITY ASSURANCE
      Quality Assurance Objective
      Quality Assurance of Data and Sample Collection Methods
      Annual Water Quality Monitoring Workshop
      Quality Assurance of Laboratory Analysis
      Quality Assurance of Field Sampling Methods/Split Samples
      Quality Assurance of Data Storage

2  MULTI-PARAMETER INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION AND MAINTENANCE
      Dissolved Oxygen Sensor
      pH Sensor
      Conductivity Sensor
      Depth and Temperature Sensor
      Post Calibration
      General Maintenance
      Water Quality Monitoring Instrument Calibration Notebook

3  FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND SAMPLE COLLECTION
      Sample Site and Time Criteria
      Field Data Notebook
      Field Observations
      Flow
         Flow (cfs)
         Flow Estimate
         Flow Severity
      Field Measurements
         Water Temperature
         PH
         Dissolved Oxygen
         Specific Conductance
         Secchi Disc Transparency
         Salinity
         Significant Precipitation
      Fecal Coliform Bacteria

 4  ANALYSIS OF FECAL COLIFORM SAMPLES

 5  WATER SAMPLE COLLECTION
      Routine Water Chemistry Sample
      Metals-in-Water Sample-Inline Filter Method
      Metals-in-Water Sample-Field/Laboratory Filtration Method
                             194

-------
                Organics-in-Water Sample
                Routine Water Supply Sample
                Reservoir Bottom-Water Sample

           6  SEDIMENT SAMPLE

           7  BIOLOGICAL SAMPLE
                Biological Data Reporting Procedures
                Freshwater Benthic Macroinvertebrate Sample
                Plankton Sample
                Nekton Sample
                Macrophyte Sample

           8  TISSUE SAMPLE

           9  SHELF LIFE OF REAGENTS AND STANDARDS

          10  SAMPLE PRESERVATION AND STORAGE

          11  DATA MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
                Submission of Water Quality Data
                  Types of Forms
                  The Waiter Quality Request for Analysis (RFA) Form
                  Submitting Data Using the Field Data Entry System (FDE)
                Governing Inventories of SMN Data File
                  Station Inventory
                  Instructions for Submitting Station Locations
                  Parameter Code Inventory
                Report Capabilities of the Surface Water Quality Monitoring
                  Raw Delta Report
                  Selective Data Report
                  Station Inventory Report
                  Parameter Code Inventroy Report

APPENDIX A:  FISH KILL INVESTIGATION GUIDELINES

APPENDIX B:  TEXAS COUNTY CODES AND TEXAS PARKS AND WILDLIFE
              DEPARTMENT REGIONS

APPENDIX C:  FISH KILL POLLUTION SOURCE CODES

APPENDIX D:  EPA SPECIES NUMERIC CODE (FOR PARAMETER 74990)
                                     795

-------
APPENDIX E:  EPA ANATOMICAL NUMERIC CODE (FOR PARAMETER 74995)

APPENDIX F:  PARAMETER CODES FOR DESCRIBING BIOLOGICAL SAMPLING
            EFFORT AND HABITAT

APPENDIX G:  EXAMPLES OF FIELD AND LABORATORY DATA FORMS


APPENDIX H:  LITERATURE CITED

 APPENDIX I:  DATA AND ANALYTICAL REPORTS FOR THE WATER QUALITY
            MONITORING DATA BASE

APPENDIX J:  OXYGEN CONTENT OF AIR-SATURATED FRESHWATER

APPENDIX K:  HYDROLAB CALIBRATION LOG. SELECTED TABLES AND
            INSTRUCTIONS

APPENDIX L:  PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR HYDROLAB INSTRUMENTS

APPENDIX M:  PARAMETER CODE VALUE WARING LIMITS

APPENDIX N:  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT FIGURES FOR REPORTING FIELD
            PARAMETERS

APPENDIX O:  SUBMITTING STATION LOCATION INFORMATION

APPENDIX P:  SURFACE WATER MONITORING PROGRAM EQUIPMENT LIST

APPENDIX Q:  FORMAT FOR REPORTING SPECIAL STUDY INVESTIGATIONS

APPENDIX R:  TEXAS TISSUE SAMPLING GUIDELINES
                                  196

-------
                                                                         Reference No.: \
USAGE. 1991. Assessing Bioaccumulation in Aquatic Organisms Exposed to Contaminated Sedi-
     ments.  Prepared by J. Clarke and V. McFarland, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways
     Experiment Station, Environmental Laboratory, Vicksburg, MS.  pp. 82. Miscellaneous Paper
     D-91-2.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
I Biota
Keywords:      Sediment quality, bioaccumulation, data analysis

Abstract

The purpose of this paper is to provide a working document for Corps regulators and others involved in
the environmental assessment of impacts on the aquatic environment from dredging operations and
dredged material placement. Emphasis is placed on explanation of basic concepts concerning, and factors
influencing, sediment contaminant bioaccumulation and bioavailability. The paper presents several
numerical methods for assessing bioaccumulation, including a simple method for estimating theoretical
bioaccumulation potential from sediment chemistry for neutral organic chemicals.  Methods are also
given for projecting contaminant concentrations in organism tissues when steady state is achieved, based
on laboratory or field exposures to contaminated sediments. These assessments are presented in the
context of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's tiered testing approach for dredged material
evaluation.  The various numerical methods for bioaccumulation assessment are illustrated and compared
using step-by-step example calculations with hypothetical and actual data.
[copied from document]

Contact: (601)634-2571
                                             797

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS

          1  INTRODUCTION

          2  BASIC CONCEPTS
                Definitions
                Factors Influencing Bioaccumulation
                Kinetics of Uptake and Elimination

          3  ASSESSMENT OF BIOACCUMULATION
                Environmental Assessment of Sediments
                The Tiered Testing Approach
                Bioaccumulation Potential (Tier II)
                Bioaccumulation Testing (Tiers III and IV)
                Example Calculations for Each Method of Bioaccumulation Assessment

          4  REFERENCES

APPENDIX A:  NOTATION

APPENDIX B:  SUMMARY OF EQUATIONS

APPENDIX C:  SAS PROGRAM STATEMENTS FOR PLOTTING BIOACCUMULATION
             DATA AND FITTED REGRESSION CURVES
                                    198

-------
                                                                         Reference No.:
USAEWES. 1989. Quality Assurance Guidelines for Organic Analysis. U.S. Army Corps of Engi-
     neers, Environmental Laboratory, Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. Technical
     Report EL-89-18.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, QA/QC, sampling, organics, PAHs, PCBs, pesti-
                cides, data analysis/management

Abstract

The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers has a fundamental responsibility to produce analytical data that are
precise and accurate and meet environmental regulations imposed by the Clean Water Act, the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Recov-
ery Act, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, and the Toxic
Substances Control Act. Numerous analytical methods for organic analysis are promulgated to provide
the same basic information with only slight variations in procedures.

This report was written to provide general quality assurance guidelines for organic analysis with specific
quality assurance/quality control requirements for the various methods This report summarized the most
commonly used organic analysis procedures and reference sources.  The sequence of events involved with
sample analysis is presented from sample handling in the field to the final reporting of data. Quality
assurance/quality control procedures are recommended for every step in the analytical process. Sampling
plans, with respect to numbers of samples, site locations, and sampling procedures are beyond the scope
of this report.
[copied from document]

Contact:  (601)634-2571
                                             199

-------
                            TABLE OF CONTENTS

           1   INTRODUCTION
                 Background
                 Purpose
                 Approach
                 Definitions

           2   SAMPLE COLLECTION AND HANDLING
                 Sample Containers
                 Handling and Preservation
                 Chain-of-Command
                 Sample Receipt at the Laboratory

           3   ANALYTICAL METHODS
                 The CWA
                 The RCRA
                 The SDWA
                 Contract Laboratory Program
                 Corps Projects for Dredged and Fill Material
                 Summarized Procedures with QC Recommendations

           4   DATA MANAGEMENT, REPORTING, AND EVALUATION
                 Data Management
                 Data Reporting
                 Analysis Evaluation
           5   RECOMMENDATIONS
REFERENCES
 APPENDIX A   METHOD SUMMARIES WITH RECOMMENDED QUALITY ASSURANCE/
               QUALITY CONTROL CRITERIA
                                                                      METHOD NO.
                 Purgeable Organics by Gas Chromatograph/Mass Spectrometer
                 Purgeable Organics by GC/MS
                 Halogenated Volatile Organics by Gas Chromatography
                 Aromatic Volatile Organics
                 Base Neutral and Acid Extractable Compounds by GC/MS
                 Semivolatile Organics by Capillary Column GC/MS
                 Organochlorine Pesticides and Polychlorinated Biphenyls
                 Organochlorine Pesticides and PCBs
                 Chlorinated Herbicides
                 Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons
 624
8240
8010
8020
 625
8270
 608
8080
8150
8100
                                      200

-------
                                                                          Reference No.: I
U.S. EPA.  1978.  Environmental Monitoring Series: Quality Assurance Guidelines for Biological
     Testing. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring and Support
     Laboratory, Las Vegas, NY. pp.475.  EPA 600/4-78-043. (NTIS:  PB78-285369).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, toxicity/bioassays, QA/QC

Abstract

This guideline document was prepared to address the need for a manual of quality assurance practices
aimed specifically at biological testing. These guidelines draw from the good practices published for
analytical and clinical laboratories, and incorporate observations made in a number of U.S. EPA laborato-
ries, contractor laboratories, and biological research laboratories in general. As quality assurance aspects
of biological testing depend on the particular test systems being used, these guidelines cover the general
aspects of quality assurance, and then devote whole, separate sections to field research, aquatic bioassay,
microbiologic assay, and mammalian bioassay. Hopefully, attention to the principles presented in this
document will assist in improving the validity and integrity of the data generated by biological testing.
[copied from document]

Contact (702) 798-2100
                                              201

-------
                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

1   INTRODUCTION
      Purpose of the Quality Assurance Guidelines
        Valid Data
        Integrity
      Definitions
        Quality Assurance
        Biological Research

2   QUALITY ASSURANCE ELEMENTS
      Quality Assurance Policy and Objectives
        Laboratory Evaluation
        Organization for Quality
        Training for Quality
        Other Objectives of a Quality Assurance Plan
      Design and Analysis of Experiments
        Description of Design of Experiments
        Steps in the Design of Experiments
        Essential Statistical Concepts
        Experimental Models
      Sampling
        Background of Sampling
        Randomization Procedure
        Sampling Models
        Selection of Size of Sample
        Management of Sampling
      Precision and Accuracy of Tests
        Measurement of Precision and Accuracy
        Control of Precision and Accuracy
      Physical Environment of Research
      Chemicals and  Reagents
        Purchase Specifications
        Acceptance Specifications
        Control of Chemicals and Reagents
      Control of Test Subjects
        Control of Animal Breeding
        Good Animal Care Laboratory Practices
      Control of Performance of Experiments
        Quality Control Charts
        Assessing Laboratory Performance
      Interlaboratory Testing
      Data Handling and Reports
      References
                             202

-------
           3   QUALITY ASSURANCE IN BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH
                 Laboratory Management
                   On-Site Evaluation/Accreditation
                   Laboratory Personnel
                   Biological Sampling and Testing
                   Preparation of Study Protocols
                   References
                 Field Research
                   Field Sampling
                   Field Analysis
                   Sampling Method
                   Functional Tests
                   Field Bioassay
                   References
                 Aquatic Bioassay
                   Basic Requirements of Aquatic Bioassay
                   Experimental Procedures in Aquatic Bioassay
                   References
                 Microbiologic Assay
                   Microorganisms - Diagnostic Environmental Microbiology
                   Microorganisms - Mutagenicity Testing
                   Microorganisms - General Toxicity Testing
                   Cell Cultures - Mutagenicity Testing
                   Cell Cultures - Carcinogenicity Testing
                   Cell Cultures - General Toxicity Testing
                   Statistical Analysis
                   References
                 Mammalian Bioassay
                   Experimental Design Aspects
                   Conditions of Test
                   Good Animal Care Laboratory Practices
                   Bioassay Methods
                   Gross Observations
                   Reproduction and Teratology Studies
                   MammaJian Mutagenicity Tests
                   References

APPENDIX A:   CHECK LIST FOR PLANNING TEST PROGRAMS

APPENDIX B:   GOOD ANIMAL CARE LABORATORY PRACTICES

APPENDIX C:   QUALITY CONTROL SURVEILLANCE CHECK LIST FOR
               MICROBIOLOGY
                                       203

-------

-------
                                                                           Reference No.:
U.S. EPA.  1978. Microbiological Methods for Monitoring the Environment - Water and Wastes.
     Edited by: R.H. Bordner, J.A. Winter, and P.V. Scarpino.  U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Office of Research and Development, Environmental Monitoring and Support
     Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH.  pp. 337. EPA 600/8-78-017.  (NTIS:  PB-290329).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
I Sediment
I Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sampling, pathogenic organisms, QA/QC

Abstract

This EPA manual provides uniform laboratory and field methods for microbiological analyses of the
environment. The analytical methods are standardized procedures recommended for use in enforcement,
monitoring, and research.

The environmental areas covered include:

   •  all waters - fresh, estuarine, marine, shellfish-growing, agricultural, ground, surface, finished,
     recreational, and industrial processing

   •  all wastewaters of microbiological concern - domestic waste effluents; industrial wastes such as
     food, dairy, meat, tanning, sugar, textile, pulp, and paper; shellfish processing; and agricultural
     wastes such as feedlot and irrigation runoff

   •  other areas of the environment - air, sediments, soils, sludges, oils, leachates,  vegetation, etc.

This manual is intended for use by the supervisor or analyst who may be a professional microbiologist, a
technician, chemist, engineer, or plant operator. Regardless of other skills, the supervisor and analyst
should have received at least two weeks training in each parameter from a federal or state agency or from
a university.  To assist the new analyst, Part II has been prepared as a basic discussion on laboratory
operations and for general guidance to permit use of the manual by those required to do microbiological
analyses. The trained analyst will be familiar and knowledgeable of most of these techniques. The
analytical procedures in Part III are: written in a stepwise manner so that the manual can be used both at
bench level and as a reference book. Part IV emphasizes the important, but often neglected need for
quality control in microbiological atnalyses, while Part V describes general considerations for laboratory
management.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (513)569-7562
                                              205

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS

          1  INTRODUCTION
               Introduction

          2  GENERAL OPERATIONS
               Sample Collection, Preservation and Storage
               Laboratory Equipment, Techniques and Media
               Isolation and Enumeration of Bacteria
               Selection of Analytical Methods

          3  ANALYTICAL METHODOLOGY
               Standard Plate Count
               Total Coliforms
               Fecal Coliforms
               Fecal Streptococci
               Salmonella
               Actinomycetes

          4  QUALITY CONTROL
               Laboratory Operations
               Statistics for Microbiology
               Analytical Quality Control Procedures

          5  LABORATORY MANAGEMENT
               Development of a Quality Control Program
               Manpower and Analytical Costs
               Safety
               Legal Considerations

APPENDIX A:  MICROBIOLOGICAL ACTIVITIES UNDER THE WATER LAWS

APPENDIX B:  CERTIFICATION OF WATER SUPPLY LABORATORIES

APPENDIX C:  BIBLIOGRAPHY

      INDEX
                                     206

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:\

U.S. EPA.  1978. Phytoplankton Sampling in Quantitative Baseline and Monitoring Programs. U.S.
     EPA, Office of Research and Development, Corvallis Environmental Research Laboratory,
     Newport, OR. EPA 600/3-78-025.  (NTIS: PB78-279644).
Media in which methods can be used:      EH Water
I  I Sediment
l Biota
Keywords:      Biological characterization, sampling, population/community, chlorophyll, data
                analysis

Abstract

Baseline and monitoring surveys of estuarine, coastal, and ocean waters have been widely employed as a
means of obtaining biological and ancillary data needed in the assessing environmental impacts of various
human activities. In view of their critical role in the food web and productivity of marine waters and of
their rapid response to environmental perturbations, phytoplankton should be included in any survey
designed to measure environmental impact.

An overview of phytoplankton sampling and analysis methods as they apply to quantitative baseline and
monitoring surveys is provided. A need for inclusion of a preliminary field survey of the area under
investigation and of flexibility in sampling design is stressed. An extensive bibliography pertinent to
phytoplankton sampling and analysis is included in the report.

The report is intended primarily for the agency personnel requesting proposals and for the survey de-
signer, rather than for the practicing phytoplanktologists.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (503)867-5000
                                             207

-------
                TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  CONCLUSIONS

2  INTRODUCTION

3  PHYTOPLANKTON ECOLOGY

4  SAMPLING DESIGN FOR ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT
     Oceanic Sampling
     Estuarine Sampling

5  PHYTOPLANKTON VERTICAL HETEROGENEITY
     Surface Microlayer Sampling
     Subsurface Sampling
     Aphotic Zone Sampling

6  SAMPLE TREATMENT
     Sample Volume
     Live Sample Analysis
     Sample Fixation

7  SAMPLE CONCENTRATION
     Settling
     Centrifugation
     Filtration

8  PHYTOPLANKTON ENUMERATION
     Utermohl Method
     Conventional Counting Methods
     Particle Counters
     Fluorescence Microscopy

9  PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY

10  PHYTOPIGMENT FLUORESCENCE

11  SOLAR RADIATION

12  ANCILLARY HYDROGRAPHY

13  STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS
                          205

-------
14   REFERENCES
       Literature Cited
       Selected Ecological Bibliography
       Phytoplankton Survey and Distribution Bibliography
       Phytoplankton Methodology Bibliography
       Phytoplankton Identification Bibliography
       Selected Statistical Bibliography
                              209

-------

-------
                                                                         Reference No.: ^^%

U.S. EPA.  1979. Handbook for Analytical Quality Control in Water and Wastewater Laboratories.
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory,
     Office of Research and Development, Cincinnati, OH. EPA-600/4-79-019. (NTIS: PB79-
     297451).
Media in which methods can be used:
                            Water
Sediment
I Biota
Keywords:
Abstract
Water quality, QA/QC, pH, salinity, turbidity, sampling, organics, radioactivity,
pathogenic organisms, toxicity/bioassay
This handbook is addressed to laboratory directors, leaders of field investigations, and other personnel
who bear responsibility for water and wastewater data. Subject matter of the handbook is concerned
primarily with quality control (QC) for chemical and biological tests and measurements. Chapters are
also included on QC aspects of sampling, microbiology, biology, radiochemistry, and safety as they relate
to water and wastewater pollution control. Sufficient information is offered to allow the reader to inaugu-
rate or reinforce programs of analytical QC that emphasize early recognition, prevention, and correction
of factors leading to breakdowns in the validity of water and wastewater pollution control data.
[copied from document]

Contact: (513) 569-7586
                                             211

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  IMPORTANCE OF QUALITY CONTROL
      General
      Quality Assurance Programs
      Analytical Methods
      Reference

2  LABORATORY SERVICES
      General
      Distilled Water
      Compressed Air
      Vacuum
      Hood System
      Electrical Services
      References

3  INSTRUMENT SELECTION
      Introduction
      Analytical Balances
      pH/Selective-lon Meters
      Conductivity Meters
      Turbidimeters (Nephelometers)
      Spectrometers
      Organic Carbon Analyzers
      Gas Chromatographs
      References

 4   GLASSWARE
      General
      Types of Glassware
      Volumetric Analyses
      Federal Specifications for Volumetric Glassware
      Cleaning of Glass and Porcelain
      Special Cleaning Requirements
      Disposable Glassware
      Specialized Glassware
      Fritted Ware
      References

 5   REAGENTS, SOLVENTS, AND GASES
      Introduction
      Reagent Quality
                             212

-------
      Elimination of Determinate Errors
      References

 6  QUALITY CONTROL FOR ANALYTICAL PERFORMANCE
      Introduction
      The Industrial Approach to QC
      Applying Control Charts in Environmental Laboratories
      Recommended Laboratory Quality Assurance Program
      Outline of a Comprehensive Quality Assurance Program
      Related Topics
      References

 7  DATA HANDLING AND REPORTING
      Introduction
      The Analytical Value
      Glossary of Statistical Terms
      Report Forms
      References

 8  SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TRACE ORGANIC ANALYSIS
      Introduction
      Sampling and Sample Handling
      Extract Handling
      Supplies and Reagents
      Quality Assurance
      References
10
SKILLS AND TRAINING
  General
  Skills
  Training

WATER AND WASTEWATER SAMPLING
  Introduction
  Areas of Sampling
  References
11  RADIOCHEMISTRY
       Introduction
       Sample Collection
       Laboratory Practices
       Quality Control
       References
                            213

-------
          12  MICROBIOLOGY
                Background
                Specific Needs in Microbiology
                Intralaboratory Quality Control
                Interlaboratory Quality Control
                Development of a Formal Quality Assurance Program
                Documentation of a Quality Assurance Program
                Chain-of-Custody Procedures for Microbiological Samples
                References

          13  AQUATIC BIOLOGY
                Summary of General Guidelines
                Discussion
                Reference

          14  LABORATORY SAFETY
                Law and Authority for Safety and Health
                EPA Policy on Laboratory Safety
                Laboratory Safety Practices
                Report of Unsafe or Unhealthful Condition
                References

APPENDIX A:  SUGGESTED CHECKLIST FOR SAFETY EVALUATION OF EPA LABORATORY
              AREAS
                                      214

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:
U.S. EPA.  1983. Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes. 3rd. ed. U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH. EPA
     600/4-79-020. (NTIS: PB84-128677).
Media in which methods can be used:
                            Water
Sediment
D Biota
Keywords:
Abstract
Water quality, pH, turbidity, temperature, total solids, nutrients, metals, organics,
inorganics, total organic carbon, dissolved oxygen, oxygen demand
This manual provides test procedures approved for the monitoring of water supplies, waste discharges,
and ambient waters, under the Safe Drinking Water Act, the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System, and Ambient Monitoring Requirements of Section 106 and 208 of Public Law 92-500. The test
methods have been selected to meet the needs of federal legislation and to provide guidance to laborato-
ries engaged in the protection of human health and the aquatic environment.

This third edition of "Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes" contains the chemical analyti-
cal procedures used in U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) laboratories for the examination of
ground and surface waters, domestic and industrial waste effluents, and treatment process samples.
Except where noted under "Scope and Application", the methods are applicable to both water and waste-
waters, both fresh and saline water samples. The manual provides test procedures for the measurement of
physical, inorganic, and selected organic constituents and parameters.  The methods were chosen through
the combined efforts of the EPA P.egional Quality Assurance Coordinators, the staff of the Physical and
Chemical Methods Branch, Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, and other senior chemists
in both federal and state laboratories. Method selection was based on the following criteria:

   •  the method should measure the desired property or constituent with precision, accuracy, and speci-
     ficity sufficient to meet the needs of EPA, in the presence of the interfering materials encountered in
     water and waste samples

   •  the procedure should utilize the equipment and skills available in modern laboratories

   •  the selected method is in use in many laboratories or has been sufficiently tested to establish its
     validity

   •  the method should be rapid enough to permit routine use for the examination of a large number of
     samples

This manual is a basic reference for monitoring water and wastes in compliance with the requirements of
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972. Although other test procedures may be
used, as provided in the Federal Register issue of October 16, 1973 (38FR 28758) and in subsequent
amendments, the methods described in this manual will be used by the Environmental Protection Agency
in determining compliance with applicable water and effluent standard established by the Agency.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (513)569-7586
                                             275

-------
                    TABLE OF CONTENTS
100   PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
        Color
          Colorimetric, ADMl
          Colorimetric, Platinum-Cobalt
          Spectrophotometric
        Conductance
          Specific Conductance
        Hardness, Total (mg/l as CaCO3)
          Colorimetric, Automated EDTA
          Titrimetric, ETDA
        Odor
          Threshold Odor (Consistent Series)
        pH
          Electrometric
          Electrometric (Continuous Monitoring)
        Residue
          Filterable
            Gravimetric, Dries at 180ฐC
          Non-Filterable
            Gravimetric, Dries at 103-105ฐC
          Total
            Gravimetric, Dries at 103-105ฐC
          Volatile
            Gravimetric, Ignition at 550ฐC
          Settleable Matter
            Volumetric, Imhoff Cone
        Temperature
          Thermometric
        Temperature
          Nephelometric

200   METALS
        Atomic Absorption Methods
        Inductively Coupled Plasma
        Aluminum
          AA, Direct Aspiration
          A A, Furnace
        Antimony
          AA, Direct Aspiration
          A A, Furnace
                                                              METHOD
110.1
110.2
110.3

120.1

130.1
130.2

140.1

150.1
150.2
160.1

160.2

160.3

160.4

160.5

170.1

170.1
200.7

202.1
202.2

204.1
204.2
                               216

-------
Arsenic
  AA,  Furnace
  AA,  Hydride
  Spectrophotometric, SDDC
  Digestion Method for Hydride and SDDC
Barium
  AA,  Direct Aspiration
  A A,  Furnace
Beryllium
  AA,  Direct Aspiration
  A A,  Furnace
Boron
  Colorimetric, Curcumin
Cadmium
  AA,  Direct Aspiration
  AA,  Furnace
Calcium
  AA,  Direct Aspiration
  Titrimetric, EDTA
Chromium
  AA,  Direct Aspiration
  AA,  Furnace
  Chelation-Extraction
  HexavaJent, Chelation-Extraction
  Hexavalent, Dissolved
Cobalt
  AA,  Direct Aspiration
  AA,  Furnace
Copper
  AA,  Direct Aspiration
  AA,  Furnace
Gold
  A A,  Direct Aspiration
  AA,  Furnace
Iridium
  AA,  Direct Aspiration
  AA,  Furnace
Iron
  AA,  Direct Aspiration
  AA,  Furnace
Lead
  AA,  Direct Aspiration
  AA,  Furnace
206.2
206.3
206.4
206.5

208.1
208.2

210.1
210.2

212.3

213.1
213.2

215.1
215.2

218.1
218.2
218.3
218.4
218.5

219.1
219.2

220.1
220.2

231.1
231.2

235.1
235.2

236.1
236.2

239.1
239.2
                        277

-------
Magnesium
  AA, Direct Aspiration
Manganese
  AA, Direct Aspiration
  A A, Furnace
Mercury
  Cold Vapor, Manual
  Cold Vapor, Automated
  Cold Vapor, Sediments
Molybdenum
  AA, Direct Aspiration
  A A, Furnace
Nickel
  AA, Direct Aspiration
  AA, Furnace
Osmium
  AA, Direct Aspiration
  AA, Furnace
Palladium
  AA, Direct Aspiration
  A A, Furnace
Platinum
  AA, Direct Aspiration
  AA, Furnace
Potassium
  AA, Direct Aspiration
Rhenium
  AA, Direct Aspiration
  AA, Furnace
Rhodium
  AA, Direct Aspiration
  A A, Furnace
Ruthenium
  AA, Direct Aspiration
  AA, Furnace
Selenium
  A A, Furnace
  AA, Hydride
Silver
  AA, Direct Aspiration
  AA, Furnace
Sodium
  AA, Direct Aspiration
242.1

243.1
243.2

245.1
245.2
245.5

246.1
246.2

249.1
249.2

252.1
252.2

253.1
253.2

255.1
255.2

258.1

264.1
264.2

265.1
265.2

267.1
267.2

270.2
270.3

272.1
272.2

273.1
                        218

-------
           AA, Furnace
        Thallium
           AA, Direct Aspiration
           AA, Furnace
        Tin
           AA, Direct Aspiration
           AA, Furnace
        Titanium
           AA, Direct Aspiration
           A A, Furnace
        Vanadium
           AA, Direct Aspiration
           A A, Furnace
        Zinc
           AA, Direct Aspiration
           AA, Furnace
273.2

279.1
279.2

282.1
282.2

283.1
283.2

286.1
286.2

289.1
289.2
300   INORGANICS - NON-METALS
        Determination of Inorganic Anions in Water
           by Ion Chromatography
        Acidity
           Titrimetric
           Titrimetric (Acid Rain)
        Alkalinity
           Titrimetric (pH 4.5)
           Colorimetric, Automated Methyl Orange
        Bromide
           Titrimetric
        Chloride
           Colorimetric, Automated Ferricyanide, AA I
           Colorimetric, Automated Ferricyanide, AA II
           Titrimetric, Mercuric Nitrate
        Chlorine, Total Residual
           Titrimetric, Amperometric
           Titrimetric, Back-lodometric
           Titrimetric, lodometric
           Titrimetric, DPD-FAS
           Spectrophotometric, DPD
        Cyanide
           Amenable to Chlorination
             Titrimetric, Spectrophotometric
           Total
             Titrimetric, Spectrophotometric
300.0

305.1
305.1

310.1
310.2

320.1

325.1
325.2
325.1

330.1
330.2
330.3
330.4
330.5
335.1
335.2
                                219

-------
     Colorimetric, Automated UV
Fluoride
  Colorimetric, SPADNS with Bellack Distillation
  Potentiometric, Ion Selective Electrode
  Colorimetric, Automated Complexone
Iodide
  Titrimetric
Nitrogen
  Ammonia
     Colorimetric, Automated Phenate
     Colorimetric, Titrimetric; Potentiometric - Distillation
        Procedure
     Potentiometric, Ion Selective Electrode
  Kjeldahl, Total
     Colorimetric, Automated Phenate
     Colorimetric, Semi-Automated Block Digester AAII
     Colorimetric: Titrimetric; Potentiometric
     Potentiometric, Ion Selective Electrode
  Nitrate
     Colorimetric, Brucine
  Nitrate-Nitrite
     Colorimetric, Automated Hydrazine Reduction
     Colorimetric, Automated Cadmium Reduction
     Potentiometric, Manual Cadmium Reduction
  Nitrite
     Spectrophotometric
Oxygen, Dissolved
  Membrane Electrode
  Modified Winkler (Full Bottle Technique)
Phosphorus
  All Forms
     Colorimetric, Automated, Ascorbic Acid
     Colorimetric, Ascorbic Acid. Single Reagent
     Potentiometric, Ascorbic Acid, Two Reagent
  Total
     Colorimetric, Automated,  Block Digester, AAII
Silica, Dissolved
   Colorimetric
Sulfate
   Colorimetric, Automated Chloranilate
   Colorimetric, Automated Methyl Thymol Blue AAII
   Gravimetric
  Turbidimetric
335.3

340.1
340.2
340.3

345.1



350.1

350.2
350.3

351.1
351.2
351.3
351.4

352.1

353.1
353.2
353.3

354.1

360.1
360.2
 365.1
 365.2
 365.3

 365.4

 370.1

 375.1
 375.2
 375.3
 375.4
                         220

-------
        Sulfide
           Titrimetric, Iodine
           Colorimetric, Methylene Blue
        Sulfite
           Titrimetric
376.1
376.2

377.1
400   ORGANICS
        Biochemical Oxygen Demand
           BOD (5 day, 20ฐC)
        Chemical Oxygen Demand
           Titrimetric, Mid-Level
           Titrimetric, Low-Level
           Titrimetric, High-Levei
           Colorimetric, Automated; Manual
        Oil and Grease, Total Recoverable
           Gravimetric, Separatory Funnel Extraction
           Spectrophotometric, Infrared
        Organic Carbon, Total
           Combustion or Oxidation
           UV Promoted, Persulfate Oxidation
        Petroleum Hydrocarbons, Total, Recoverable
           Spectrophotometric, Infrared
        Phenolics, Total Recoverable
           Spectrophotometric, Manual 4-AAP with Distillation
           Colorimetric, Automated 4-AAP with Distillation
           Spectrophotometric, MBTH with Distillation
        Methylene Blue Active Substances (MBAS)
           Colorimetric
        NTA
           Colorimetric, Manual, Zinc-Zincon
           Colorimetric, Automated Zinc-Zincon
405.1

410.1
410.2
410.3
410.4

413.1
413.2

415.1
415.2

418.1

420.1
420.2
420.3

425.1

430.1
430.2
                                221

-------

-------
                                                                          Reference No.: I


U.S. EPA. 1985. Bioaccumulation Monitoring Guidance: 3. Recommended Analytical Detection
     Limits,  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC. pp. 23.
     EPA 503/6-90-001.
Media in which methods can be used:
• Water
• Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, metals, organics, bioaccumulation, tissue analysis,
                data analysis

Abstract

The accumulation of toxic substances in marine organisms that may lead to adverse biological effect or
affect commercial or recreational fisheries is one of the major concerns in the 301(h) program related to
evaluating the effects of sewage discharges into marine and estuarine waters. Evaluation of differences
between body burdens in organisms from relatively uncontaminated reference areas and those from
contaminated estuarine and marine environments potentially impacted by the discharge is an important
part of bioaccumulation studies. Such comparisons will generally require data that are reliable at low part
per billion concentrations. Therefore, low but practically attainable detection limits are a minimum
requirement to ensure the usefulness of bioaccumulation monitoring data.

This report reviews the factors that influence target pollutant detection limits and recommends minimum
detection limits for bioaccumulation studies. Although this report is not designed to address specific
analytical protocols, it serves as a companion document to the recommended analytical protocols in the
Bioaccumulation Monitoring Guidance series.

This report is one element of the Bioaccumulation Monitoring Guidance Series. The purpose of this
series is to provide Guidance for monitoring of priority pollutant residues in tissues of resident marine
organisms. These guidance documents were prepared for the 301(h) sewage discharge permit program
under the U.S. EPA Office of Marine and Estuarine Protection, Marine Operations Division. Two kinds
of monitoring guidance are provided in this  series: recommendations for sampling and analysis designs
and aids for interpretation of monitoring data.

Although these guidance documents were prepared specifically for monitoring of sewage discharges
under the 301(h) program, their potential use extends to assessment and monitoring of bioaccumulation
resulting from other kinds of pollutant discharges into marine and estuarine environments.
[extracted from document]

Contact:  (202)260-8448
                                              223

-------
              TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  RECOMMENDED ANALYTICAL DETECTION LIMITS
     Trace Metals
     Organic Compounds

2  SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DETECTION LIMITS

3  REFERENCES
                       124

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:
U.S. EPA.  1985. Summary of U.S. EPA-Approved Methods, Standard Methods, and Other Guidance
     for 301(h) Monitoring Variables. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Marine and
     Estuarine Protection, Washington, DC 20460. pp. 16. EPA 503/4-90-002.
Media in which methods can be used:
                            Water
\i/\ Sediment
Biota
Keywords:
Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, pH, temperature,
turbidity, total solids, dissolved oxygen, grain size, nutrients, metals, organics,
inorganics, bioaccumulation, chlorophyll, pathogenic organisms, oxygen demand,
PAHs, PCBs, population/community
Abstract
Monitoring programs for 301(h) dischargers should provide data with which to evaluate the impact of the
modified discharge on marine biota, demonstrate compliance with applicable water quality standards, and
measure toxic substances in the discharge.  Thirty-two biological, sediment, and water quality variables
may be included in 301(h) monitoring programs to provide such data. The biological and sediment
variables are applicable to samples collected from the receiving environment. The water quality variables
are applicable to samples collected from both effluent and receiving water.

Collection of high quality data that are comparable among dischargers requires that analytical methods for
each monitoring variable follow established protocols. Available methods for each of the 32 variables are
discussed. Methods are divided into three categories:  U.S. EPA methods, standard methods, and addi-
tional methods available in the scientific literature. U.S. EPA methods are divided further into those that
have been approved by the agency, l:hose that have been suggested but not approved, and those for which
there is an agency guidance document.  Standard methods refer exclusively to American Public Health
Association Standard Methods (i.e., APHA 1985).  Additional methods are found in a variety of docu-
ments.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (202)260-8448
                                             225

-------
           TABLE OF CONTENTS

THIS 16 PAGE DOCUMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN
A TABLE OF CONTENTS
                    226

-------
                                                                         Reference No.: BEfefl


U.S. EPA. 1985. Test Methods for Escherichia coli and Enterococci in Water by the Membrane Filter
     Procedure. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring and Support
     Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH. pp. 30. EPA 600/4-85/076. (NTIS:  PB86-158052).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
I Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, pathogenic organisms

Abstract

The methods described in this report can be used to measure the bacteriological densities of E. coli and
enterococci in ambient waters. A direct relationship between the density of enterococci and E. coli in
water and the occurrence of swimming-associated gastronenteritis has been establish through epidemio-
logical studies of marine and freshwater bathing beaches. These studies have led to the development of
criteria which can be used to establish recreational water standards based on recognized health effects-
water quality relationships.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (513)569-7562
                                             227

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  ESCHERICHIA COLI IN WATER BY THE MEMBRANE FILTER
   PROCEDURE
      Citation
      Scope and Application
      Summary
      Definition
      Interferences
      Safety Procedures
      Apparatus and Equipment
      Reagents and Materials
      Sample Collection, Preservation, and Holding Times
      Calibration and Standardization
      Quality Control
      Procedures
      Calculation of Results
      Reporting Results
      Verification Procedure
      Precision and Bias

2  ENTEROCOCCI IN WATER BY THE MEMBRANE FILTER PROCEDURE
      Citation
      Scope and Application
      Summary
      Definition
      Interferences
      Safety Precautions
      Apparatus and Equipment
      Reagents and Materials
      Sample Collection, Preservation, and Holding Times
      Calibration and Standardization
      Quality Control
      Procedure
      Calculation of Results
      Reporting Results
      Verification Procedure
      Precision and Bias
                             228

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:
U.S. EPA.  1986. Analytical Methods for U.S. EPA Priority Pollutants and 301(h) Pesticides in Estua-
     rine and Marine Sediments.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Marine and
     Estuarine Protection, Washington, DC. EPA 503/6-90-004
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Keywords:      Sediment quality, inorganics, organics, pesticides, PCBs, PAHs, metals, sampling,
                QA/QC, data analysis

Abstract

The three analytical methods in this document have been designed to be consistent with probable uses of
301(h) monitoring data.  Comparison of sediment contaminant concentrations from contaminated and
relatively uncontaminated areas often require sensitive analytical techniques for a wide range of chemi-
cally diverse pollutants.  The recommended 301(h) procedures allow for a sensitive analyses of the target
compounds with a reasonable amount of laboratory effort.

The first method is designed to determine the concentrations of semivolatile priority pollutants listed
under Section 301(h) of the Clean Water Act. The procedures can achieve detection limits in the low parts
per billion range and are appropriate to detect and monitor differences between sediments from relatively
uncontaminated reference areas and those from contaminated estuarine and marine environments.

The second method outlines the analyses of 301(h) volatile organic priority pollutants. Detection limits of
these analytical procedures are dependent upon the extent of interference from other target and nontarget
analytes present in the sample matrix, and the approximate range is from 5-10 parts per billion.

The third method is an analytical procedure for the determination of 301(h) priority pollutant metal and
metallic concentrations in sediments and dredged material. These elements include antimony, arsenic,
beryllium, cadmium, chromium, copper, led, mercury, nickel, selenium, silver, thallium, and zinc. The
method involves wet oxidation (and digestion) process. The  detection limits vary depending upon the
target analyte, the method of detection, and instrument sensitivity. Typical detection limits for each metal
and method are listed.

These 301(h) methods have been assembled according to guidelines for EMSL (Environmental Monitor-
ing and Support Laboratory, Cincinnati) analytical methods (as specified in EPA-600/8-83-020).
[extracted from document]

Contact: (202) 260-8448
                                              229

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  ANALYSIS OF EXTRACTABLE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS IN ESTUARINE
   AND MARINE SEDIMENTS
      Scope and Application
      Summary of Method
      Interferences
      Safety
      Apparatus and Equipment
      Reagents and Consumable Materials
      Sample Collection, Preparation and Storage
      Calibration and Standardization
      Quality Assurance/Quality Control
      Procedure
      Quantitative Determination (Calculations)
      Precision and Accuracy
      References

2  ANALYSIS OF VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS IN ESTUARINE AND
   MARINE SEDIMENTS
      Scope and Application
      Summary of Method
      Interferences
      Safety
      Apparatus and Equipment
      Reagents and Consumable Materials
      Sample Collection, Preparation, and Storage
      Calibration and Standardization
      Quality Control
      Procedure
      Quantitative Determination (Calculations)
      Precision and Accuracy
      References

3  ANALYSIS OF METALS AND METALLOIDS IN ESTUARINE AND MARINE
   SEDIMENTS
      Scope and Application
      Summary of Method
      Definitions
      Interferences
      Safety
      Apparatus and Equipment
      Reagents and Consumable Materials
                           230

-------
Sample Collection, Preparation, and Storage
Calibration and Standardization
Quality Control
Procedure
Calculations
Precision and Accuracy
References
                         231

-------

-------
                                                                           Reference No.:\
U.S. EPA.  1986.  Bioaccumulation Monitoring Guidance: 4. Analytical Methods for U.S. EPA Prior-
     ity Pollutants and 301(h) Pesticides in Tissues From Estuarine and Marine Organisms.  US.
     Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Marine and Estuarine Protection, Washington,
     DC. EPA 503/6-90-002.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, organics, inorganics, pesticides, PCBs, PAHs,
                metals, bioaccumulation, tissue analysis, sampling, QA/QC, data analysis

Abstract

This report is one element of the Bioaccumulation Monitoring Guidance Series. The purpose of this
series is to provide guidance for monitoring of priority pollutant residues in tissues of estuarine and
marine organisms.  These guidance documents were prepared for the sewage discharge program of
Section 301(h) of the Clean Water Act under the U.S. EPA Office of Marine and Estuarine Protection,
Marine Operations Division. Two kinds of monitoring guidance are provided in this series; recommenda-
tions for sampling and analysis designs, and aids for interpretation of monitoring data.

The three  analytical methods in this document have been designed to be consistent with probable uses of
301(h) bioaccumulation monitoring data. Comparison of tissue contaminant concentrations from con-
taminated and relatively uncontaminated areas and estimation of the potential health effects of
bioaccumulated substances often require sensitive analytical techniques for a wide range of chemically
diverse pollutants.  The recommended 301(h)  procedures allow for a sensitive analyses of the target with a
reasonable amount of laboratory effort.

These procedures are applicable when low part per billion detection limits are required to monitor differ-
ences between body burdens in organism from relatively uncontaminated reference sites and from im-
pacted estuarine and marine environments.  The procedures are also applicable when low detection limits
are required for the estimation of potential health effects of bioaccumulated substances. However, detec-
tion limits for all analytes of interest, especially volatile organics, cannot be predetermined because of the
probability of interference in the sample matrices, varying instrumental sensitivity, or differing methods of
detection.

It should be recognized that the design of a monitoring program reflects the site-specific characteristics of
the pollutant discharge and the receiving environment. Thus, site-specific considerations may lead to a
modification of the generic recommendations herein.  Finally, although these guidance documents were
prepared specifically for monitoring of sewage discharges under the 301(h) program, their potential use
extends to assessment and monitoring of bioaccumulation resulting from other kinds of pollutant dis-
charges into marine and estuarine environments.

These methods have been assembled according to guidelines for EMSL (Environmental Monitoring and
Support Laboratory, Cincinnati) analytical methods (as specified in EPA-600/8-83-020).
[extracted from document]

Contact:  (202) 260-8448
                                               253

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  ANALYSIS OF EXTRACTABLE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS IN ESTUARINE
   AND MARINE TISSUES
     Scope and Application
     Summary of Method
     Interferences
     Safety
     Apparatus and Equipment
     Reagents and Consumable Materials
     Sample Collection, Preparation, and Storage
     Calibration and Standardization
     Quality Assurance/Quality Control
     Procedure
     Quantitative Determination (Calculations)
     Precision and Accuracy
     References

2  ANALYSIS OF VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS IN ESTUARINE AND
   MARINE TISSUES
     Scope and Application
     Summary of Method
     Interferences
     Safety
     Apparatus and Equipment
     Reagents and Consumable Materials
     Sample Collection, Preparation, and Storage
     Calibration and Standardization
     Quality Control
     Procedure
     Quantitative Determination (Calculations)
     Precision and Accuracy
     References

3  ANALYSIS OF METALS AND METALLOIDS IN ESTUARINE AND MARINE
   TISSUES
     Scope and Application
     Summary of Method
     Interferences
     Safety
     Apparatus and Equipment
     Reagents and Consumable Materials
     Sample Collection, Preparation, and Storage
                           234

-------
Calibration and Standardization
Quality Control
Procedure
Calculations
Precision and Accuracy
References
                         235

-------

-------
                                                                           Reference No. :
U.S. EPA.  1986. Quality Criteria for Water 1986. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
     Water Regulations and Standards, Washington, DC. EPA 440/5-86-001.
     (NTIS: PB87-226759).
Media in which methods can be used:
                             Water
D Sediment
] Biota
Keywords:
Abstract
Water quality, dissolved oxygen, pH, salinity, temperature, total solids, turbidity,
organics, inorganics, metals, PAHs, PCBs, nutrients, pesticides
Section 304 (a) (1) of the Clean Waiter Act (33 U.S.C. 1314 (a) (1)) requires the Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) to publish and periodically update ambient water quality criteria. These criteria are to
accurately reflect the latest scientific knowledge (a) on the kind and extent of all identifiable effects on
health and welfare including, but not limited to, plankton, fish, shellfish, wildlife, plant life, shorelines,
beaches, aesthetics, and recreation which may be expected from the presence of pollutants in any body of
water including groundwater; (b) on the concentration and dispersal of pollutants, or their byproducts,
through biological, physical, and chemical processes; and (c) on the effects of pollutants on biological
community diversity, productivity, and stability, including information of the factors affecting rates of
eutrophication and organic and inorganic sedimentation for varying types of receiving waters.

These criteria are not rules and they do not have regulatory impact. Rather, these criteria present scien-
tific data and guidance of the environmental effects of pollutants which can be useful to derive regulatory
requirements based on considerations of water quality impacts. When additional data has become  avail-
able, these summaries have been updated to reflect the latest Agency recommendations on acceptable
limits for aquatic life and human health protection.

In a continuing effort to provide those who use EPA's water quality and human health criteria with up-to-
date criteria values and associated, this document Quality Criteria for Water 1986 was assembled.  This
document includes summaries of all the contaminants for which EPA has developed criteria recommenda-
tions (Appendix A-C). The appropriate Appendix is identified at the end of each summary. A more
detailed description of these procedures can be found in the appropriate Appendix.
[compiled after review]

Contact: (202) 260-6582
                                               237

-------
              TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION

SUMMARY CHART
  Acenaphthene
  Acrolein
  Acrylonitrile
  Aesthetics
  Alkalinity
  Aldrin/Dieldrin
  Ammonia
  Antimony
  Arsenic
  Asbestos
  Bacteria
  Barium
  Benzene
  Boron
  Cadmium
  Carbon Tetrachloride
  Chlordane
  Chlorinated Benzenes
  Chlorinated Ethanes
  Chlorinated Naphthalenes
  Chlorine
  Chlorinated Phenols
  Chloroalkyl Ethers
  Chloroform
  Chlorophenoxy Herbicides
  Chlorpyrifos
  Chromium
  2-Chlorophenol
  Color
  Copper
  Cyanide
  DDT and Metabolites
  Demeton
  Dichlorobenzenes
  Dichlorobenzidine
  Dichloroethylenes
  2,4 - Dichlorophenol
  Dichloropropanes/Dichloropropenes
                         238

-------
2,4 - Dimethylphenol
Dinitrotoluene
Diphenylhydrazine
Endosulfcin
Endrin
Ethylbenzsne
Fluoranthene
Gasses, Total Dissolved
Guthion
Haloethers
Halomethanes
Hardness
Heptachlor
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexachlorocyclohexane
Hesachlorocyclopentadiene
Iron
Isophorone
Lead
Malathion
Manganese
Mercury
Methoxychlor
Mi rex
Naphthalene
Nickel
Nitrates,  Nitrites
Nitrobenzene
Nitropheriols
Nitrosamines
Oil and Grease
Oxygen,  Dissolved
Parathion
Phentachlorophenol
PH
Phenol
Phosphorus
Phthalate Esters
Polychlorinated Biphenyls
Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons
Selenium
Silver
Solids (Dissolved) & Salinity
                        239

-------
                  Solids (Suspended) & Turbidity
                  Sulfides, Hydrogen Sulfide
                  Tainting Substances
                  Temperature
                  2,3,7,8 - Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
                  Tetrachloroethylene
                  Thallium
                  Toluene
                  Toxaphene
                  Trichloroethylene
                  Vinyl Chloride
                  Zinc

  APPENDIX A:   METHODOLOGY FOR  DEVELOPING CRITERIA

  APPENDIX B:   METHODOLOGY FOR  DEVELOPING CRITERIA

  APPENDIX C:   METHODOLOGY FOR  DEVELOPING CRITERIA

BIBLIOGRAPHY
                                        240

-------
                                                                          Reference No. :
U.S. EPA.  1987. Bioaccumulation Monitoring Guidance: Selection of Target Species and Review of
     Available Data Volume 1 and Volume 2 (Appendices). U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
     Office of Water, Washington, DC. pp. 52. Vol.1: EPA/430-86-005. (NTIS: PB87-221065).
     Vol. 2: EPA/430/9-86-006. (NTIS: PB87-221073).
Media in which methods can be used:
                            Water
Sediment
I Biota
Keywords:
Abstract
Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, bioaccumulation,
sampling
The primary purpose of this report is to provide guidance for selecting target species for bioaccumulation
monitoring studies to be conducted as part of the 301(h) sewage discharge program.  Consistency among
the monitoring programs for individual 301(h) discharges ultimately will allow the development of
regional and national perspectives on the effects of sewage discharges on marine and estuarine environ-
ments.

Monitoring the accumulation of toxic substances in tissues of marine organisms is useful for assessing
environmental impacts of specific Siources of pollution or evaluating water quality from a regional per-
spective.  The choice of target species is a key element of any bioaccumulation monitoring program.
Tissue concentrations of toxic substances in target species can serve as indicators of contamination
throughout the biological system. At a minimum, the target species must be capable of accumulating
toxic substances representative of the study area(s), abundant enough over time and space to allow
adequate sampling, and large enough to provide adequate amount of tissue for analysis.

In addition to recommending target species for bioaccumulation monitoring, this report presents a compi-
lation, evaluation, and summary of recent data on concentrations of priority pollutants in those species.
For example, the data for a target species at a particular discharge site can be compared with historical
data for that same species during different time periods and at various locations throughout the United
States.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (202)260-8448
                                             241

-------
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

         1  INTRODUCTION

         2  RECOMMENDED TARGET SPECIES
              General Approach
              Fishes
                Ranking Procedure
                Primary Selection Criteria
                Secondary Selection Criteria
                Recommended Target Fish Species
              Large Macroinvertebrates

         3  ADDITIONAL SAMPLING CONSIDERATIONS
              Tissue Selection
              Time of Sampling

         4  HISTORICAL DATA FOR TARGET SPECIES
              Approach
              Data Summaries
              Data Gaps

         5  SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDATIONS

         6  REFERENCES

APPENDIX A:  SELECTION OF TARGET SPECIES FOR BIOACCUMULATION
            MONITORING

APPENDIX B:  EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR HISTORICAL DATA REVIEW

APPENDIX C:  EVALUATION OF HISTORICAL DATA SETS FOR TARGET SPECIES

APPENDIX D:  COMPILATION OF HISTORICAL DATA ON PRIORITY POLLUTANT
            CONCENTRATIONS IN TISSUES OF RECOMMENDED TARGET
            SPECIES

APPENDIX E:  HISTORICAL DATA SETS ON TISSUE CONCENTRATIONS OF PRIORITY
            POLLUTANTS IN RECOMMENDED SECONDARY SPECIES
                                  242

-------
                                                                         Reference No.:
U.S. EPA. 1987. Bioaccumulation Monitoring Guidance: 5. Strategies for Sample Replication and
     Compositing, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Marine and Estuarine Protec-
     tion, Washington, DC. pp. 51.  EPA 430/09-87-003.
Media in which methods can be uised:
• Water
• Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, sampling, bioaccumulation, data analysis/
                management

Abstract

This report provides guidance on the selection of appropriate replication and compositing strategies for
bioaccumulation monitoring studies. A statistical approach is presented for determining the levels of
difference in bioaccumulation that can be reliably detected with varying levels of sampling effort.  Ex-
ample analyses are presented to demonstrate the effects of alternative sampling designs. These example
analyses are based on historical data from bioaccumulation monitoring programs that used tissues from
individual target species recommended in an earlier report in this series (U.S. EPA,  1987). The results of
additional analyses employing simulation methods  are used to provide a comparison of grab- and com-
posite-sampling strategies.

This report is one element of the Bioaccumulation Monitoring Guidance Series. The purpose of this
series is to provide guidance for monitoring of priority pollutant residues in tissues or resident marine
organisms. These guidance documents were prepared for the 301 (h) sewage discharge permit program
under the U.S. EPA Office of Marine and Estuarine Protection, Marine Operations Division. Other
documents in the series include:

   •  Selection of Target Species and Review of Available Bioaccumulation Data, Volumes I and II (U.S.
     EPA, 1987) EPA/430-86-005, EPA/430-86-006 [Reference 051]

   •  Analytical Methods for EPA Priority Pollutants (U.S. EPA, 1985) EPA 503/6-90-002 [Reference
     049]

   •  Recommended Analytical Detection Limits (U.S. EPA, 1985) EPA 503/6-90-001 [Reference 045]

The information provided herein will be useful to U.S. EPA monitoring program reviewers, permit
writers, permittees, and other organizations involved in performing nearshore monitoring studies. Bioac-
cumulation monitoring has become increasingly important in assessing pollution effects; therefore this
guidance should have broad applicability in the design an interpretation of marine and estuarine monitor-
ing programs.
[extracted from document]

Contact:  (202)260-8448
                                             243

-------
                TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION

2  MONITORING PROGRAM PERFORMANCE
     Methods of Analysis
     Hypothesis Testing
     Power Analyses for Individual Tissue Samples
       Analytical Methods
       Preliminary Analyses
       Analytical Results
       Summary

3  COMPOSITE SAMPLING STRATEGIES
     Power Analyses for Composite Samples
       Analytical Methods
       Simulation Analyses
       Power Analyses
       Summary

4  SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATIONS

5  REFERENCES
                          244

-------
                                                                          Reference No.: \
U.S. EPA.  1987.  Guidance for Conducting Fish Liver Histopathology Studies During 301(h)
     Monitoring. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Marine and Estuarine
     Protection, Washington, DC. pp. 166. EPA 430/09-87-004.
Media in which methods can be used:     PI Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Biological characterization, tissue analysis, data analysis, sampling

Abstract

The purpose of this document is to provide guidance for designing and conducting field surveys of fish
liver histopathology as part of 301 (h) monitoring programs. Information derived from the surveys of fish
liver histopathology can be used in conjunction with other kinds of environmental data to assess potential
impacts of sewage and other discharges on marine biota.

The document is directed primarily at the non-pathologists involved in writing 301(h)-modified NPDES
permits and in overseeing field studies offish liver histopathology. Although this document is directed at
non-pathologists, various sections may also be use for to pathologists.

This document addresses the following four major components of quantitative filed studies  of fish liver
histopathology:

   •  study design
   •  field sampling
   •  laboratory analysis
   •  data analysis and interpretation

 Although the emphasis of this document is on liver histopathology, many of the considerations addressed
 for each component may also pertain to a variety of other kinds of pathological conditions in fishes.

 General recommendations for each of the four major study components were made as detailed as possible
 without sacrificing their site-specific applicability. For example, because specific objectives generally
 vary among different studies, exact specifications for such considerations as sample sizes, station loca-
 tions, staining procedures, and methods of data analysis could not be made. Instead, the various accept-
 able options for each feature are presented along with their respected benefits and limitations.  Literature
 citations were used to support recommendations whenever possible.

 Because many of the terms used in this document are unfamiliar to anyone without a background in
 pathology or cellular biology, a glossary is provided at  the end of the document.

 The information  provided herein will be useful to U.S.  EPA monitoring program reviewers, permit
 writers, permittees, and other organizations involved in performing nearshore monitoring studies.  As fish
 liver histopathology frequently is assessed in other marine and estuarine monitoring programs, the guid-
 ance provided herein has broad applicability beyond the 301(h) program.
 [extracted from document]

 Contact: (202)260-8448
                                                245

-------
                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

1   INTRODUCTION
      Background
      Purpose and Scope

2   BACKGROUND INFORMATION
      Liver of Fishes
        Structure
        Function
        Relation to Chemical Contaminants
      Fish Liver Histopathology
        General
        Cellular Alterations
        Neoplasia
        Hepatocarcinogenesis Models for Fishes
      Review of Historical Data
        Laboratory Studies
        Field Studies

3  GUIDANCE FOR CONDUCTING FIELD STUDIES
      Study Design
        Species Selection
        Age Limits
        Sample Size
        Sampling Season
        Station Location
      Field Sampling Procedures
        Fish Acquisition
        Holding Time and Conditions
        Labeling and Coding
        Liver Subsampling
        Tissue Fixation
        Ancillary Data
      Laboratory Procedures
        Tissue Processing
        Histopathological Evaluations
        Quality Assurance/Quality Control
      Data Analysis and Interpretation
     Age and Sex Effects
     Growth and Condition
     Comparisons Among Stations
     Relationships with Ancillary Variables
                            246

-------
          4  SUMMARY
               Introduction
               Background Information
               Guidance for Conducting Field Studies
                 Study Design
                 Field Collection
                 Laboratory Procedures
                 Data Analysis and Interpretation

          5  REFERENCES

          6  GLOSSARY

APPENDIX A:  SUMMARY OF HEPATIC LESIONS OBSERVED IN FISHES AFTER
             LABORATORY EXPOSURE TO VARIOUS CHEMICALS
                                    247

-------

-------
                                                                         Reference No.: I
U.S. EPA. 1987. Guidance for Sampling of and Analyzing for Organic Contaminants in Sediments.
     U.S. Environmental Protectiion Agency, Office of Water, Regulation and Standards, Criteria
     and Standards Division, Washington, DC.  pp. 80. EPA 440/4-87-010.
Media in which methods can be used:
G Water
\ Sediment
G Biota
Keywords:      Sediment quality, sampling, QA/QC, total organic carbon, organics, PAHs, PCBs,
                pesticides

Abstract

This report describes recommended procedures for collecting sediment samples and for measuring the
concentration of nonpolar organic contaminants, organic carbon, and sediment dry weight. Sample
preparation and preservation techniques are also recommended. Pre-collection activities of detailed
sampling plan preparation and QA'QC plan preparation are addressed, as are the selection of appropriate
sampling equipment and sample station positioning methods.

The procedures for analysis of semi-volatile organics are adapted from NOAA and EPA methods. Where
the recommended extraction, cleanup, and analysis methods differ from established methods, explanation
are given as to the advantages of the approach.
[copied from document]

Contact: (202) 260-6582
                                              249

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS

          1  INTRODUCTION

          2  DESCRIPTION OF APPROACH FOR ESTABLISHING SEDIMENT QUALITY
             CRITERIA

          3  SAMPLE COLLECTION, PRESERVATION, AND ANALYTICAL METHODS
               Sample Collection and Preservation
                 Pre-Collection Planning and Preparation
                 Sample Collection Procedures
                 Sample Preservation and Shipping
               Analytical Procedures
                 Dry Weight Determination
                 Total Organic Carbon Analysis
                 Analysis of Sediments for Semivolatile Priority Pollutants
                 Quality Assurance/Quality Control Procedures
                 Data Reporting

          4  DATA CALCULATIONS

          5  CONCLUSION

          6  REFERENCES

APPENDIX A:  METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE DRY WEIGHT OF A SEDIMENT SAMPLE

APPENDIX B:  METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE TOTAL ORGANIC CARBON CONTENT OF A
             SEDIMENT SAMPLE

APPENDIX C:  SEDIMENT DEWATERING AND EXTRACTION

APPENDIX D:  METHODS FOR SULFUR CLEANUP OF EXTRACTS
                                   250

-------
                                                                         Reference No.: \
U.S. EPA. 1987. Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) for 301(h) Monitoring Programs:
     Guidance on Field and Laboratory Methods. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
     Marine and Estuarine Protection, Washington, DC. EPA 430/9-86-004. (NTIS: PB87-221164).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, sampling, QA/QC,
                flow, dissolved oxygen, pH, salinity, total solids, turbidity, grain size, organics,
                inorganics, nutrients, metals, pesticides, oxygen demand, chlorophyll, population/
                community, bioaccumulation, pathogenic organisms

Abstract

This manual was prepared by EPA's Marine Operations Division, Office of Marine and Estuarine Protec-
tion in response to requests from EPA Regional Offices and coastal municipalities with sewage treatment
plants discharging into estuarine arid marine coastal waters. Under regulations implementing Section
301(h) of the Clean Water Act, municipalities are required to conduct monitoring programs to evaluate the
impact of their discharge on marine biota, to demonstrate compliance with applicable water quality
standards, and to measure toxic substances in the discharge. The collection and analysis of high quality
data require that specific, established quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC) protocols be adhered
to in each of these major monitoring programs.

QA/QC procedures are included in this document for environmental variables that may be measured in
effluent, receiving water, sediment, and  organism tissues sampled during 301(h) monitoring programs.
Quality  assurance and quality control procedures are provided for sample collection, field sample han-
dling, and laboratory processing to implement specific monitoring program requirements provided in the
301(h) modified NPDES permit.

The information provided herein will be useful to U.S. EPA monitoring program reviewers, permit writer,
permittees, and other organizations involved in performing nearshore monitoring studies. As the monitor-
ing variables included in this document  are commonly used in many marine and estuarine monitoring
programs, the guidance provided herein has broad applicability beyond the 301(h) program.
[extractedfrom document]

Contact: (202) 260-8448
                                             257

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION

2  EFFLUENT MONITORING
      General Methods
        Sampling Preparation
        Sampling Procedures
        Sample Handling
          Field Procedures
          Sample Shipment
          Laboratory Procedures

3  EFFLUENT ANALYSES
      Flow
      PH
      Temperature
      Turbidity
      Total Suspended Solids
      Settleable Solids
      Floating Particulates
      Dissolved Oxygen (Winkler Method)
      Dissolved Oxygen (Probe Method)
      Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)
      Total Chlorine Residual
      Oil and Grease
      Nitrogen (Ammonia)
      Nitrogen (Total Kjeldahl)
      Nitrogen (Nitrate-Nitrite)
      Phosphorus (Total)
      Priority Pollutant Metals
      Priority Pollutant Organic Compounds
      Total and Fecal Coliform Bacteria
      Enterococcus Bacteria

4  MONITORING THE RECEIVING ENVIRONMENT
      General Methods
        Sampling Preparation
        Sampling Procedures
          Station Location
          Water Sampling
          Grab Sampling
          Trawl Sampling
                            252

-------
     Sampling Handling
       Field Procedures
       Sample Shipment
       Laboratory Procedures
     Shipboard Laboratory Analyses

RECEIVING WATER ANALYSES
  pH
  Salinity
  Temperature
  Color
  Transparency
  Turbidity
  Total Suspended Solids
  Settleable Solids
  Floating Particulates
  Dissolved Oxygen (Winkler Method)
  Dissolved Oxygen (Probe Method)
  Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)
  Oil and Grease
  Nitrogen (Ammonia)
  Nitrogen (Total Kjeldahl)
  Nitrogen (Nitrate-Nitrite)
  Phosphorus (Total)
  Total and Fecal Coliform Bacteria
  Enterococcus Bacteria
  Chlorophyll a
  Phytoplankton

SEDIMENT/INFAUNA ANALYSES
  Grain Size
  Total Solids/Water Content
  Total Volatile Solids (TVS)
  Total Organic Carbon (TOG)
  Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)
  Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)
  Oil and Grease
  Sulfides (Total and Water Soluble)
  Priority Pollutant Metals
  Priority Pollutant Organic Compounds
  Infauna
                          255

-------
           6   BIOACCUMULATION/TRAWL ANALYSES
                Priority Pollutant Metals
                Priority Pollutant Organic Compounds
                Demersal Fishes and Megainvertebrates

REFERENCES

  GLOSSARY

 APPENDIX A   RECOMMENDED METHODS FOR METALS IN EFFLUENT

 APPENDIX B   RECOMMENDED METHODS FOR ORGANIC COMPOUNDS IN
              EFFLUENT
                                   254

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:
U.S. EPA. 1987. Recommended Biological Indices for 301(h) Monitoring Programs.  Prepared for
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Marine Operations Division, Office of Marine and
     Estuarine Protection, Washington, DC.  pp. 17. EPA 43019-86-002. (NTIS: PB87-221560).
Media in which methods can be used:      I  I Water
Sediment
{iota
Keywords:      Biological characterization, population/community, data analysis/management

Abstract

The 301(h) regulations require dischargers to conduct periodic surveys of those biological communities
that are most likely to be affected by the modified discharge.  The data from these surveys are used to
compare biological conditions in the vicinity of the discharge with biological conditions in reference
areas. One approach to making such comparisons involves the use of biological indices that reduce
complex data sets into simple numerical relationships. There are numerous diversity, biotic, and similar-
ity indices with which such comparisons may be made.

The purpose of this document is to develop recommendations of those indices that should be used in the
interpretation of 301(h) biological monitoring data.  The recommended indices are not intended to fully
describe biological communities.  Blather, they are intended to provide one approach in the overall assess-
ment of compliance with the 301(h) biological criteria. Other indices may be included in individual
monitoring programs to better characterize community structure, or to provide data relevant to specific
biological conditions of concern.  Key issues upon which various indices are often judged include:

  • biological meaning
  • ease of interpretation
  • sensitivity to community changes caused by pollutant impacts

Each of these criteria was considered by Tetra Tech, Inc. and U.S. EPA Office of Research and Develop-
ment in developing the recommendations contained herein.
[extracted from document]

Contact:  (202)260-8448
                                              255

-------
           TABLE OF CONTENTS

THIS 17 PAGE DOCUMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN
A TABLE OF CONTENTS OR SECTION HEADINGS
                   256

-------
                                                                         Reference No.:
U.S. EPA. 1988. Guide for Preparation of Quality Assurance Project Plans for the National Estuary
     Program - Interim Final. U.,S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Office of
     Marine and Estuarine Protection, Washington, DC. EPA 556/2-88-001.
Media in which methods can be used:
[•1 Water
!•] Sediment
0 Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, sampling, QA/QC,
                toxicity/bioassay, bioaccumulation, data analysis

Abstract

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) requires participation by all Regional offices, Program
offices, Laboratories, and States in a centrally managed Quality Assurance Program (Administrator's
memorandum, May 30, 1979). This EPA policy for quality assurance includes all monitoring and mea-
surement efforts mandated by or supported by EPA and therefore includes all research activities carried
out under the National Estuary Program.

QA project plans for the National Eistuary Program are written according to a format prescribed by EPA
(1984) in OWRS QA-1, "Guidance for the Preparation of Combined Work/Quality Assurance Project
Plans for Environmental Monitoring." The format described in OWRS QA-1 is designed to incorporate
all information that will be necessary to conduct the research project and to eliminate the need for mul-
tiple documents, such as standard work plans and QA project plans.

This document presents guidance for completing the elements of a QA project plan specified by OWRS
QA-1. Its  format and philosophy are identical to OWRS QA-1, but the guidance and examples .are
extended to encompass the multifaceted research and monitoring conducted for and required by the
National Estuary Program. The guidance presented in this document includes examples from projects
similar to those that have been conducted under Comprehensive Estuarine Management - Pollution and
Abatement (66.456, 40 CFR 29), commonly known as the "Bays Program."
[extractedfrom document]

Contact: (202) 260-7786
                                             257

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  BACKGROUND AND INTRODUCTION

2  QA PROJECT PLAN GUIDE
      Cover Page
      Table of Contents
      Project Elements
        Project Name
        Project Requested By
        Date of Request
        Date of Project Initiation
        Project Officer
        Quality Assurance Officer
        Project Description
          Objective and Scope  Statement
          Data Usage
          Design and Rationale
          Monitoring Parameters and Collection Frequency
          Parameter Table
        Project Fiscal Information
        Schedule of Tasks and Products
        Project Organization and Responsibility
        Data Quality Requirements and Assessments
          Precision
          Accuracy
          Representativeness
          Comparability
          Completeness
        Sampling and Laboratory Procedures
        Sample Custody Procedures
        Calibration Procedures and Preventive Maintenance
                            258

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:
U.S. EPA.  1988. Short-Term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving
     Waters to Marine and Estuanne Organisms, Edited by C. I. Weber et al. U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Environmental Monitoring and
     Support Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH. EPA-600/4-87/028. (NTIS:  PB89-220503).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, toxicity/bioassay, data analysis/management, QA/QC

Abstract

This manual describes six short-term (one-hour to nine-day) methods for estimating the chronic toxicity
of effluents and receiving waters to five species:

  •  sheepshead minnow, Cyprinodon variegatus
  •  inland silverside, Menidia beryllina
  •  mysid, Mysidopsis bahia
  •  sea urchin, Arbacia punctulata
  •  red macroalga, Champia parvula

This manual is intended to serve as a companion to the freshwater and marine acute toxicity test manual
(EPA-600/4-85-013) and the freshwater chronic toxicity test manual (EPA-600/4-85-014) published
earlier by the Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory - Cincinnati (EMSL-Cincinnati) for use
in the National Pollutant Discharge: Elimination System (NPDES). These three toxicity test manuals have
been prepared to assist the Agency in meeting the goals of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act
Amendments of 1977, the Clean Water Act (CWA) of  1977 (PL 95-217), and the Water Quality Act of
1987, which were enacted to restore and maintain the chemical, physical, and biological integrity of the
Nation's waters (Section 101 [a]), and contained specific or implied requirements for the collection of
biomonitoring data in at least 15 sections.

Four of the methods incorporate the chronic end points of growth or reproduction (or both) in addition to
lethality. The sheepshead minnow 9-day embryo-larval survival and teratogenicity test incorporates
teratogenic effects in addition to lethality. The sea urchin sperm cell test used fertilization as an end point
and has the advantage  of an extremely short exposure period (1 hour and 20 minutes).

These methods were developed to provide the most favorable cost-benefit relationship possible,  and are
intended for use in effluent toxicity test performed on-site, where time is very costly, and for toxicity tests
with effluent samples shipped off-site to distant laboratories, requiring that the volume of waste  shipped
be kept to a minimum.

Also included are guidelines on laboratory safety, quality assurance, facilities  and equipment, dilution
water, effluent sampling and holding, data analysis, report preparation, and organism culturing and
handling. Listings of computer programs for Dunnett's Procedures and Probit Analysis are provided in
the Appendix.
[copied from document]

Contact: (513)569-7369
                                              259

-------
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS

            1  INTRODUCTION

            2  SHORT-TERM METHODS FOR ESTIMATING CHRONIC TOXICITY

            3  HEALTH AND SAFETY

            4  QUALITY ASSURANCE

            5  FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

            6  TEST ORGANISMS

            7  DILUTION WATER

            8  EFFLUENT AND RECEIVING WATER SAMPLING AND SAMPLE HANDLING

            9  CHRONIC TOXICITY TEST END POINTS AND DATA ANALYSIS

            10  REPORT PREPARATION

            11  SHEEPSHEAD MINNOW (CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS) LARVAL SURVIVAL AND
               GROWTH TEST

            12  SHEEPSHEAD MINNOW (CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS) EMBRYO-LARVAL
               SURVIVAL AND TERATOGENICITYTEST

            13  INLAND SILVERSIDE (MENIDIA BERYLLINA) LARVAL SURVIVAL AND GROWTH
               TEST

            14  MYSID (MYSIDOPSIS BAHIA) SURVIVAL, GROWTH, AND FECUNDITY TEST

            15  SEA URCHIN (ARBACIA PUNCTULATA) FERTILIZATION TEST

            16  ALGAL (CHAMPIA PARVULA) REPRODUCTION TEST

SELECTED REFERENCES

   APPENDIX A:  INDEPENDENCE, RANDOMIZATION, AND OUTLIERS

   APPENDIX B:  VALIDATING NORMALITY AND HOMOGENEITY OF VARIANCE ASSUMPTIONS
                                    260

-------
APPENDIX C:  DUNNETT'S PROCEDURE
APPENDIX D:  BONFERRONI'S T-TEST
APPENDIX E:  STEELS MANY-ONE RANK TEST
APPENDIX F:  W1LCOXON RANK SUM TEST
APPENDIX G:  PROBIT ANALYSIS
                                 261

-------

-------
                                                                         Reference No.: \
U.S. EPA. 1989. Compendium of Methods for Marine and Estuarine Environmental Studies. U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Office of Marine and Estuarine Protection,
     Washington, DC. EPA 503/2-89/001. (NTIS: PB93-202570).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
1 Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, nutrients, chlorophyll

Abstract

This document represents a prototype for a compendium of methods recommended by the U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency (EPA) for use in estuarine and marine environmental studies, and in designing
and implementing marine monitoiing programs.

The compendium is intended to be part of a cooperative sharing of methods among federal agencies,
including EPA's Office of Marine and Estuarine Protection, Regional EPA Offices, EPA research laborato-
ries, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, and the
National Bureau of Standards.

In order to meet the immediate needs of the agencies, a candidate parameter ~ nutrients in seawater ~ was
selected as the focus for the prototype compendium. This parameter was chosen because nutrients are a
major concern in nearly all estuaries, and analysis of nutrients is often a problem due to the lack of
validated methods. Therefore, this initial version of the compendium consists of selected methods for the
analysis of nutrients; in particular., nitrogen, phosphorus, and chlorophyll.

The compendium of methods, when completed, would be available to investigators in both hardcopy and
on-line format.
[extracted from document]
                                              263

-------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION
              1   BACKGROUND

              2   FORMAT FOR COMPENDIUM OF METHODS
                    Sampling Methods Section
                    Analytical Methods Section

              3   FORMAT FOR PRESENTATION OF METHODS

              4   REFERENCES
SAMPLING METHODS (IN PREPARATION)
              1  WATER SAMPLERS
              2  SEDIMENT SAMPLERS
              3  BIOLOGICAL SAMPLERS
              4  AIR SAMPLERS
ANALYTICAL METHODS
                                                                        METHOD NO.
              1  WATER
                   Marine and Estuarine Seawater
                      Physical Characteristics (in preparation)
                      Water Quality/Biochemical Parameters (in preparation)
                      Organic Compounds (in preparation)
                      Inorganic Compounds
                       Trace Metals (in preparation)
                       Nutrients
                       NITROGEN
                       Colorimetric Automated Phenate Method for
                          Ammonia Nitrogen
                       Automated Phenate Method for the Determination
                          of Ammonia Nitrogen
                       Automated Method for the Determination of
                          Ammonia Nitrogen
                       Manual Method for the Determination of
                          Ammonia Nitrogen
A-NITROGEN-1

A-NITROGEN-2

A-NITROGEN-3

A-NITROGEN-4
                                        264

-------
Colorimetric, Semi-Automated, Block Digester
  Method for the Determination of
  Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
Semi-Automated Method for the Determination of
  Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
Manual Method for the Determination of
  Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
Colorimetric, Automated, Cadmium Reduction
  Method for Nitrate-Nitrite Nitrogen
Automated Method for the Determination of
  Nitrate Plus Nitrite Nitrogen
Automated Method for the Determination of
  Nitrite Nitrogen
Manual Method for the Determination of
  Nitrite Nitrogen
Manual Method for the Determination of
  Nitrate Nitrogen
Determination of Ammonium Nitrogen
Determination of Nitrite Nitrogen
Determination of Nitrate Plus Nitrite Nitrogen
Determination of Kjeldahl Nitrogen
Determination of Ammonia
Determination of Ammonia Plus Amino Acids
Determination of Reactive Nitrite
Determination of Soluble Organic Nitrogen,
  Kjeldahl Digestion
Determination of Soluble Organic Nitrogen by
  Ultraviolet Oxidation
Distillation Method for the Determination of
  Ammonia Nitrogen
Potentiometric Method for the Determination of
  Ammonia Nitrogen
Colorimetric, Automated Phenate Method for the
   Determination of Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
PHOSPHORUS
Colorimetric, Automated, Block Digester Method for
  the Determination of Total Phosphorus
Colorimetric, Automated, Ascorbic Acid Method
Automated Method for the Determination of Phosphorus
Manual Method for the Determination of Phosphorus
Determination of Orthophosphate
CHLOROPHYLL
Fluorometric Determination of Chlorophyll a
Spectrophotometric Determination of Chlorophylls
   and Total Carotenoids
 A-N1TROGEN-5

 A-NITROGEN-6

 A-NITROGEN-7

 A-NITROGEN-8

 A-NITROGEN-9

A-NITROGEN-10

A-NITROGEN-11

A-NITROGEN-12
A-NITROGEN-13
A-NITROGEN-14
A-NITROGEN-15
A-N1TROGEN-16
A-NITROGEN-17
A-NITROGEN-18
A-NITROGEN-20

A-NITROGEN-21

A-NITROGEN-22

A-NITROGEN-23

A-NITROGEN-24

A-NITROGEN-25


      A-PHOS-1
      A-PHOS-2
      A-PHOS-3
      A-PHOS-4
      A-PHOS-5

     A-CHLOR-1

     A-CHLOR-2
                   265

-------
           Determination of Chlorophyll c
           Spectrophotometric Determination of Chlorophyll c
         Bacteria, Viruses, and Parasites (in preparation)
         Toxicity Tests (in preparation)
         Biological Communities (in preparation)
         Radioactivity (in preparation)
         Floatable Materials (in preparation)

      Marine and Estuarine Sea-Surface Microlayer (in preparation)
      Precipitation (in preparation)
      Sediment Interstitial Water (in preparation)

2   SEDIMENT (IN PREPARATION)

3   TISSUE (IN PREPARATION)

4   AIR (IN PREPARATION)

5   WASTE (IN PREPARATION)
A-CHLOR-3
A-CHLOR-4
                             266

-------
                                                                           Reference No. :
U.S. EPA.  1989.  Guidance Manual: Bedded Sediment Bioaccumulation Tests. U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, Bioaccumulation Team, Pacific Ecosystems Branch, Environmental Re-
     search Laboratory, Newport, OR. pp.232. EPA/600/X-89/302. ERLN-N111.
Media in which methods can be used:     I   I Water
• Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Sediment quality, bioaccumulation, sampling, grain size, total solids, organic
                carbon, data analysis/management

Abstract

Bioaccumulation tests with bedded sediments are the most direct method of deriving tissue residue data
required for evaluation of dredge materials and for quantitative ecological and human risk assessments.
Bioaccumulation tests are also an important experiment tool for identifying the factors regulating the
bioavailability of sediment-associated pollutants and to test various Sediment Quality Criteria approaches.
However, the procedures for conducting such tests have not been standardized, making it difficult to
compare studies. This manual gives detailed guidance on how to conduct "routine" bedded sediment
bioaccumulation tests with marine or estuarine deposit-feeding organisms. All phases of the process are
covered, from formation of the experimental design, through the actual exposures to statistical analysis
and interpretation of the results.

Because the interpretation of tissue residue data is often relative to "control" and "reference" sites, the
acceptability of such sites is considered.  The importance of an appropriate experimental design, including
sufficient statistical power and replication, is stressed.  Methods to avoid or reduce "pseudoreplication", a
common statistical problem in toxicity tests, are also discussed. Techniques for conducting long-term
exposures (>28 days) and kinetic approaches based on uptake and depuration rates are also presented  for
cases when more accurate estimates of steady-state tissue residues are required.

Sediment collection and preparation, including spiking techniques, are discussed as are techniques for
collecting and maintaining test species in the laboratory. Based on a number of criteria, including a
required criterion for sediment-ingestion, five species are recommended as suitable for routine testing.
Another eight species are identified as potential "secondary" species.  The water quality and sediment
requirements for exposure chambers are discussed, and in most cases, these requirements can be achieved
with relatively simple static or flow-through systems. Specific sampling schedules and techniques are
given for the routine 28-day exposures. To allow comparisons among studies, we recommend the Bligh-
Dyer method as the standard lipid technique, or, if another lipid method is used, to intercompare with
Bligh-Dyer.

The statistical analysis of the data is discussed, and the use of one-tailed tests is recommended when
comparing a test tissue residue(s) to reference or control tissue residue(s), as would commonly be the case
when testing for "no further degradation". Besides the "no further degradation" approach, other regula-
tory strategies for using  tissue residue data are presented.
[copied from document]

Contact: (503)867-5000
                                               267

-------
wmr
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

              1   INTRODUCTION

              2   CONTROL VERSUS REFERENCE SEDIMENT
                    Definition of Control and Reference Sediment
                    Criteria for Control and Reference Sediments
                    Standard Reference Sediment

              3   PRINCIPALS OF EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN
                    Objectives and Definitions
                    Hypotheses Testing
                    Replication
                    Randomization
                    Pseudoreplication
                    Avoiding or Reducing Pseudoreplication
                    Compositing Samples

              4  TEST DURATION AND SAMPLING SCHEDULES
                    Standard 28-Day Bioaccumulation Test
                    Long-Term Uptake Tests
                    Estimating Steady-State Tissue Residues from Uptake and Depuration
                      Rates

              5  SEDIMENT COLLECTION, HOMOGENIZATION, MANIPULATION, AND
                 STORAGE
                    Sediment Collection and Transport
                    Sediment Spiking and Manipulation
                    Laboratory Sediment Storage
                    Sediment Preparation and Homogenization

              6  SEDIMENT CHARACTERIZATION
                    Grain Size
                    Total Solids Content
                    Organic Carbon
                    Additional Sediment Characteristics
                    Interstitial Water
                                         268

-------
                                                                        Reference No,:
U.S. EPA. 1989. Methods Manual for Perdido Bay Citizens Monitoring Program. U.S. Environmen-
     tal Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Environmental Research Labora-
     tory, Gulf Breeze, FL. pp.28.  EPA/600/4-89/030. (NTIS: PB89-224927).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
D Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, volunteer monitoring, sampling


Abstract

Citizen monitoring programs have become an important mechanism to involve citizens in environmental
decision-making processes and provide data that are often otherwise unavailable to environmental manag-
ers. This Methods Manual and its companion quality assurance/quality control plan were developed in
response to a request made by the Friends of Perdido Bay, Inc. (FPB). This document is part of the Gulf
Breeze Laboratory's effort to support regional and local technology transfer efforts in addition to direct
research activities.

The FPB plan to implement a citizens' volunteer monitoring project includes water quality and weather-
based data. The monitoring and other activities of the FPB form an important component of the Agency's
Perdido Bay Cooperative Management Project (PBCMP). The PBCMP is a pilot project of the Agency's
Near Coastal Waters Initiative and the pilot project is geographically within the Agency's Gulf of Mexico
Program. Thus, data obtained by the citizens volunteer monitoring project will be of interest to the local
community and to various levels within the Agency.

This manual contains standard operating procedures (SOPs) for the measurement of dissolved oxygen
(DO), Secchi disk, a measure of light penetration, temperature, and salinity.
[extracted from document]

Contact:  (904)934-9200
                                              269

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS

          1  INTRODUCTION

          2  PROTOCOL FOR DISSOLVED OXYGEN
               Use
               Operating Instructions

          3  STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE LIGHT PENETRATION
               Secchi Disk
               Temperature
               Salinity
                 La Motte Chemical Titration Kit
                 VSI Model 33 Salinity, Conductivity and Temperature Meter

APPENDIX A:  DISSOLVED OXYGEN

APPENDIX B:  SECCHI DISK

APPENDIX C:  FIELD DATA SHEETS
                                  270

-------
                                                                         Reference No.: I
U.S. EPA. 1989. QA/QC Plan for Perdido Bay Florida-Alabama Citizens Monitoring Program.  U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Environmental
     Research Laboratory, Gulf Breeze, FL. pp. 17.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, volunteer monitoring, QA/QC, sampling

Abstract

This document provides quality assurance objectives for the planned and opportunistic sampling of water
and meteorological variables of the Perdido Bay system and its tributaries by volunteers under the Citi-
zens Monitoring Programs. Water quality parameters include Secchi disk, dissolved oxygen, temperature,
salinity, and water level ("tide"). Meterologic parameters include: air, and water temperature, wind speed
and direction, and rainfall. A comprehensive quality assurance methodology is presented to address all
aspects of the volunteer monitoring effort. This covers specific sampling procedures, data validation, and
quality control checks.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (904)934-9200
                                              271

-------
               TABLE OF CONTENTS

 1  PROJECT DESCRIPTION


 2  PROJECT ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITY


 3  QA OBJECTIVES FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF DATA


 4  SAMPLING PROCEDURES


 5  SAMPLE CUSTODY


 6  FIELD SAMPLING OPERATIONS


 7  CALIBRATION PROCEDURES AND FREQUENCY


 8  ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES


 9  DATA REDUCTION, VALIDATION, AND REPORTING


10  FIELD AND LABORATORY QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS


11  PERFORMANCE AND SYSTEM AUDITS


12  PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE


13  SPECIFIC ROUTINE PROCEDURES USED TO ASSESS DATA
    PRECISION, ACCURACY, AND COMPLETENESS


14  CORRECTIVE ACTION


15  QUALITY ASSURANCE REPORTS TO MANAGEMENT
                       272

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:
U.S. EPA.  1989. Rapid Bioassessment Protocols for Use in Streams and Rivers. U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, Office of Water Assessment and Watershed Protection Division, pp. 185.
     EPA/444/4-89-001.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
I	I Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Biological characterization, water quality, sampling, population/community

Abstract

The primary purpose of this document is to provide States with a practical technical reference for con-
ducting cost-effective biological assessments of lotic systems. The protocols presented are not necessarily
intended to replace those already in use by State agencies. Instead, they provide options for agencies that
wish to implement rapid biological assessment techniques. Three macroinvertebrate and two fish proto-
cols are presented: benthic Rapid Bioassessment Protocol I (RBP I) and fish Rapid Bioassessment
Protocol IV (RBP IV) are cost-effective screening procedures that provide some supporting data; benthic
Rapid Bioassessment Protocol II (RBP II) can help set priorities for more intensive evaluations; and
benthic Rapid Bioassessment Protocol III (RBP III) and fish Rapid  Bioassessment Protocol V (RBP V)
are progressively more rigorous and provide more confirmational data, but also require more resources.
The choice of a particular protocol should depend on the purpose of the bioassessment, the need to
document conclusions with confirmational data, the degree of discrimination desired, and available
resources. Although the benthic protocols were designed and tested in wadable freshwater streams rather
than large rivers (or lakes, estuaries, or marine systems), the fundamental approach should be applicable
to large freshwater rivers as well. The fish protocols were validated in freshwater streams and large rivers
and are applicable to both.

The rapid bioassessment protocols can also be applied to other areas, for example:

  • characterizing the existence and severity of use impairment
  • helping to identify sources and causes of use impairment
  • evaluating the effectiveness of control actions
  • supporting use attainability studies
  • characterizing regional biotic components
[extracted from document]

Contact: (202)260-7040
                                              273

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION
      Purpose of this Document
      Development of this Document
      A Framework for Implementing the Rapid Bioassessment Protocols

2  THE CONCEPT OF BIOMONITORING
      Biosurveys, Bioassays, and Chemical Monitoring
      Use of Different Taxonomic Groups in Biosurveys
      Station Siting
      Importance of Habitat Assessment
      The Ecoregion Concept
      Data Management and Analysis
        Integration into BIOS
        Computerizing Field Data for Calculation of the Metrics
      Benthic Community Considerations
        Seasonality for Benthic Collections
        Benthic Sampling Methodology
          Natural and Artificial Substrates
          Single and Multiple Habitat Sampling
          Sampling Coarse Particulate Organic Material (CPOM)
        Benthic Sample Processing and Enumeration
        Benthic Environmental Tolerance Characterizations
      Fish Community Considerations
        Seasonality for Fish Collections
        Fish Sampling Methodology
          Use of Electrofishing, Seining, and Rotenoning
        ,  Sampling Representative Habitat
        Fish Sample Processing and Enumeration
        Fish Environmental Tolerance Characterizations

3  OVERVIEWS OF PROTOCOLS AND SUMMARY OF COMPONENTS
      Summary of the Protocols
      Objectives of the Protocols
      Level of Effort and Investigator Expertise

4  QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL
      Program Description
      Data Quality Objectives
      Quality Assurance Program Plans and Project Plans
      EPA Responsibilities
      Importance of QA/QC for Rapid Bioassessments
                             274

-------
5  HABITAT ASSESSMENT AND PHYSICOCHEMICAL PARAMETERS
      Physical Characteristics and Water Quality
        Physical Characterization
        Water Quality
      Habitat Assessment
        Primary Parameters - Substrate and Instream Cover
        Secondary Parameters - Channel Morphology
        Tertiary Parameters -- Riparian and Bank Structure

6  BENTHIC MACRO1NVERTEBRATE BlOSURVEY AND DATA ANALYSIS
      Rapid Bioassessment Protocol I - Benthic Macroinvertebrates
        Field Methods
        Data Analysis Techniques
      Rapid Bioassessment Protocol II -- Benthic Macroinvertebrates
        Field Methods
           Sample Collection
           Sample Sorting and Identification
        Data Analysis Techniques
      Rapid Bio-assessment Protocol III ~ Benthic Macroinvertebrates
        Field Methods
           Sample Collection
           Field Processing of the CPOM Sample
        Lab Methods
           Sample Sorting and Identification
        Data Analysis Techniques
      Results of a Pilot Study Conducted on the Ararat and Mitchell Rivers,
        North Carolina
        Introduction
        Methods
           Field Collections
           Laboratory Processing
           Quality Assurance
        Bioclassification of Stations Based on the North Carolina DEM
           Protocol
        Selection of Metrics
        Comparison of Multihabitat vs. Single Habitat Collections
        Evaluation of the 100-Organism Subsample
        Integrated Bioassessment

7   FISH BlOSURVEY AND DATA ANALYSIS
      Rapid Bioassessment Protocol IV - Fish
        Design of Fish  Assemblage Questionnaire Survey
        Response Analysis
      Rapid Bioassessment Protocol IV - Fish
                             275

-------
lifil
                       Field Survey Methods
                         Sample Collection
                         Sample Processing
                       Data Analysis Techniques
                         Description of IBI Metrics
                    Results of Pilot Studies in Ohio and Oregon
                       Methods
                       Results and Interpretation

               8  INTEGRATION OF HABITAT, WATER QUALITY, AND BIOSURVEY DATA
                    The Relationship Between Habitat Quality and Biological Condition
                    Bioassessment Technique
                    An Integrated Assessment Approach
                    Case Study

    APPENDIX A:  GUIDANCE FOR THE USE OF FIELD AND LABORATORY DATA SETS
                    Guidance for Header Information
                    Guidance for Biosurvey Field Data Sheet for Benthic RBPs I, II, and III
                    Guidance for Impairment Assessment Sheet for Benthic RBPs I, II, III,
                       andV
                    Guidance for Data Summary Sheet for Benthic RBPs II and III
                    Guidance for Laboratory Bench Sheet for Benthic RBP III
                    Guidance for Field Collection Data Sheet for Fish RBP V
                    Guidance for Data Summary Sheet for Fish RBP V

    APPENDIX B:  RAPID BIOASSESSMENT SUBSAMPLING METHODS FOR BENTHIC
                  PROTOCOLS  I AND III (100-ORGANISM COUNT TECHNIQUE)
                    Rapid Bioassessment Subsampling Methods for Protocol II
                    Rapid Bioassessment Subsampling Methods for Protocol III

    APPENDIX C:  FAMILY AND SPECIES-LEVEL MACROINVERTEBRATE TOLERANCE
                  CLASSIFICATIONS
                    Family-Level Tolerance Classification
                    Genus/Species-Level Tolerance Classification
                    References for Determining Family and Species-Level Tolerance
                       Classifications
                    A Partial Listing of Agencies that Have Developed Tolerance
                       Classifications and/or Biotic Indices
    APPENDIX D:  TOLERANCE, TROPHIC GUILDS, AND ORIGINS OF SELECTED FISH
                  SPECIES
                    Species-Level Fish Tolerance, Trophic, and Origin Classifications
                    Selected References for Determining Fish Tolerance, Trophic,
                       Reproductive, and Origin Classifications
                    Agencies Currently Using or Evaluating Use of the IBI for Water Quality
                       Investigations

                                          276

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:
U.S. EPA.  1989.  Short-Term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving
     Waters to Freshwater Organisms, 2nd Ed.  Edited by C. I. Weber et al.  U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency; Office of Research and Development; Office of Modeling, Monitoring
     Systems, and Quality Assurance; Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, Cincinnati,
     OH. EPA/600/4-89/001. (NTIS PB89-207013).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, toxicity/bioassay, data analysis/management, QA/QC

Abstract

This manual described short-term (four- to seven-day) methods for estimating the chronic toxicity efflu-
ents and receiving waters.  The four short term tests described in this manual are for use in the NPDES
Program to estimate one or more of the following:

   • the chronic toxicity of effluents collected at the end of the discharge pipe

   • the chronic toxicity of effluents collected at the end of the discharge pipe consisting of non-toxic
     receiving water collected upstream from or outside the influence of the outfall, or with other uncon-
     taminated surface water or standard dilution water having approximately the same hardness as the
     receiving water

   • the toxicity of receiving water downstream from or within the influence of the outfall

   • the effects of multiple discharges on the quality  of the receiving water

The tests may also be useful hi developing site-specific water quality criteria. These methods were
developed to provide the most favorable cost-benefit relationship possible,  and are intended for use in
effluent toxicity tests performed on-site or off-site.  The tests include:

   • a seven-day, sub-chronic, fathead minnow (Pimephales promelas), static renewal, larval survival,
     and growth test
   • a three-brood, seven-day, chronic, cladoceran (Ceriodaphnia dubia), static renewal, survival, and
     reproduction test
   • a seven-day, sub-chronic, fathead minnow (Pimephales promelas), static renewal, embryo-larval
     survival, and teratogenicity test
   • a four-day, chronic, algal, (Selenastrum capricornutum), static, growth test

Also included are guidelines on laboratory safety, quality assurance, facilities and equipment, dilution
water, effluent sampling and holding, data analysis, report preparation, and organism culturing and
handling. Supplementary information on statistical techniques for test design and analysis of toxicity test
data is provided in the Appendices.
[copied from document]

Contact: (513)569-7369
                                              277

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
            1  INTRODUCTION
            2  CHRONIC TOXICITY TEST END POINTS AND DATA ANALYSIS
            3  HEALTH AND SAFETY
            4  QUALITY ASSURANCE
            5  FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
            6  TEST ORGANISMS
            7  DILUTION WATER
            8  EFFLUENT AND RECEIVING WATER SAMPLING AND SAMPLE HANDLING
            9  REPORT PREPARATION
            10  FATHEAD MINNOW (PIMEPHALES PROMELAS) LARVAL SURVIVAL AND
               GROWTH TEST


            11  FATHEAD MINNOW (PIMEPHALES PROMELAS) EMBRYO-LARVAL SURVIVAL
               AND TERATOGENICITYTEST


            12  CLADOCERAN (CERIODAPHNIA DUBIA) SURVIVAL AND REPRODUCTION
               TEST


            13  ALGAL (SELENASTRUM CAPRICORNUTUM) GROWTH TEST


SELECTED REFERENCES


   APPENDIX A:  INDEPENDENCE, RANDOMIZATION, AND OUTLIERS


   APPENDIX B:  VALIDATING NORMALITY AND HOMOGENEITY OF VARIANCE ASSUMPTIONS


   APPENDIX C:  DUNNETTS PROCEDURE


   APPENDIX D:  BONFERRONI'ST-TEST


   APPENDIX E:  STEELS MANY-ONE RANK TEST
                                   278

-------
APPENDIX F:  WILCOXON RANK SUM TEST


APPENDIX G:  FISHER'S EXACT TEST


APPENDIX H:  TOXICITY SCREENING TEST - COMPARISON OF CONTROL WITH 100%
            EFFLUENT OR INSTREAM WASTE CONCENTRATION


 APPENDIX I:  PROBIT ANALYSIS
                                 279

-------

-------
                                                                       Reference No.:
U.S. EPA. 1990. Analytical Procedures and Quality Assurance Plan for the Determination ofPCDD/
    PCDF in Fish. U.S. EPA, Office of Research and Development, Environmental Research
    Laboratory, Duluth, MN. EPA 600/3-90-022.
Media in which methods can be used:      LH Water
Sediment
I Biota
Keywords:     Biological characterization, bioaccumulation, sampling, tissue analysis, organics,
               QA/QC

Abstract

This document describes the analytical methods used for the determination of the level of contamination
of 15 biosignificant polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins and dibenzofurans in fish. These analyses are
limited by lack of analytical standards: however, isomer specificity may be determined using specially
developed standards. Concentrations are determined based on the assumption that the results for the
molecular ion of all isomers in a class is equal to the response observed for the isomer for which stan-
dards have been developed.

The target minimum levels of detection for specific PCDD/PCDF isomers are:

     TCDD, TCDF          1 pg/g
     PeCDD, PeCDF         2 pg/g
     HxCDD, HxCDF        4 pg/g
     HpCDD, HpCDF        10 pg/g

This document is meant to be only a guideline for analyses and the procedures may be modified as needed
to satisfactorily analyze any sample.
[extracted from document]

Contact:  (218)720-5500
                                             281

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1   INTRODUCTION

2   SAMPLE PREPARATION
      Grinding
      Extraction
      Percent Lipid Determination
      Anthropogenic Chemical Isolation
      Florisil Chromatography
      PCDD/PCDF Isolation

3   REAGENTS AND STANDARDS
      Reagents
      Standards

4   INSTRUMENTAL PARAMETERS

5   QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL
      General Procedures of Operation
      Instrumental Quality Control
      Evaluation of Data
        Accuracy
        Precision
        Signal Quality Assurance Requirements
        Polar Gas Chromatographic Confirmation Analysis
      Quality Assurance Problems and Corrective Actions

6   QUANTIFICATION PROCEDURES
      Initial and Daily Calibration of the HRMS
      Signal Quality
      Quantification of PCDD/PCDF
      Method Efficiency
      Integration of Automated Data Processing and Quality Assurance
                           282

-------
                                                                         Reference No.:

U.S. EPA. 1990. Analytical Procedures and Quality Assurance Plan for the Determination of
     Xenobiotic Chemical Contaminants in Fish. U.S. EPA, Office of Research and Development,
     Environmental Research Laboratory, Duluth, MN. EPA 600/3-90-023. (NTIS:  PB90-192782).
Media in which methods can be used:
                            Water
D Sediment
Biota
Keywords:
Abstract
Biological characterization, bioaccumulation, sampling, tissue analysis, organics,
PCBs, PAHs, pesticides, QA/QC
This document, developed for Phase II of the USEPA National Dioxin Study, describes the analytical
procedures and quality assurance plan for the determination of xenobiotic chemical contaminants in fish.
The analytical approach includes:

   •  a simple sample preparation methodology that produces a single extract that minimizes analytical
     losses

   •  a procedure that is cost effective in terms of manpower, chemical reagents, and instrumentation

   •  a characterization and quantification of a certain set of chemical contaminants

   •  an identification of unknown contaminants by screening the data

The set of analytes quantified was derived through consideration that included data from previous moni-
toring efforts, toxicology, persistence, bioavailability potential, total yearly production, and feasibility of
analyses. Limits of quantification for the target analytes are 2.5 ppb except for PCBs,  whose limits vary
as follows:

             Level of chlorination:
               1-3      1.25 ppb
               4-6      2.50 ppb
               7-8      3.75 ppb
               9-10     6.25 ppb
[extracted from document]

Contact:  (218)720-5500
                                              283

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION

2  PREPARATION OF SAMPLE EXTRACT
      Sampling Handling Methodology
        Shipment of Samples to ERL-Duluth
        Sample Logging and Coding Procedures
        Tissue Preparation and Storage Procedures
      Extraction of Tissue Samples
        Soxhlet Extraction
        Fortification with Surrogate Standards
        Fortification with Target Analytes

3  STANDARDS AND REAGENTS

4  ANALYSIS OF EXTRACTS
      Gas Chromatographic Operating Parameters
      Mass Spectrometric Operating Parameters

5  QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES
      General Procedures of Operation
        Sample Analysis Set
        Sample Tracking
        Data Storage
        Data Review
      Procedures for Analytical Quality Assurance
        Gas Chromatography - Mass Spectrometry
        Gas Chromatography
          Column Resolution
          Relative  Retention Time
        Mass Spectrometry
          Sensitivity
          Spectral  Quality
        Silica Gel Chromatography
      Criteria for Quantitative Analysis
        Gas Chromatographic  Relative Retention Time
        Analyte Identification Criteria
        Signal to Noise
        Relative Response Factor
        Surrogate Standard Recovery
        Total Analyte Recovery
                           284

-------
  Quality Control
     Continual Bias Assessment
     Continual Precision Assessment
     Quality Control Chart

QUANTIFICATION OF TARGET ANALYTES
  Quantification Procedures
  Determination of Minimum Level of Quantification
                         285

-------

-------
                                                                         Reference No.:
U.S. EPA. 1990. Macroinvertebrate Field and Laboratory Methods for Evaluating the Biological
     Integrity of Surface Waters. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and
     Development, Environmental Monitoring System Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH. pp. 268 EPA/
     600/4-90/030. (NTIS: PB91-171363).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Biological characterization, water quality, sampling, data analysis, QA/QC

Abstract

This manual described guidelines and standardized procedures for using benthic macroinvertebrates in
evaluating the biological integrity of surface (fresh, estuarine, and marine) waters. Included are sections
on quality assurance and quality control procedures,  safety and health recommendations, selection of
sampling stations, sampling methods, sample processing, data evaluation, and an extensive taxonomic
bibliography of the benthic macroinvertebrate groups.  Supplementary information on the pollution
tolerance of selected species, examples of macroinvertebrate bench sheets and macroinvertebrate data
summary sheets, and a list of equipment and supplies for conducting biomonitoring studies are provided
in the Appendices.

The manual is a revision and enlargement of the chapter on macroinvertebrate methods originally pub-
lished in the document, "Biological Field and Laboratory Methods for Measuring the Quality of Surface
Waters and Effluents," Environmental Monitoring Series, U.S. EPA, 1973, EPA-670/4-73-001, and was
developed in the Aquatic Biology Branch, Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory — Cincinnati to
provide biomonitoring programs with current methods for assessing point and non-point sources of
impacts, status and trends water quality monitoring.
[copied from document]

Contact:  (513)569-7562
                                              257

-------
                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

1   INTRODUCTION
      Literature Cited

2   QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL
      Introduction
      Data Quality Objectives
      Facilities and Equipment
      Calibration Documentation and Record Keeping
      Qualifications and Training
      Standard Operating Procedures
      Literature Cited

3   SAFETY AND HEALTH
      Introduction
      General Precautions
      Safety Equipment and Facilities
      Field and Laboratory Operations
      Disease Prevention
      Literature Cited

4   SELECTION OF SAMPLING STATIONS
      Introduction
      Location of Sampling Stations
      Selecting Control Stations
      Study Design
      Considerations of Abiotic Factors
      Literature Cited
                            *
5   SAMPLING METHODS
      Introduction
      Qualitative  Sampling
      Semi-Quantitative Sampling
      Quantitative Sampling
      Sampling Devices
      Commonly Used Grabs
      Stream Net Samplers
      Drift Nets
      Artificial Substrate Samplers
      Coring Devices
      Frames
      Rapid Bioassessment Protocols
                            288

-------
                Ohio EPA Invertebrate Community Index Method
                Standard Qualitative Collection Method
                Miscellaneous Qualitative Devices
                Suction Samplers
                Photography
                Scuba
                Brails
                Other Mussel Collecting Methods
                Literature Cited

           6  SAMPLE PROCESSING
                Sieving
                Preservation and Fixation
                Labelling eind Record Keeping
                Sorting and Subsampling
                Preparation of Microscope Slide Mounts
                Drying Methods
                Organism Identification
                Biomass
                Literature Cited

           7  DATA EVALUATION
                Introduction
                Analyses of Qualitative Data
                Analyses of Semi-Quantitative and Quantitative Data
                Rapid Bioassessment Techniques
                Community Metrics and Pollution Indicators
                Statistical Methods
                Literature Cited

           8  TAXONOMIC BIBLIOGRAPHY

APPENDIX A:  POLLUTION TOLERANCE OF SELECTED MACROINVERTEBRATES

APPENDIX B:  HILSENOFF'S FAMILY LEVEL POLLUTION TOLERANCE VALUES FOR
              AQUATIC ARTHROPODS

APPENDIX C:  EXAMPLES OF MACROINVERTEBRATE BENCH SHEETS

APPENDIX D:  EXAMPLE OF MACROINVERTEBRATE SUMMARY SHEET

APPENDIX E:  LIST OF EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
                                     259

-------

-------
                                                                          Reference No.: I
U.S. EPA.  1990.  Volunteer Water Monitoring: A Guide For State Managers.  U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC. pp. 78. EPA 440/4-90-010. (NTIS:
     PB93-202596).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
I  I Sediment
D Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, volunteer monitoring

Abstract

This guide for State regional, and Federal program managers was developed to provide an overview of the
use of citizen volunteers in environmental monitoring. Its basic premise is that a well organized, properly
maintained volunteer monitoring program can yield credible water quality data that will be useful to the
State. To help State program managers launch and manage such a program, this document discusses how
to plan and organize projects, how to involve the media, and how to prepare quality assurance plant that
will ensure that the data of known quality are produced.  In addition, data management considerations and
approached to data analysis are disicussed, as well as costs and funding issues. Examples drawn from
successful existing programs are provided throughout this document.

This guide begins by providing an overview of existing volunteer monitoring efforts and outlines how to
plan a program that will produce high quality data.  It then discusses steps in implementing a program,
from launching a pilot to maintaining volunteer interest.  Considerable focus is directed to providing
credible, quality-controlled information and analyzing and presenting  data provided by volunteers.  This
guides goes on to  discuss costs and funding issues.  The appendix describes five successful State-managed
or sponsored programs. For further information on additional volunteer monitoring programs refer to the
National Directory of Citizen Volunteer Environmental Monitoring Programs (U.S. EPA, 1990).

This document does not provide detailed information on specific monitoring methods that might apply to
a volunteer effort.
[extracted from document]

Contact:  (202)260-7018
                                              291

-------
                         TABLE OF CONTENTS

         1   VOLUNTEERS IN WATER MONITORING
              Volunteers Monitor a Variety of Parameters
              Volunteers Monitor All Types of Waters
              Volunteers Can Collect Useful Data

         2   PLANNING A VOLUNTEER MONITORING PROGRAM
              Establish General Goals
              Identify Data Uses and Users
              Establish Quality Assurance and Control
              Assign Staff Responsibilities

         3   IMPLEMENTING A VOLUNTEER MONITORING PROGRAM
              Establish a Pilot Program
              Expand the Program
              Make the Most of the Media
              Maintain Volunteer Interest and Motivation

         4   PROVIDING CREDIBLE INFORMATION
              Prepare a Quality Assurance Project Plan
              Prepare a Data Documentation File
              Analyze and Present Data

         5   COSTS AND FUNDING
              Program  Expenses
              Comparison of Two State Programs
              Funding Options
              Techniques for Reducing Program Costs

         6   REFERENCES

APPENDIX   DESCRIPTIONS OF FIVE SUCCESSFUL PROGRAMS
              Illinois Volunteer Lake Monitoring Program
              Kentucky Water Watch Volunteer Stream Sampling Project
              New York Citizen Statewide Lake Assessment Program
              Ohio Scenic River Volunteer Monitoring Program
              Chesapeake Bay Citizen Monitoring Program
                                    292

-------
                                                                           Reference No.:
U.S. EPA.  1991.  Biological Criteria: Guide to Technical Literature. U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC. pp. 128.  EPA-440/5-91-004. (NTIS: PB92-231489).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
• Biota
Keywords:      Biological characterization, sampling, population/community, QA/QC, data
                analysis

Abstract

This document is intended to serve as a general technical reference source for publications pertinent to the
development of biological criteria. The references listed herein discuss methods and procedures appropri-
ate to the development of biocriteria in streams and rivers, lakes and reservoirs, estuaries and near-coastal
areas, and wetlands.  It is intended to summarize the references, and provide general information on
manpower requirements to implement methods for developing biocriteria.

Each entry in the reference catalog is presented in a standard format. In addition to the basic reference,
each entry provides information on the procedure objective, suitability of the entry for the four major
water types, advantages and disadvantages of the procedure, level of education needed to perform the
procedure, field team size, collection time required, sample processing time, and data analysis time. Each
reference is further categorized regarding its applicability to the major subdivisions of habitat assessment,
population structure, community structure, population and community interaction, data analysis,  and
interpretive assessment.  Finally, each reference is categorized according to its applicability to community
groups of macrophytes, periphyton, phytoplankton, zooplankton, macroinvertebrates, fish, and other
vertebrates.

Four appendices contain lists of reference numbers, cross-referenced to an alphabetical list by author, is
provided for each of the four major water types, including estuarine and near-coastal waters.  References
within each appendix are further divided under the major subsections and community groups  described
above.

Fifty-two of the 210  references are listed as being applicable to estuarine and near-coastal environments.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (202) 260-6582
                                               293

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS

          1  INTRODUCTION

          2  THE REFERENCE CATALOG

          3  THE INFLUENCE OF HABITAT ON BIOLOGICAL INTEGRITY
               Habitat Assessment for Streams and Rivers
               Habitat Assessment for Lakes and Reservoirs
               Habitat Assessment for Estuaries and Near-Coastal Areas
               Habitat Assessment for Wetlands

          4  BIOSURVEY METHODS TO ASSESS BIOLOGICAL INTEGRITY
               Biotic Assessment in Freshwater
               Biotic Assessment in Estuaries and Near-Coastal Areas
               Biotic Assessment in Wetlands

          5  DATA ANALYSIS
               Sampling Strategy and Statistical Approaches
               Diversity Indices
               Biological Indices
               Composite Community Indices

APPENDIX A:  FRESHWATER ENVIRONMENTS

APPENDIX B:  ESTUARINE AND NEAR-COASTAL ENVIRONMENTS

APPENDIX C:  WETLANDS ENVIRONMENT

APPENDIX D:  ALPHABETICAL AUTHOR/REFERENCE NUMBER CROSS-INDEX FOR THE
             REFERENCE CATALOG

APPENDIX E:  REFERENCE CATALOG ENTRIES
                                   294

-------
                                                                           Reference No.:
U.S. EPA.  1991. Methods for Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations, Phase I Toxicity Character-
     ization Procedures, 2nd ed. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and
     Development, Environmental Research Laboratory, Duluth, MN.  EPA/600/6-91/003. (NTIS:
     PB92-100072).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
I  I Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, toxicity/bioassay, sampling

Abstract

This Phase I document is the first of a three phase series of documents that provide methods to character-
ize and identify the cause of toxicity in effluents. The first phase of the series, Phase I, characterized the
physical/chemical nature of the acute and chronic toxicant(s), thereby simplifying the analytical work
needed to identify the toxicant(s). Phase II provides guidance to identify the suspect toxicants, and the last
phase, Phase III provides methods to confirm that the suspect toxicants are indeed the cause of toxicity.
These recent TIE documents have been produced or revised to include chronic toxicity recommendations
and additional information or experiences we have gained since the original methods were printed.

The manual describes procedures for characterizing the physical/chemical nature of toxicants in acutely
toxic effluent samples, with applications to other types of samples such as receiving water samples,
sediment pore water or elutriate samples, and hazardous wastes.  The presence and the potency of the
toxicants in the samples are detected by performing various manipulations on the sample and by using
aquatic organisms to track the changes in the toxicity. This toxicity tracking step is the basis of the
toxicity identification evaluation (TIE).  The final step is to separate the toxicants from the other constitu-
ents in the sample in order to simplify the analytical process. Many toxicants must be concentrated for
analysis.

Since the first document was developed, additional options or new procedures have been developed. For
example, additional options are provided in the EDTA and sodium thiosulfate addition tests, and in the
graduated pH test.  Also a discussion has been added for testing the effluent sample over time (weekly) to
measure the rate of decay of toxicity which is used to detect the presence of degradable substances,
particularly chlorine or surfactants. Guidance for characterizing whether a toxicant(s) removed by aera-
tion is sublatable is described, and techniques for characterizing  filterable toxicity and a discussion of C18
solid phase extraction elutable toxicity has been added.  Use of multiple manipulations is discussed and
example interpretations of the results of the Phase I manipulations are provided.

Additional manuals describe the methods used to specifically identify the toxicants (Methods for Aquatic
Toxicity Identification Evaluations, Phase II Toxicity Identification Procedures for Samples Exhibiting
Acute and Chronic Toxicity) and to confirm whether or not the suspected toxicant(s) is the actual
toxicant(s) (Methods for Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations, Phase III Toxicity Confirmation
Procedures for Samples Exhibiting Acute and Chronic Toxicity).
[copied from document]

Contact: (513)369-7562
                                               295

-------
                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

1   INTRODUCTION

2   HEALTH AND SAFETY

3   QUALITY ASSURANCE
      TIE Quality Control Plans
      Cost Considerations/Concessions
      Variability
      Intra-Laboratory Communication
      Record Keeping
      Phase I Considerations
      Phase II Considerations
      Phase III Considerations

4   FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

5   DILUTION WATER

6   EFFLUENT SAMPLING AND HANDLING
      Sample Shipment and  Collection in Plastic Versus Glass

7   TOXICITY TESTS
      Principals
      Test Species
      Toxicity Test Procedures
      Test Endpoints
      Feeding
      Multiple Species •

8   PHASE I TOXICITY CHARACTERIZATION TESTS
      Initial Effluent Toxicity Test
      Baseline Effluent Toxicity Test
      pH Adjustment Test
      pH Adjustment/Filtration Test
      pH Adjustment/Aeration Test
      pH Adjustment/C18 Solid Phase Extraction Test
      Oxidant Reduction Test
      EDTA Chelation Test
      Graduated pH Test
                           296

-------
 9  TIME FRAME AND ADDITIONAL TESTS
      Time Frame for Phase I Studies
      When Phaise I Tests Are Inadequate
      Interpreting Phase I Results
      Interpretation Examples

10  REFERENCES
                            297

-------

-------
                                                                           Reference No.:
U.S. EPA.  1991. Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to
     Freshwater and Marine Organisms, 4th ed.  Edited by C. I. Weber. U.S. Environmental Protec-
     tion Agency, Office of Research and Development, Environmental Monitoring Systems Labo-
     ratory, Cincinnati, OH. EPA-600/4-90-027.
Note: This document was revised and republished in 1993 under the same title and with Report No.
     EPA-600/4-90-027F. (NTIS: P394-114733).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sampling, toxicity/bioassays, QA/QC, data analysis/management

Abstract

This manual describes methods for measuring the acute toxicity of effluent to freshwater, estuarine, and
marine macroinvertebrates and fish. The methods include:

   •  single and multiple concentration static non-renewal
   •  static-renewal
   •  flow-through toxicity tests for effluents and receiving waters

The acute toxicity tests described are for use in the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES)  Permits Program to identify effluents and receiving waters containing toxic materials in acutely
toxic concentrations. The methods included in this annual are referenced in Table IA, 40 CFR Part 136
regulations and, therefore, constitute approved methods for acute toxicity tests.  They are also suitable for
determining the toxicity of specific compounds contained in discharges. The tests may be conducted in a
central laboratory or on-site, by the regulatory agency or the permittee.

Data can also be used to predict potential acute and chronic toxicity in the receiving water, based on the
LC50 and appropriate dilution, application, and persistence factors. The tests are performed as a part of
self-monitoring permit requirements, compliance biomonitoring inspections, toxics sampling inspections,
and special investigations.

Modifications of these tests are also used in toxicity reduction evaluations and toxicity identification
evaluations to identify the toxic components of an effluent, to aid in the development and implementation
of toxicity reduction plans, and to compare and control the effectiveness of various treatment technologies
for a given type of industry, irrespective of the receiving water.

Also included are guidelines on laboratory safety; quality assurance; facilities and equipment; test species
selection and handling; dilution water; effluent and receiving water sample collection, preservation,
shipping, and holding; test conditions; toxicity test data analysis; report preparation; organism culturing;
and dilutor and mobile laboratory construction.
[copied from document]

Contact:  (513)569-7369
                                              299

-------
                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
1   INTRODUCTION
2   TYPES OF TESTS
3   HEALTH AND SAFETY
      General Precautions
      Safety Equipment
      General Laboratory and Field Operations
      Disease Prevention
      Safety Manuals
      Waste Disposal

4   QUALITY ASSURANCE
      Introduction
      Facilities, Equipment, and Test Chambers
      Test Organisms
      Laboratory Water Used for Culturing and Test Dilution Water
      Effluent Sampling and Sample Handling
      Test Conditions
      Quality of Test Organisms
      Food Quality
      Acceptability of Acute Toxicity Test Results
      Analytical Methods
      Calibration and Standardization
      Replication and Test Sensitivity
      Variability in Toxicity Test Results
      Demonstrating Acceptable Laboratory Performance
      Documenting Ongoing Laboratory Performance
      Reference Toxicants
      Recordkeeping

5   FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
      General Requirements
      Cleaning Test Chambers and Laboratory Apparatus
      Apparatus and Equipment for Culturing and Toxicity Tests
      Reagents and Consumable Materials
      Test Organisms

6   TEST ORGANISMS
      Test Species
      Sources of Test Organisms
      Life Stage
                            300

-------
       Laboratory Culturing
       Holding and Handling of Test Organisms
       Transportation to the Test Site
       Test Organism Disposal

 7   DILUTION WATER
       Types of Dilution Water
       Standard Synthetic Dilution Water
       Use of Receiving Water as Dilution Water
       Use of Tap Water as Dilution Water
       Dilution Water Holding

 8   EFFLUENT AND RECEIVING WATER SAMPLING AND SAMPLE HANDLING
       Effluent Sampling
       Effluent Sample Types
       Effluent Sampling Recommendations
       Receiving Water Sampling
       Effluent and Receiving Water Sample Handling, Preservation, and
      -  Shipping
       Sample Receiving
       Persistence of Effluent Toxicity During Sample Shipping and Holding

 9   ACUTE TOXICITY TEST PROCEDURES
       Preparation of Effluent and Receiving Water Samples for Toxicity Tests
       Preliminary Toxicity Rang-Finding Tests
       Multi-Concentration (Definitive) Effluent Toxicity Tests
       Receiving Water Tests
       Static Tests
       Flow-Through Tests
       Number of Test Organisms
       Replicate Test Chambers
       Loading of Test Organisms
       Illumination
       Feeding
       Test Temperature
       Stress
       Dissolved Oxygen Concentration
       Test Duration
       Acceptability of Test Results
       Summary of Test Conditions for the Principal Test Organisms

10   TEST DATA
       Biological Data
       Chemical and Physical Data
                              301

-------
              11  ACUTE TOXICITY DATA ANALYSIS
                     Introduction
                     Determination of the LC50 from Definitive, Multi-Effluent-Concentration,
                       Acute Toxicity Tests
                       Graphical Method
                       Spearman-Karber Method
                       Trimmed Spearman-Karber Method
                       Probit Method
                     Determination of No-Observed-Adverse-Effect
                       Concentration (NOAEC) from Multi-Concentration Test, and
                         Determination of Pass or Fail (Pass/Fail) for Single-concentration
                         (Paired) Tests
                       General Procedure
                       Single Concentration Test
                       Multi-Concentration Test

              12  REPORT PREPARATION

CITED REFERENCES

  BIBLIOGRAPHY

    APPENDIX A:  DISTRIBUTION, LIFE CYCLE, TAXONOMY, AND CULTURE AND HOLDING
                  METHODS
                     Daphnid, Ceriodaphnia dubia
                     Daphnids, Daphnia pulex and D. magna
                     Myusid, Mysidopsis bahia
                     Brine Shrimp, Artemia salina
                     Fathead Minnow, Pimephales promelas
                     Rainbow Trout, Oncorhynchus mykiss and Brook Trout, Salvelinus
                       fontinalis
                     Sheepshead Minnow, Cyprinodon variegatus
                     Siversides: Inland Silverside, Menidia beryllina, Atlantic Silverside, M.
                       menidia, and Tidewater Silverside, M. peninsulae

    APPENDIX B:  SUPPLEMENTAL LIST OF ACUTE TOXICITY TEST SPECIES

    APPENDIX C:  DILUTOR SYSTEMS
                     Solenoid and Vacuum Siphon Dilution Systems
                     Solenoid System Equipment List
                     Vacuum System Equipment List
                     Dilutor Control Panel Equipment List
                                           302

-------
APPENDIX D:   PLANS FOR MOBILE TOXICITY TEST LABORATORY
                 Tandem-axle Trailer
                 Fifth-wheel Trailer

APPENDIX E:   CHECKLISTS AND INFORMATION SHEETS
                 Toxicity Test Field Equipment List
                 Information Checklist for On-site Industrial and Municipal Waste Toxicity
                   Tests
                 Daily Events Log
                 Dilutor Calibration Form
                 Daily Dilutor Calibration Check
                                        303

-------

-------
                                                                         Reference No.:
U.S. EPA. 1991. Methods for the Determination of Metals in Environmental Samples.  U.S. Environ-
     mental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring System Laboratory, Office of Research
     and Development, Cincinnati, OH. EPA 600-4-91-010. (NTIS: PB91-231498).
Media in which methods can be msed:
• Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, metals, tissue analysis, sampling, QA/QC

Abstract

Thirteen analytical methods covering 35 analytes which may be present in a variety of environmental
sample types are described in detail. Three of these methods are sample preparation procedures that
require a separate determinate step found in other methods in this manual or elsewhere. These methods
involve a wide range of analytical instrumentation including inductively coupled plasma (ICP)/atomic
emission spectroscopy (AES), ICP/mass spectroscopy (MS), atomic absorption (AA) spectroscopy, ion
chromatography (1C), and high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). Application of these
techniques to a diverse group of sample types is a somewhat unique feature of this manual. Sample types
include waters ranging from drinking water to marine water as well as industrial and municipal wastewa-
ter, groundwater, and landfill leachate.  Also included are methods that will accommodate biological
tissues, sediments, and soils.

The methods in this manual are not intended to be specific for any single EPA regulation, compliance
monitoring program, or specific study.  In the past, manuals have been developed and published that
respond to specific regulations, such as the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) or to special studies such as
the Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program (EMAP) Near Coastal Demonstration Project.
These methods are, however, available for incorporation into several regulatory programs due to their
applicability to such diverse sample types. The ICP/AES, ICP/MS, and AA methods have been or will be
approved for use in the drinking water and the permit programs. The methods applicable for use in marine
and estuary waters will be available for use in the Agency's National Estuary Program and subsequent
EMAP studies that may involve the determination of toxic metals in the water column.

The quality assurance sections are uniform and contain minimum requirements for operating a reliable
monitoring program:  initial demonstration of performance, routine analyses of reagent blanks, analyses
of fortified reagent blanks and fortified matrix samples,  and analyses of quality control (QC) samples.
Other QC practices are recommended and may be adopted to meet the particular needs of monitoring
programs e.g., analyses of field reatgent blanks, instrument control samples, and performance evaluation
samples.

The names of authors of the methods are provided to assist users in obtaining direct telephone support
when required.
[copied from document]

Contact: (513) 569-7586
                                             305

-------
                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
               1  ANALYTE - METHOD CROSS REFERENCE
ANALYTICAL METHODS
METHOD NO.
                   INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL COMMENTS
                       Determination of Acid Soluble Metals
  200.1
                       Sample Preparation Procedure for Spectrochemical
                          Determination of Total Recoverable Elements
  200.2
                       Sample Preparation Procedure for Spectrochemical
                          Determination of Total Recoverable Elements in
                          BiologicalTissues
  200.3
                       Determination of Metals and Trace Elements in Water and
                         Wastes by Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission
                         Spectrometry
  200.7
                       Determination of Metals and Trace Elements in Water and
                         Wastes by Inductively Coupled Plasma - Mass
                         Spectrometry
  200.8
                       Determination of Trace Elements by Stabilized Temperature
                          Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrometry
  200.9
                       Determination of Trace Elements in Marine Waters by
                          On-Line Chelation Preconcentration and Inductively
                          Coupled Plasma - Mass Spectrometry
  200.10
                       Determination of Metals in Fish Tissue by Inductively
                          Coupled Plasma - Atomic Emission Spectrometry
  200.11
                       Determination of Dissolved Hexavalent Chromium in
                          Drinking Water, Groundwater and Industrial Wastewater
                          Effluents by Ion Chromatography
  218.6
                       Determination of Mercury in Water by Cold Vapor Atomic
                          Absorption Spectrometry
  245.1
                       Determination of Inorganic Mercury (II) and Selected
                          Organomercurials in Drinking and Ground Water by
                          High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) with
                          Electrochemical Detection (ECD)
  245.3
                                            306

-------
Determination of Mercury in Sediment by Cold Vapor Atomic
  Absorption Spectrometry
245.5
Determination of Mercury in Tissues by Cold Vapor Atomic
  Absorption Spectrometry
245.6
                     307

-------

-------
                                                                           Reference No.:
U.S. EPA.  1991. A Project Manager's Guide to Requesting and Evaluating Chemical Analyses.  U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency, Region 10, Puget Sound Estuary Program, Seattle, WA.
     EPA 910/9-90-24.  (NTIS: PB92-132794).
Media in which methods can be msed:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, QA/QC, data analysis

Abstract

The purpose of this manual is to help less-experienced project managers from governmental agencies,
industry, and environmental groups in requesting appropriate chemical analyses and in making an in-
formed evaluation of the results. Many project managers are not chemists, but most may need to plan for,
request, discuss, or evaluate chemical analyses.  Even after the results have been received and interpreted,
many managers must still defend the project data or critical decisions made by themselves or staff. This
manual is designed to guide the nonchemist. Strategies are presented throughout the manual for choosing
options ranging from simple to more complex plans, requirements, analyses, or evaluations. When
applicable, the relative cost consequence of these options, ranging from inexpensive to more expensive, is
also described.

The manual is not intended to take the place of technical experts, whose advice may be needed at times to
assist with problems specific to each analytical effort. However, by using the detailed information and
checklists provided in this manual, and by seeking the advice of a chemist or experienced quality assur-
ance specialist where needed, project managers should be better able to make analytical requests and to
evaluate the general quality of results received from chemical laboratories. For example, the preliminary
evaluation of results provides guidance on determining when results are likely  to be clearly acceptable,
clearly unacceptable, or will require a more detailed review by a specialist. This preliminary evaluation is
made using six major criteria for data completeness and laboratory performance, including analytical
accuracy and sensitivity. Response measures are described for common deficiencies in analyses to
provide both a better sense of what can be done easily by the manager and what questions should be asked
of the laboratory or a specialist, if needed.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (206) 553-1368
                                              309

-------
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

          1  DEFINING ANALYTICAL OBJECTIVES


          2  PLANNING FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE


          3  ASSURING QUALITY DURING SAMPLE COLLECTION


          4  CHOOSING ANALYTICAL METHODS AND QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS
                                  *

          5  WORKING WITH AN ANALYTICAL LABORATORY


          6  EVALUATING DATA FROM THE LABORATORY


APPENDIX A:  U.S. EPA PRIORITY POLLUTANT AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE LIST


APPENDIX B:  SIMPLIFIED DESCRIPTIONS OF CALIBRATION METHODS, QUALITY
            CONTROL CHECKS, AND ANALYTICAL METHODS


APPENDIX C:  EXAMPLE STATEMENT OF WORK FOR CONTRACTING WITH AN
            ANALYTICAL LABORATORY


APPENDIX D:  A SUMMARY REPORT OF A DETAILED QUALITY ASSURANCE REVIEW
            OF DATA


APPENDIX E:  EXAMPLES OF MISCELLANEOUS FORMS USED FOR SAMPLING AND
            ANALYSIS
                                310

-------
                                                                          Reference No.: \
U.S. EPA.  1991.  Volunteer Lake Monitoring: A Methods Manual. Prepared by J. Simpson for U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Wetlands, Oceans, and Watersheds, Assessment
     and Watershed Protection Division, Washington, DC. pp. 129. EPA 440/4-91-002. (NTIS:
     PB92-218411).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
I Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, sampling, turbidity,
                pH, temperature, dissolved oxygen, pathogenic organisms, population/community

Abstract

The EPA has developed this manual to present specific information on volunteer lake water quality
monitoring methods. It is tended both for the organizers of the volunteer program, and for the volunteer
who will be actually sampling lake conditions. Its emphasis is on identifying appropriate parameters to
monitor and setting out specific steps for each selected monitoring method. Careful quality assurance/
quality control procedures are advocated throughout this manual to ensure that the data collected by
volunteers are useful to States and. other agencies.

This manual begins by summarizing the steps necessary to plan and manage a volunteer monitoring
program, including setting general goals, identifying the uses and users of collected data, and establishing
sound quality assurance procedures. Rather than addressing every parameter and method that might be
monitored by the citizen volunteer, this manual concentrates special attention on three of the most com-
mon lake pollution problems: increased algal growth, increased growth of rooted aquatic plants; and
lowered or fluctuating levels of dissolved oxygen. All three are common symptoms of human-induced
eutrophication.  Other lake conditions that can be monitored by volunteers are also briefly discussed
including sedimentation, turbidity, lake acidification, and bacteriological condition.

Although this manual is written specifically for volunteer monitoring of lakes, all the general principles of
organization and most of the specific methods can be applied to estuarine water bodies as well.
[extracted from document]

Contact (202) 260-7018
                                              311

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1   INTRODUCTION
      Purpose of this Manual
      Manual Organization
      Planning a Monitoring Program

2   FOCUSING ON A LAKE CONDITION
      Introduction
      Algae
      Aquatic Plants
      Dissolved Oxygen
      Other Lake Conditions

3   MONITORING ALGAE
      Algal Condition Parameters
      Where to Sample
      Where to Sample in the Water Column
      Frequency of Sampling
      Length of the Sampling Season
      How to Sample
      Notes on Equipment

4   MONITORING AQUATIC PLANTS
      Aquatic Plant Condition Parameters
      Sampling Considerations
      How to Sample

5   MONITORING DISSOLVED OXYGEN
      Dissolved Oxygen Parameters
      Sampling Considerations
      How to Sample

6   MONITORING OTHER LAKE CONDITIONS
      Monitoring Sedimentation
      Monitoring Suspended Sediment
      Monitoring Acidification
      Monitoring the Bacteria at Bathing Beaches

7  TRAINING CITIZEN VOLUNTEERS
      The Training Process
      Creating a Job Analysis
      Planning the Training
                           312

-------
               Presenting the Training
               Evaluating the Training
               Follow-up Coaching, Motivation, and Feedback

         8  PRESENTING MONITORING RESULTS
               Overview of Data Presentations
               Algae Results
               Aquatic Plant Results
               Dissolved Oxygen Results

APPENDIX:  SCIENTIFIC SUPPLY HOUSES
                                     313

-------

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:
U.S. EPA.  1992.  Consumption Surveys for Fish and Shellfish. A Review and Analysis of Survey
     Methods.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water and Office of Science and
     Technology, Washington, DC. EPA 822/R-92-001. (NTIS: PB92-231539).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Biological characterization, sampling, QA/QC, data management

Abstract

Although several studies have demonstrated that fish and shellfish consumption rates differ both region-
ally and within specific subpopulations, most States do not have available sufficient data to calculate local
consumption rates or to identify special populations at risk. Examples of these special populations are
recreational and subsistence anglers and members of their households — in particular, women of child-
bearing age, children, and the elderly -- who frequently consume fish obtained from contaminated sites.
This report was designed as a critical assessment offish tissue consumption rate survey approaches and
methods and their applicability for estimating consumption rates in recreational and subsistence fish
populations. Additional information is provided to assist Federal and State agencies in developing
appropriate surveys to answer questions and resolve issues related to the fish consumption rates of special
populations.

Five approaches to obtaining fish consumption data were reviewed:

   •  recalled information collected by telephone
   •  recalled information collected by in-person (face-to-face) interviews
   •  recalled information requested on self-administered mailed questionnaires
   •  diaries maintained by anglers
   •  on-site creel censuses

Five elements common to all surveys have been identified, and specific methodological details are pro-
vided to help solve problems that may be encountered when undertaking a fish consumption survey.

   •  Survey design must address the purpose for which the survey is to be conducted, the resources
     available for carrying it out, including time and funding available, and the approach to be used.

   •  Survey participants should be identified from a pool of subsistence or recreational anglers, and the
     method by which the sample is selected may vary depending on the approach that will be used to
     collect the data and how the data will be analyzed.

   •  The information to be collected should examine sociodemographic factors that may influence fish
     consumption rates, as well as those factors that are needed to calculate fish consumption rates,
     minimizing the number of assumptions that could compromise results.  The survey length and
     complexity should be carefully considered in order to elicit maximum cooperation from respon-
     dents.
                                              315

-------
•  Appropriate quality assurance procedures need to be developed before beginning the survey, and
   quality control must be carefully monitored during the survey to ensure the validity of the data
   before statistical analyses are conducted.

•  Data processing procedures and statistical analyses should be performed to provide the desired
   information and correlations.

[extracted from document]

Contact: (202)260-7786
                                            316

-------
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

        1  INTRODUCTION

        2  SURVEY APPROACHES
             Recall - Telephone Survey
             Recall - Mail Survey
             Recall - Personal Interview
             Diary
             Creel Census

        3  IMPORTANT METHOD CONSIDERATIONS
             Survey Design
             Selection of Respondents
             Information Sought
             Quality Assurance
             Statistical Analyses

        4  DISCUSSION

        5  BIBLIOGRAPHY

APPENDIX:  SUMMARY OF SURVEY METHODS INFORMATION
                                  317

-------

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:
U.S. EPA. 1992. Environmental Monitoring Methods Index, Version 1.0. U.S. Environmental Protec-
     tion Agency, Environmental Monitoring Management Council, Washington, DC.  pp. 112 +
     three software diskettes. (NTIS: PB92-503093).
Media in which methods can be used:
• Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, dissolved oxygen, pH, inorganics, organics, pesti-
                cides, PAHs, PCBs

Abstract

The Environmental Monitoring Methods Index (EMMI) is a computerized database listing environmen-
tally significant analytes that are monitored by EPA, methods for analyte analysis, and the regulatory lists
on which analytes appear. This database is designed to aid environmental program managers and others
who must develop lists of analytes for study, identify appropriate analytical methods for a particular
analyte and matrix, and locate primary sources to assist in making new environmental policies.

The present version covers updates in the Code of Federal Regulations and Federal Register through June
1991.  EMMI encompasses a total of 2,607 analytes, 49 lists, and 1,167 methods, and includes a database
cross-reference with 5,740 analytes. Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) registry numbers  are used to
unambiguously identify analytes arid to cross-reference other databases.

This database contains detailed information on analytes from environmentally significant lists, methods
and apparatuses used to identify those analytes, source documents containing information referenced in
EMMI, organizations that promulgate the lists and methods, and vendors of analytical standards. Where
possible.  Descriptions have been simplified to render EMMI accessible to individuals with a basic
understanding of analytical chemistry or environmental science.

Information available on regulated pollutants, analytical methods, and regulatory and monitoring lists
includes:

   • the CAS number, names, and synonyms of each regulated pollutant
   • 50 regulatory and office based lists associated with CAA, CERCLA, CWA, EPCRA, HSWA, CRA,
     SARA, SDWA, and other legislation
   • laws, EPA regulations, and legal decisions
   • summaries of 926 analytical methods used to identify and quantify the pollutant
   • detection limits for analytical methods appropriate for air, water, soil, and sludge matrices
   • manufacturers of analytical standards
   • regulatory limits
   • 42 government offices and contacts responsible for related lists and analytical methods

This abstract was excerpted from:

W.A. Telliard, EPA's Environmental Monitoring Methods Index: Linking Environmentally Significant
Analytes, Methods, and Lists. Environmental Science & Technology, January, 1993, pp. 39-41.

 Contact: (703) 519-1222
                                               379

-------
                              TABLE OF CONTENT3
                             (SOFTWARE OVERVIEW)

          ANALYTES  (identified by CAS number and names)

              LISTS  (lists of analytes that have occurred in regulatory context)

          METHODS  (analytical method appropriate to target analyte)

   DETECTION LIMIT
        ACRONYMS  (as used by particular organizations)

  REGULATORY LIMIT
        ACRONYMS  (as used by particular regulatory agencies)

METHOD VALIDATION
        ACRONYMS  (as used by particular organizations)

    ORGANIZATIONS  (agencies that promulgate the lists and methods covered by this index)

        APPARATUS  (apparatus used in methods)

       DOCUMENTS  (interesting documents relating to lists and vendors)

              LAWS  (laws relating to lists and references to other pertinent laws)

          VENDORS  (vendors of standards as listed for each analyte)
                                        320

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:
U.S. EPA.  1992. Field Operations and Safety Manual:  EMAP-Estuaries 1992 Virginian Province.
     Preliminary Draft. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Develop-
     ment, Environmental Research Laboratory, Narraganesett, RL pp. 210. EPA/600/x92/xxx.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, sampling, QA/QC,
                dissolbed oxygen, salinity, temperature

Abstract

The Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program (EMAP) is a nationwide program initiated by
the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in 1990. The purpose of this program is to monitor annually
the condition of all the Nation's major ecosystems. As a component of the Near-Coastal (EMAP-NC)
Program, annual sampling will be conducted in the Virginian Province (Cape Cod, MA to Cape Henry,
VA).

The purpose of this document is to provide detailed instructions on all field sampling methods. Two
versions of this document are available:  the unabridged brainy version and an abbreviated version for use
in the field. This version contains only the pertinent information needed to successfully complete sam-
pling activities.

Procedures described in the manual include the collection of temperature, salinity, dissolved oxygen, pH,
transmissivity, fluorescence, and photosynthetically activated radiation using electronic instrumentation.
Sediment and water sampling  and fish trawl protocols are listed also. Sample storage, packaging, and
shipping are addressed, as are instructions for field filtrations for dissolved oxygen.

This manual describes, in detail, all field collection methods, including Quality Assurance (QA) and
safety. It is designed to serve as a guide for field personnel and to be carried on the boats at all times. An
effort has been made to anticipate problems and questions that may arise, and to include information on
resolving them.  All methods,  as described in this manual are standard operating procedures, and are to be
adhered to by all field personnel. As [if] methods change, an updated version of the pertinent section[s]
will be prepared and incorporated into this manual.
[copied from document]

Contact:  (401)782-3000
                                              327

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION
      Introduction
      Near Coastal Program
      EMAP - Estuaries Virginian Province Sampling Effort

2  OVERVIEW OF FIELD SAMPLING ACTIVITIES
      Sampling Period
      Sampling Design
      Indicators of Ecosystem Health
      Site Reconnaissance

3  DESCRIPTION OF FIELD TEAMS
      Personnel
      Station Assignments
      Equipment
      Chain-of-Command

4  SAFETY
      Training
      Swimming Proficiency Requirement
      Priorities
      Accidents
      Personnel Emergency Information
      Operation of Equipment
      Safety Equipment
      Weather Conditions
      Responsibility for Safety
      Boat Itinerary
      Handling of Hazardous Materials
      Proper Handling of Potentially Hazardous Samples

5  TRAINING
      Crew Chief (Chief Scientist) Training
      Crew Training

6  LAND-BASED FACILITIES
      Mobile Laboratories
      Base Facilities
      Field Operations Center
                            322

-------
 7  PROFESSIONALISM
      General Contact with the Public
      Operation of Motor Vehicles
      Operation of Boats
      Radio Operation
      Waste Disposal

 8  VEHICLE OPERATION
      General Guidelines
      Procedures Following an Accident
      Trailering Guidelines
      Operation of Winch
      Operation of the CB Radios
10
11
OPERATION OF THE BOATS
  Weather Conditions
  Launching and Recovering Procedures
  Mast Assembly and Antennae Set-Up
  Gear Check-Out and Loading
  Navigation System
  General Policies Underway
  Radio Operations
  Radar Operation
  Winch Operation
  Emergencies/Accidents
  Equipment Failure/Repair

ON-BOARD COMPUTER SYSTEM DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM
  Data Acquisition System

NAVIGATION SYSTEM
  Introduction
  GPS Initialization
  GPS Use and Status
  EDAS Calibration
  System Calibration
  Point Calibration
12  COMMUNICATIONS
       Electronic Transfer of Data
       Communication with the Field Operations Center
       Ship-to-Shore Communications
       Truck-to-Truck  Communications
                             323

-------
13  SAMPLING SCHEDULE AND STATION TYPES
      Sampling Schedule
      Station Types

14  DISSOLVED OXYGEN, SALINITY AND TEMPERATURE
      Sea-Bird Sealogger CTD
      YSI Model 58
      CTD Dockside QC Checks
      Obtaining a CTD Profile

15  SEDIMENT COLLECTION
      Introduction

16  FISH TRAWLS
      The EMAP Otter Trawl
      Trawl Preparation
      Net Deployment
      Trawling
      Net Retrieval
      Endangered Species
      Sample Processing

17  PACKAGING AND SHIPPING SAMPLES
      Proper Packaging Methods
      Benthic Species Composition and Biomass Samples
      Grain Size Samples
      Sediment Chemistry Samples
      Sediment AVS Samples
      Sediment Toxicity Samples
      Fish Chemistry Samples
      Fish Histopathology Samples
      Fish QA Samples
      Total Suspended Solids Samples
      Field Computer Diskettes

18  CONTINGENCY PLANS
      Adverse Weather Conditions
      Station Inaccessibility
      Equipment Failure

19  MAINTENANCE
      GRiD Computers
                            324

-------
              Sea-Bird CTD
              Boats, Motors, and Vehicles

        20  QUALITY ASSURANCE
              Data Quality Objectives
              QA Procedures

        21  FIELD DATA BASE MANAGEMENT
              Events Numbering
              SAMPLEIDs and Sample Numbers

        22  WASTE DISPOSAL
              Routine Garbage
              Detergent Washes
              Formalin and Dietrich's Fixative
              Fish Waste

        23  CONTACT PERSONNEL

        24  LOST GEAR
              Recovery of a DataSonde Mooring
              Recovery of a CTD
              Recovery of a Grab Sampler

        25  REFERENCES

APPENDIX A:  EQUIPMENT LIST AND DAILY CHECKLISTS

APPENDIX B:  HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SAFETY AND HANDLING INFORMATION

APPENDIX C:  PERMIT FOR THE OPERATION OF A MARINE BAND VHP RADIO

APPENDIX D:  PERFORMING WINKLER TITRATIONS USING THE HACH DO KIT

APPENDIX E:  OPERATION OF THE HYDROLAB DATASONDE 3 DATA LOGGER

APPENDIX F:  DATA SHEETS
                                   325

-------

-------
                                                                          Reference /Vo.:
U.S. EPA. 1992. Methods for the Determination of Chemical Substances in Marine and Estuarine
     Environmental Samples, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental System
     Laboratory, Office of Research and Development, Cincinnati, OH.  EPA 600/R-92/121.
     (NTIS: PB93-182913).
Media in which methods can be used:
• Water
• Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, siediment quality, metals, inorganics, organics, nutrients, chloro-
                phyll, sampling,, QA/QC

Abstract

This manual contains seven methods for determination of nutrients, metals, and chlorophyll. Methods
353.4, revision 1.2, and 365.5, revision 1.3, for the measurement of nitrite + nitrate and orthophosphate,
respectively, appeared in the 1991 interim manual. Since then they have undergone multilaboratory
validation studies. Method 365.5 performed well in the study and multilaboratory data are presented in
the revision of the method that appears here. The performance of Methods.353.2 in the study indicated
the cadmium reduction column chemistry and maintenance require further investigation.  The method has
been retained in this manual so that further testing can continue using a standardized method description.

Method 440.0 for measurement of total particulate carbon and nitrogen is based upon a well established
combustion technique. Procedures for partioning the organic and inorganic fractions of carbon are also
presented. A multilaboratory study is in progress, and the results will be included in a subsequent revision
of the method.

The three metals methods represent current state-of-the-science in metals measurements. Two of the
methods are graphite furnace atomic adsorption techniques and the third uses inductively coupled plasma
mass spectrometry.  Single laboratory performance data are included in the methods.  Although few
laboratories currently have the instrumentation capabilities to perform all of these methods, it is extremely
important to present them in order to stimulate the development of laboratory capability before
multilaboratory studies can be conducted.

Method 445.0 is for the determination of chlorophyll-a and the pheopigments using fluorescence detec-
tion. This method was evaluated using two natural water samples of primarily  green and blue-green
algae.

The numbering of methods was correlated with previous EMSL-Cincinnati methods whenever possible.
The metals methods are 200 series, the nutrients nitrite + nitrate and orthophosphate are 300 series, and
the particulate carbon and nitrogen, and chlorophyll methods are 400 series.
[copied from document]

Contact: (513) 569-7586
                                              327

-------
            TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                  METHOD NO.
INTRODUCTION
DETERMINATION OF TRACE ELEMENTS IN MARINE WATERS BY
ON-LINE CHELATION PRECONCENTRATION AND INDUCTIVELY
COUPLED PLASMA - MASS SPECTROMETRY (REVISION 1.0)
200.10
DETERMINATION OF TRACE ELEMENTS IN MARINE WATERS BY
STABILIZED TEMPERATURE GRAPHITE FURNACE ATOMIC
ABSORPTION (REVISION 1.0)
200.12
DETERMINATION OF TRACE ELEMENTS IN MARINE WATER BY
OFF-LINE CHELATION PRECONCENTRATION WITH GRAPHITE
FURNACE ATOMIC ABSORPTION (REVISION 1.0)
200.13
DETERMINATION OF NITRITE + NITRATE IN ESTUARINE AND
COASTAL WATERS BY AUTOMATED COLORIMETRIC ANALYSIS
(REVISION 1.3)
 353.4
DETERMINATION OF ORTHOPHOSPHATE IN ESTUARINE AND
COASTAL WATERS BY AUTOMATED COLORIMETRIC ANALYSIS
(REVISION 1.4)
 365.5
DETERMINATION OF CARBON AND NITROGEN IN SEDIMENTS
AND PARTICULATES OF ESTUARINE/COASTAL WATERS USING
ELEMENTAL ANALYSIS (REVISION 1.4)
 440.0
IN VITRO DETERMINATION OF CHLOROPHYLL-/* AND PHEOPHYTIN
A IN MARINE AND FRESHWATER PHYTOPLANKTON BY
FLUORESCENCE (REVISION 1.1)
 445.0
                     328

-------
                                                                         Reference No. :
U.S. EPA. 1992. Monitoring Guidance for the National Estuary Program, Final.  U.S. Environmen-
     tal Protection Agency, Office of Water, Office of Wetlands. Washington, DC.  EPA 842 B-92-
     004).
Media in which methods can be used:      0 Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, currents, depth, grain
                size, salinity, turbidity, temperature, sampling, QA/QC, nutrients, metals, dissolved
                oxygen, oxygen demand, chlorophyll, PAHs, PCBs, organics, toxicity/bioassays,
                population/community, bioaccumulation, pathogenic organisms

Abstract

This document provides guidance on how to design, implement, and evaluate a monitoring program. The
document also describes the essential data required to evaluate environmental risks and trends within an
estuarine environment.  It is also intended to provide a technical basis for discussions on the development
of monitoring program objectives, the selection of monitoring program components, and the allocation of
sampling efforts. The intended audience consists of members of National Estuary Programs' Manage-
ment Committees, and Advisory Committees, program coordinators, and scientific staff. The document
may also be useful to other coastal and marine resource managers with monitoring responsibilities.

Five steps are developed for this approach to  monitoring design:

   •  develop monitoring objectives and performance criteria
   •  establish testable hypotheses and select statistical methods
   •  select analytical methods and alternative sampling designs
   •  evaluate expected monitoring study performance
   •  implement monitoring study and data analysis

Existing sampling and analytical methods available for monitoring estuarine water quality, sediment
quality, biological resources, and human health risk are presented. This methods section is intended to
provide a summary of available information and to address the most important issues associated with the
design and implementation of the monitoring program. Issues common to all monitoring methods include
quality assurance/quality control, statistical design, and data use and limitation considerations.

The integration of existing monitoring efforts into the estuary monitoring program is discussed, as well as
coordination with existing federal agency status and trends programs, such as EPA's Ecosystem Monitor-
ing and Assessment Program (EMAP), NOAA's National Status and Trends Program, and the U.S.
Geological Survey's National Water Quality Assessment Program. Emphasis is placed on the importance
of using standardized protocols within each estuary, and in developing performance-based criteria to
evaluate the comparability of analytical methods.

Two case studies from existing estuarine monitoring programs are presented. These examples (from Puget
Sound and Chesapeake Bay) demonstrate the process of developing a strategy and the use of statistical
methods to evaluate the monitoring plan before and after implementation.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (202)260-6502
                                              329

-------
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS

           1   INTRODUCTION
                Background
                Recommended Monitoring Design Procedures
                Monitoring Program Management

           2   DEVELOP MONITORING OBJECTIVES AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
                Monitoring Program Objectives
                Performance Criteria
                Additional Guidance

           3   ESTABLISH TESTABLE HYPOTHESES AND SELECT STATISTICAL METHODS
                Establish Testable Hypothesis
                Selection of Statistical Methods

           4   SELECT ANALYTICAL METHODS AND ALTERNATIVE SAMPLING DESIGNS
                Selection of Field and Laboratory Methods
                Alternative Sampling Designs
                Use of Existing Monitoring Programs

           5   EVALUATE EXPECTED MONITORING PROGRAM PERFORMANCE
                Evaluate the Expected Performance of Individual Monitoring Program
                  Components
                Evaluate Overall Program Performance
                Statistical Power Analysis Methods

           6   DESIGN AND IMPLEMENT DATA MANAGEMENT PLAN
                Data Management
                Data Analysis

           7   COMMUNICATE PROGRAM RESULTS

           8   REFERENCES

APPENDIX A:   CASE STUDIES
                The Puget Sound Ambient Monitoring Program Case Study
                  Purpose and Approach
                  Development of PSAMP: Institutional Arrangements
                  The Puget Sound Ambient Monitoring Program
                  Implementation of PSAMP and Cost
                  Summary and Recommendations
                  References
                                    330

-------
                 Chesapeake Bay Monitoring Program: Detection of Trends in Estuaries
                    Purpose and Approach
                    Chesapeake Bay Program
                    Evaluation of Monitoring Program Performance
                    Use of Power Analysis Results
                    References

APPENDIX B:   METHODS
                 Methods - Introduction
                    Methods Chapter Format
                    Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) Considerations
                    Statistical Design Considerations
                    Literature Cited and References

                 Water Column Physical Characteristics
                    Rationale
                    Monitoring Design Considerations
                    Existing Analytical Methods
                    QA/QC Considerations
                    Statistical Design Considerations
                    Use of Data
                    Summary and Recommendations
                    Literature Cited and References

                 Water Column Chemistry
                    [same section headings as above]

                 Sediment Grain Size
                    [same section headings as above]

                 Sediment Chemistry
                    [same section headings as above]

                 Plankton:  Biomass, Productivity, and Community Structure/Function
                    [same section headings as above]

                 Aquatic Vegetation
                    [same section headings as above]

                 Benthic Infauna Community Structure
                    [same section headings as above]
                                         331

-------
Fish Community Structure
  [same section headings as above]

Fish and Shellfish Pathobiology
  [same section headings as above]

Bioaccumulation
  [same section headings as above]

Bacterial and Viral Pathogens
  [same section headings as above]
                       332

-------
                                                                         Reference No.:
U.S. EPA. 1992. Recommended Analytical Techniques and Quality Assurance/Quality Control Guide-
     lines for the Measurement of Organic and Inorganic Analytes in Marine Sediment and Tissue
     Samples. Draft.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development,
     Environmental Research Laboratory, Narragansett, RI.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
\i/\ Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Sediment quality, QA/QC, tissue analyses, inorganics, metals, organics, pesticides,
                PAHs, PCBs

Abstract

This document is intended to provide guidance on the analysis of organic and inorganic analytes in marine
sediments and tissues. Its purpose is to suggest analytical methods for measuring contaminants in the low
parts-per-billion concentration range. The analytical techniques contained herein are those employed by
the U.S. EPA Environmental Research Laboratory in Narragansett, RI for the analysis of marine environ-
mental samples. They are intended., however, to serve only as examples and are not being suggested as
EPA standard methods. These methods have been successfully employed on marine samples to achieve
these detection limits. Included with the analytical methods are quality assurance/quality control (QA/
QC) guidelines. The overall objective of the document is therefore to ensure that data produced under
these guidelines will be of the highest quality, have detection limits necessary for trace level marine
samples, and be comparable to data produced by other laboratories employing similar methods.

No procedures have been officially approved by the regulatory agencies for low-level (i.e., low parts-per-
billion) analysis of organic and inorganic contaminants in estuarine sediments and tissue samples. This
document includes methods that ha^ve been used at ERL-N in work related to the EMAP Program and are
similar to those that have been used for NOAA's National Status and Trends Program.  The EMAP and
NS&T programs have chosen not to specifically require that particular analytical methods always be
followed, but rather that a performance based program be followed, in which participating laboratories
demonstrate proficiency through the regular analysis of Standard or Certified Reference Materials (SRMs
or CRMs) or similar types of accuracy-based materials.
[extracted from document]

Contact:  (401)782-3000
                                              333

-------
                            TABLE OF CONTENTS

          1   INTRODUCTION

          2   CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF MARINE SEDIMENT AND TISSUE SAMPLES

          3   QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL GUIDELINES
                General QA/QC Requirements
                Initial Demonstration of Capability
                  Initial Calibration
                  Calculation of Method of Detection Limits
                  Blind Analysis of Accuracy-Based Material
                On-Going Demonstration of Capability
                  Laboratory Participation in Intercomparison Exercises
                  Continuing Calibration Checks
                  Routine Analysis of Reference Materials
                  Laboratory Reagent Blank
                  Laboratory Fortified Sample Matrix
                  Duplicates
                  Internal Standards
                  Internal Injection Standards

          4   REFERENCES

APPENDIX 1   ANALYTICAL METHODS
                Organic Analyses
                  Tissue  Extraction
                  Sediment Extraction
                  Extract Cleanup
                  GC Analysis of Extracts for PCBs and Chlorinated Pesticides
                  GC/MS Analysis of Extracts for PAHs
                Inorganic Analyses
                  Tissue  Digestion
                  Total Digestion of Sediments
                  Ultrasonic Digestion of Sediments
                  Instrumental Analysis of Metals
                                      334

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:
U.S. EPA.  1992. Sediment Classification Methods Compendium. U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Office of Water, Washington D.C.  EPA 823-R-92-006. (NTIS:  PB93-115186).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Sediment quality, toxicity/bioassays, sampling, QA/QC, population/community

Abstract

This document is a compendium of 12 scientifically valid and accepted methods that can be used to assess
sediment quality and predict ecological impacts. Although the methods described in this document are
not suitable for meeting specific tests, criteria, and procedures required by certain regulations (e.g., risk
assessment under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act), they
provide useful measures or predictors of overall ecological impacts in an area. The 12 methods were
selected based on their utility for assessing whether and to what extend sediments are "contaminated" or
have the potential to pose a threat to the environment. Each has been applied at various levels in the
decision-making process in different types of environments (e.g., freshwater, marine) as described.

The information provided for each method includes the following:

   • how each method is currently used or could be used
   • a detailed description of the method, including types of data, equipment, and sampling procedures
     needed
   • the applicability of the method to the protection of wildlife and humans
   • the utility of the method to produce numeric sediment quality criteria
   • the method's applicability to making different types of sediment management decisions
   • the method's advantages, limitations, costs, level of acceptance, and accuracy
   • the degree to which the method is actually being used now
   • how well it is validated
   • its potential uses

An extensive list of references and the names, addresses, and telephone numbers  for the authors of each
description are provided.  Although a detailed description of each method is provided, consultation of
these references and/or additional follow-up with the authors is recommended before applying any of the
methods.
[extracted from document]

Contact:  (202)260-7786
                                              335

-------
               TABLE OF CONTENTS

 1   INTRODUCTION


 2   QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL, SAMPLING, AND
    ANALYTICAL CONSIDERATIONS


 3   BULK SEDIMENT TOXICITY TEST APPROACH


 4   SPIKED-SEDIMENT TOXICITY TEST APPROACH


 5   INTERSTITIAL WATER TOXICITY IDENTIFICATION EVALUATION
    APPROACH


 6   EQUILIBRIUM PARTITIONING APPROACH


 7   TISSUE RESIDUE APPROACH


 8   FRESHWATER BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATE COMMUNITY
    STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION


 9   MARINE BENTHIC COMMUNITY STRUCTURE ASSESSMENT


10   SEDIMENT QUALITY TRIAD APPROACH


11   APPARENT EFFECTS THRESHOLD APPROACH


12   A SUMMARY OF THE SEDIMENT ASSESSMENT STRATEGY
    RECOMMENDED BY THE INTERNATIONAL JOINT COMMISSION


13   SUMMARY OF SEDIMENT-TESTING APPROACH USED FOR OCEAN
    DISPOSAL


14   NATIONAL STATUS AND TRENDS PROGRAM
                        336

-------
                                                                         Reference No.:
U.S. EPA.  1992. Standard Operating Procedures and Field Methods Used for Conducting Ecological
     Risk Assessment Case Studies.  Prepared for Naval Command, Control and Ocean Surveillance
     Center, RDT&E Division, San Diego, CA, by U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environ-
     mental Research Laboratory, Narragansett, RI. Technical Document 2296. pp. 416 + appen-
     dices.
Media in which methods can be used:
                            Water
Sediment
\*/\ Biota
Keywords:
Abstract
Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, sampling, QA/QC,
grain size, total solids, pH, organics, inorganics, pesticides, nutrients, metals, PCBs,
organotin, toxicity/bioassays, bioaccumulation, pathogenic organisms, tissue
analysis, population/community, chlorophyll
The emphasis on determining the ecological impacts of hazardous substances on coastal and estuarine
ecosystems requires the use of appropriate methods and procedures to obtain accurate and comparable
data. The methods and procedures presented in this document have been field-tested during research and
monitoring activities performed to support ecological risk assessment case studies.  The case studies were
developed as part of an interagency Memorandum of Agreement between the U.S. Navy Naval Command,
Control and Ocean Surveillance Center (NCCOSC) Research, Development, Test, and Evaluation Divi-
sion (NRaD), San Diego, CA, and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Environmental
Research Laboratory Narragansett (ERL-N), Narragansett, RI. The case studies included a marine
ecological risk assessment pilot study for Naval Construction Battalion Center, Davisville, RI, and an
estuarine ecological risk assessment for Naval Shipyard Portsmouth, Kittery, ME.

The methods and standard operating procedures (SOPs) documented in this report were prepared by
investigators at ERL-N, University of New Hampshire Jackson Estuarine Laboratory (UNH, JEL), and the
Marine Environmental Support Office (MESO) of NCCOSC NRaD who were involved in particular
aspects of the case studies.  The methods were applied within an ecological risk assessment framework to
evaluate their applicability to characterize ecological risk. This document has been prepared to fully
document the procedures used in the case studies and to assist in the development of suitable techniques
capable of achieving the objectives of ecological monitoring and assessment activities. As more informa-
tion is developed, these procedures will provide a basis for improving and expanding the capabilities
needed to accurately assess ecological risk.

This document has been organized into three sections. Section 1 consists of SOPs for general laboratory
and field methods, and chemistry methods.  General laboratory and field methods includes procedures for
collecting and preparing samples, measuring sediments and water column attributes, culturing test organ-
isms, and conducting bioassays. The chemistry methods provides procedures for the analysis of trace
levels contaminants (subparts per billion range for some organic compounds and subparts per million
range for metals) suitable for a wide range of environmental assessment activities. Specific SOPs are
provided for sample collection and storage, preparation for organic and trace metal analysis, analysis of
samples by a variety of instrumentation, and instrument maintenance. Procedures for generic activities,
such as sampling plan development and data management, currently are not incorporated in this manual.

Section 2 provides procedures used for sampling and analysis of estuarine habitats. Section 3, documents'
procedures for sampling and analysis of ultratrace levels of organotin compounds in seawater, sediment,
and tissue samples. Appendix A provides results of organotin analysis optimization techniques to obtain
                                             337

-------
subpart per trillion detection levels in seawater and part per billion detection levels in tissues and sedi-
ments. Appendix B contains a detailed description of analytical procedures for extracting organotin
compounds from soft tissues of marine organisms. A complete guidance document for conducting field
and laboratory quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC) protocols, criteria, and corrective action for
the Estuarine Ecological Risk Assessment for Naval Shipyard Portsmouth is included in Appendix C.

This SOP manual will be maintained as a "living document." Individual descriptions will be updated in a
continuous fashion as advances in scientific understanding of biological, chemical, and physical processes
are incorporated into assessment procedures. Major procedural changes that potentially invalidate previ-
ous SOP approaches will be noted where appropriate. Additionally, new งoPs will be incorporated into
the manual as they are finalized. Updated versions of specific SOPs may be obtained by contacting the
Technical Information Manager of the developing laboratory. The contact person for each of these SOPs
was responsible for developing or applying the method to the project, and has developed a QA/QC
protocol, available upon request.  The contact person is also available to answer specific questions regard-
ing the SOPs.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (401) 782-3000
                                               338

-------
                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
1  ERL-N SOPS
      Standard Operating Procedure Clean Room
        Maintenance
      Standard Operating Procedure Histological Preparation
        for Shellfish and Fish
      Standard Operating Procedure Culturing Cyprinodon
        variegatus, Meniddia beryllina, Mysidopsis bahia,
        and Arbacia punctulata
      Standard Operating Procedure Preparation of Hypersaline
        Brine from Natural Seawater
      Standard Operating Procedure Sediment Grain Size
        Analysis
      Standard Operating Procedure General Data Entry
      Standard Operating Procedure Cell Subculture  Methods
      Standard Operating Procedure Benthic Organism
        Collection
      Standard Operating Procedure Caged Bivalve
        Deployment
      Standard Operating Procedure Mysid Cage Construction
        and Field Deployment
      Standard Operating Procedure Suspended Solids
        Determination in Water Samples
      Standard Operating Procedure Water Column Salinity,
        Conductivity, Temperature, and Dissolved Oxygen
        Determination
      Standard Operating Procedure Champia parvula Sexual
        Reproduction Test
      Standard Operating Procedure Conducting Acute Toxicity
        Tests Using Ampelisca abdita
      Standard Operating Procedure Conducting Acute Toxicity
        Tests Using McCyprinodon variegatus, and Menidia
        beryllina
      Standard Operating Procedure Conducting the  Inland
        Silverside (Menidia beryllina) and Sheepshed Minnow
        (Cyprinodon variegatus) Larvae Survival and Growth
        Tests
      Standard Operating Procedure Conducting the  Mysidopsis
        bahia Survival, Growth, and Fecundity Test
      Standard Operating Procedure Conducting the  Sea
        Urchin, Arbacia punctulate, Fertilization Test
      Standard Operating Procedure Conducting the  Sea
        Urchin Larval Development Test
      Standard Operating Procedure Coot Clam (Mulinia
        laterally) Embryo/Larval Toxicity Test
      Standard Operating Procedure Microtox
    METHOD NO.


ERL-N SOP 1.01.001


 ERL-N SOP1.01.002



 ERL-N SOP1.01.003


ERL-N SOP 1.01.004


ERL-N SOP 1.01.005
ERL-N SOP 1.01.006
ERL-N SOP 1.01.007


ERL-N SOP 1.02.001

ERL-N SOP 1.02.002


ERL-N SOP 1.02.003

ERL-N SOP 1.02.004



ERL-N SOP 1.02.005

ERL-N SOP 1.03.001


ERL-N SOP 1.03.002



ERL-N SOP 1.03.003
ERL-N SOP 1.03.004


ERL-N SOP1.03.005


ERL-N SOP 1.03.006


ERL-N SOP 1.03.007


ERL-N SOP 1.03.008
ERL-N SOP 1.03.009
                             339

-------
Standard Operating Procedure Performing the Phagocytic
  Index and Killing Ability Assay                       ERL-N SOP 1.03.010
Standard Operating Procedure Solid Phase Bioaccumulaton
  Testing
Standard Operating Procedure V79/Sister Chromatid
  Exchange Assay
Standard Operating Procedure Growth and Scope for
  Growth Measurements with Mytilus edulis
Standard Operating Procedure Membrane Filtration
  Method for the Enumeration of Clostridium perfringens
  in Marine Waters
Standard Operating Procedure Membrane Filtration
  Method for the Enumeration of Fecal Coliforms and
  Escherichia coli'm Marine Waters
Standard Operating Procedure Most Probable Number
  Method for the Enumeration of Clostridium perfringens
  in Marine Waters
Standard Operating Procedure Most Probable Number
  Method for the Enumeration of Entercocci in Marine
  Waters
Standard Operating Procedure Most Probable Number
  Method for the Enumeration of Fecal Coliforms and
  Escherichia coll in Marine Waters
Standard Operating Procedure Measurement of the
  Ecological Effects, Fate, and Transport of Chemicals
  in a Site-Specific Experimental Marine Microcosm
Standard Operating Procedure ETC Biological Test
  Procedures for Ampellsca abdita
Standard Operating Procedure Cleaning of Equipment for
  Trace Metal Analysis
Standard Operating Procedure Field Use of the High
  Volume Seawater Sampling Apparatus for Organics
  Analysis
Standard Operating Procedure Subtidal Sediment
  Chemistry Sampling
Standard Operating Procedure Extraction of Filter
  Samples for PCBs
Standard Operating Procedure Extraction of Sediment
  Samples for PCBs
Standard Operating Procedure Extraction of Tissue
  Samples
Standard Operating Procedure Extraction of Water
  Samples for PCBs
Standard Operating Procedure Column Chromatography
  of  Semivolatile Organic Analytes
Standard Operating Procedure Digestion of Organism
  Samples for Trace Metal Analysis
Standard Operating Procedure Microwave Digestion of
  Organism Samples for Inorganic Analysis
ERL-N SOP 1.03.011
ERL-N SOP 1.03.012
ERL-N SOP 1.03.013
ERL-N SOP 1.03.014
ERL-N SOP 1.03.015
ERL-N SOP 1.03.017
ERL-N SOP 1.03.018
ERL-N SOP 1.03.019
ERL-N SOP 1.03.020
 ERL-N SOP 1.03.21
ERL-N SOP 2.01.001
ERL-N SOP 2.01.002
ERL-N SOP 2.02.002
ERL-N SOP 2.03.001
ERL-N SOP 2.03.002
ERL-N SOP 2.03.003
ERL-N SOP 2.03.004
ERL-N SOP 2.03.005
ERL-N SOP 2.03.006
ERL-N SOP 2.03.007
                       340

-------
  Standard Operating Procedure Preparation of Water
    Samples for Direct Determination of Trace Metals
  Standard Operating Procedure Extraction of Seawater
    Samples for Organic Analysis
  Standard Operating Procedure Sediment Extraction for
    Semivolatile Organic Analytes
  Standard Operating Procedure Tissue Extraction for
    Semivolatile Organic Analytes
  Standard Operating Procedure Total Microwave Digestion
    of Sediment Samples for Inorganic Analysis
  Standard Operating Procedure Ultrasonic Extraction of
    Sediment Samples for Inorganic Analysis
  Standard Operating Procedure Analysis of Dissolved
    PCBs Using Foam Plugs
  Standard Operating Procedure Gas Chromatography-
    Mass Spectrometry
  Standard Operating Procedure Gas Chromatography
  Standard Operating Procedure Inorganic Analysis by
    Flame Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry
  Standard Operating Procedure Inorganic Analysis by  ICP
  Standard Operating Procedure Instrumental Operating
     Conditions for Inorganic Analysis
  Standard Operating Procedure Dichlovos Monitoring
  Standard Operating Procedure Propoxur Monitoring
  Standard Operating Procedure Carbaryl Monitoring
ERL-N SOP 2.03.008

ERL-N SOP 2.03.009

ERL-N SOP 2.03.010

ERL-N SOP 2.03.011

ERL-N SOP 2.03.012

ERL-N SOP 2.03.013

ERL-N SOP 2.04.001

ERL-N SOP 2.04.002
ERL-N SOP 2.04.003

ERL-N SOP 2.04.004
ERL-N SOP 2.04.005

ERL-N SOP 2.04.006
ERL-N SOP 2.05.001
ERL-N SOP 2.05.002
ERL-N SOP 2.05.003
UNH SOPs
  Standard Operating Procedure Eelgrass (Zostera marina)
     Collection and Population Characteristics
  Standard Operating Procedure Eelgrass (Zostera marina)
     Carbon, Nitrogen, and Phosphorus
  Standard Operating Procedure Seaweed Collection and
     Population Characteristics
  Standard Operating Procedure Blue Mussel (Mytilus edulis)
     Collection and Population Characteristics
  Standard Operating Procedure Water Sampling for
     Suspended Solids Chlorophyll, pH and Nutrients
  Standard Operating Procedure Water Sample Filtration and
     Analysis of Total Suspended Solids, Chlorophyll, and
     Phaeopigments
  Standard Operating Procedure Analysis of Seawater Samples
     for Ammonium (NH/) Using Wet Chemistry Procedure
  Standard Operating Procedure Analysis of Seawater Samples
     for Phosphate (PO43-) Using Wet Chemistry Procedure
  Standard Operating Procedure Most Probable Number Method
     for the Enumeration of Clostridium perfringens in Marine
     Sediments
       JEL SOP 1.01

       JEL SOP 1.02

       JEL SOP 1.03

       JEL SOP 1.04

       JEL SOP 1.05


       JEL SOP 1.06

       JEL SOP 1.07

       JEL SOP 1.08


       JEL SOP 1.09
                          341

-------
                Standard Operating Procedure Sediment Coring, Core
                  Extrusion and Subsampling                             JEL SOP 1.10
                Standard Operating Procedure Sediment Textural Analysis       JEL SOP 1.11
                Standard Operating Procedure Analysis of Seawater Samples
                  for Nitrate and Nitrite (NO', NO') Using an Automated
                  Procedure                                           JEL SOP 1.12
                Standard Operating Procedure Winter Flounder (Pleuronectes
                  americanus) and Lobster (Homarus americanus) Collection
                  for Chemical Analysis                                  JEL SOP 1.13
                Standard Operating Procedure Collection of Sediment Samples
                  for Chemical and Toxicological Analyses, and Characterization
                  of Benthos                                           JEL SOP 1.14
                Standard Operating Procedure Sorting and Identification of
                  Benthic Invertebrates                                  JEL SOP 1.15
           3  MESO SOP
                Standard Operating Procedure Analysis of Organotin
                  Compounds in Water, Sediment, and Tissue
MESO SOP 2/92
APPENDIX A:   OPTIMITIZATION OF BUTYLTIN MEASUREMENTS FOR SEAWATER,
              TISSUE, AND MARINE SAMPLES


APPENDIX B:   ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES FOR EXTRACTABLE ORGANOTINS IN
              SOFT TISSUES OF MARINE ORGANISMS


APPENDIX C:   ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY
              CONTROL PROTOCOLS, CRITERIA, AND CORRECTIVE ACTION FOR
              THE ESTUARINE ECOLOGICAL RISK ASSESSMENT AT NAVAL
              SHIPYARD PORTSMOUTH, KITTERY, ME
                                    342

-------
                                                                          Reference No.: I
U.S. EPA.  1992.  Synthesis of Methods to Predict Bioaccumulation of Sediment Pollutants.  Research
     Report. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Bioaccumulation/Stratozone Team, Pacific
     Ecosystems Branch, Environmental Research Laboratory, Newport, OR.
Media in which methods can be uised:     I  I Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Sediment quality, bioaccumulation, sampling, data analysis, QA/QC

Abstract

This document is designed to be an aid in choosing the most appropriate test or model for assessing or
predicting bioaccumulation of sediment-associated pollutants. With one exception, the methods are
limited to bedded (whole) rather than resuspended sediments. The techniques are evaluated solely in
terms of uptake by sediment-dwelling (i.e., infaunal) invertebrates rather than by epifaunal invertebrates
(e.g., mussels, oysters) or fish. Although focused on marine and estuarine organisms, the techniques
should be generally applicable to freshwater environments.

A questionnaire section directs the reader to sections which describe a specific direct measurement
technique (laboratory test or field survey) or model that best fits the available data and goals of the
project. These sections introduce the model or direct measurement method, describe its use and limita-
tions, identify the sampling requirements for the direct methods, and direct the reader to references where
the technique is described in greater detail.

For bioaccumulation models, two toxicokinetic (bioenergetics based and a first-order kinetic) and two
equilibrium partition models (bioaccumulation factor and equilibrium partitioning or AF) are discussed.
Where possible, tables of model input parameters and reference values are provided.

For direct measurements of bioaccumulation, several laboratory tests  are presented as well as the alterna-
tive of assessing bioaccumulation from field collected organisms.  The laboratory tests described range
from a simple 28-day exposure to tests which use time-series sampling during uptake and depuration
phases to determine input parameters for the first-order kinetic model. An appendix is provided which
contains information that is generic to any laboratory bioaccumulation test, such as species selection and
exposure systems.

This report in no way supersedes or takes the place of any guidance or requirements set forth in any
regulatory document by any agency.
[copied from document]

Contact:  (303)867-5000
                                              343

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

 1   INTRODUCTION
      Background
      How to Use This Guide
      Document Limitations
      Summary of Methods to Assess Bioaccumulation
        Direct Measurements
        Models
        Method Applicability
      Key Decisions in Choosing a Bioaccumulation Approach

 2   GUIDE TO METHODS FOR ASSESSING BIOACCUMULATION
      Instructions
      Questionnaire
        Model Questions
        Laboratory or Field Test Questions

 3   BIOACCUMULATION FACTOR MODEL
      Model Description
      Data Needs
      Errors Associated with BAF's

4   EQUILIBRIUM PARTITIONING BIOACCUMULATION MODEL
      Model Description
      Data Needs
      Errors Associated with Accumulation Factors

5   BIOGNERGETICS-BASEDTOXICOKINETIC BIOACCUMULATION
    MODEL
      Model
      Model Description
      Data Needs
      Errors Associated with Bioenergetics-Based Model

6   FIRST-ORDER KINETIC MODEL
      Model Description
      Data Needs
      Errors Associated with First-Order Kinetic Model
        ks, k2, and Cs
        Growth Dilution
                           344

-------
           7  LONG-TERM BIOACCUMULATION TEST
                Test Description
                Sampling
                   Biotic Samples
                   Abiotic Samples
                Data Interpretation

           8  28-DAY BIOACCUMULATION TEST
                Test Description
                Sampling
                Data Interpretation

           9  UPTAKE AND DEPURATION LABORATORY TEST
                Test Description
                Sampling

          10  UPTAKE ONLY LABORATORY TEST
                Test Description
                Sampling
                Data Interpretation

          11  FIELD SAMPLES FOR ASSESSING BIOACCUMULATION
                Background
                Sampling
                   Biotic Samples
                   Abiotic Samples
                Data Interpretation

 APPENDIX A:  GENERIC CONSIDERATIONS FOR BIOACCUMULATION TESTS
                Background
                Species Selection
                Sediments
                Exposure! Systems and Facilities
                Compositing
                Pollutant Analysis
                Replication and Power of Tests
                Reference and Control Sediments

  GLOSSARY

REFERENCES
                                      345

-------

-------
                                                                          Reference No.: \
U.S. EPA. 1993.  Guidance for Assessing Chemical Contaminant Data for Use in Fish Advisories,
     Volume 1: Fish Sampling and Analysis.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
     Science and Technology, Office of Water, Washington, DC. EPA 823-R-93-002.
     (NTIS: PB93-237899).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Biological characterization, sampling, QA/QC, metals, pesticides, PAHs, PCBs,
                inorganics, organics, tissue analysis, data analysis/management

Abstract

This manual is intended to describe; what the EPA Office of Water believes to be scientifically sound
methods for sample collection, chemical analyses, and statistical analyses of fish and shellfish tissue
contaminant data for use in fish contaminant monitoring programs that have as their objective the protec-
tion of public health.

The purpose of this manual is to provide overall guidance to States on methods for sampling and analyz-
ing contaminants in fish and shellfish tissue that will promote consistency in the data States use to deter-
mine the need for fish consumption advisories. This manual provides guidance only and does not
constitute a regulatory requirement for the States.

This technical guidance manual is intended for use as  a handbook by the State and local agencies that are
responsible for sampling and analyzing fish and shellfish tissue. Adherence to this guidance will enhance
the comparability of fish and shellfish contaminant data, especially in interstate waters, and thus provide
more standardized information of fish contamination problems.

This manual is the first in a series of four documents to be prepared by the EPA Office of Water as part of
a Federal Assistance Plan to help States standardize fish consumption advisories. The remaining three
documents will provide guidance on risk assessment, risk management, and risk communication.

This sampling and analysis manual is not intended to be an exhaustive  guide to all aspects of sampling,
statistical design, development of risk-based screening values, laboratory analyses, and QA/QC consider-
ations for fish and shellfish contaminant monitoring programs.  Key references are provided that detail
various aspects of these topics.  In addition, States may obtain a list of related documents relevant to fish
and shellfish contamination monitoring by accessing the EPA Nonpoint Source Bulletin Board System
(NPS BBS). The phone number of the BBS is (301) 589-0205.

Monitoring Strategy: Section 2 outlines the recommended strategy for State fish and shellfish contami-
nant monitoring programs. This strategy is designed to (1) routinely screen waterbodies to identify those
locations where chemical contaminants in edible portions of fish and shellfish exceed human health
screening values and  (2) sample more intensively those waterbodies where exceedances of these SVs have
been found in order to assess the magnitude and the geographic extent  of the contamination.

Target Species:  Section 3 discusses the purpose of using target species and criteria for selection of target
species for both screening and intensive studies. Lists of recommended target species are provided for
inland  freshwaters, Great Lakes waiters, and seven distinct estuarine and coastal marine regions of the
United States.
                                              347

-------
Target Analytes: Section 4 presents a list of recommended target analytes to be considered for inclusion
in screening studies and discuss criteria used in selecting these analytes.

Screening Values:  Section 5 describes the EPA risk-based procedure for calculating screening values for
target analytes.

Field Procedures:  Section 6 recommends field procedures to be followed from the time fish or shellfish
samples are collected until they are delivered to the laboratory for processing and analysis. Guidance is
provided on site selection and sample collection procedures; the guidance addresses material and equip-
ment requirements, time of sampling, size of animals to be collected, sample type, and number of
samples. Sample identification, handling, preservation, shipping, and storage procedures are also de-
scribed.

Laboratory Procedures:  Section 7 described recommended laboratory procedures for sample handling
including:  sample measurements, sample processing procedures, and sample preservation and storage
procedures. Section 8 presents recommended laboratory procedures for sample analyses,  including cost-
effective analytical methods and associated QC procedures, and information of sources of certified
reference materials and Federal agencies currently conducting interlaboratory comparison programs.

Data Analysis and Reporting: Section 9 includes procedures for data analysis to determine the need for
additional monitoring and risk assessment and for data reporting. This section also described the National
Fish Tissue Data Repository (NFTDR), a national database of fish and shellfish  contamination monitoring
data.
[extractedfrom document]

Contact: (202) 260-7786
                                               348

-------
                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION
      Historical Perspective
      Purpose
      Objectives
      Relationship of Manual to Other Guidance Documents
      Organization of this Manual

2  MONITORING STRATEGY
      Screening Studies (Tier 1)
      Intensive Studies (Tier 2)

3  TARGET SPECIES
      Purpose of Using Target Species
      Criteria for Selecting Target Species
      Freshwater Target Species
        Bottom-Feeding Target Species
        Predator Target Species
      Estuarine/Marine Target Species
        Selection of Target Shellfish Species
        Selection of Target Finfish Species

4  TARGET ANALYTES
      Recommended Target Analytes
      Selection of Target Analytes
      Target Analytes Profiles
        Metals
        Organochlorine Pesticides
        Organophosphate Pesticides
        Chlorophenoxy Herbicides
        Polychlorinated Biphenyls (Total)
        Dioxins and Dibenzofurans
      Target Analytes Under Evaluation
        Metals
        Organics

5  SCREENING VALUES FOR TARGET ANALYTES
      General Equations for Calculating Screening Values
        Noncarcinogens
        Carcinogens
        Recommended Values for Variables in Screening Value Equations
      Recommended Screening Values for Target Analytes
                             349

-------
      Comparison of Target Analytes Concentrations with Screening Values
        Metals
        Organics

6  FIELD PROCEDURES
      Sampling Design
        Screening Studies (Tier 1)
        Intensive Studies (Tier 2)
      Sample Collection
        Sampling Equipment and Use
        Preservation of Sample Integrity
        Field Recordkeeping
      Sample Handling
        Sample Selection
        Sample Packaging
        Sample Preservation
        Sample Shipping

7  LABORATORY PROCEDURES I - SAMPLE HANDLING
      Sample Receipt and Chain-of-Custody
      Sample Processing
        General Considerations
        Processing Fish Samples
        Processing Shellfish Samples
      Sample Distribution
        Preparing Sample Aliquots
        Sample Transfer

8  LABORATORY PROCEDURES II - SAMPLE ANALYSES
      Recommended Analytes
        Target Analytes
        Lipid
      Analytical Methods
        Lipid Method
        Target Analyte Methods
      Quality Assurance and Quality Control Considerations
        QA Plans
        Method Documentation
        Minimum QA and QC Requirements for Sample Analyses
      Documentation and Reporting of Data
        Analytical Data Reports
        Summary Reports
                            350

-------
         9  DATA ANALYSIS AND REPORTING
              Data Analysis
                Screening Studies
                Intensive Studies
              Data Reporting
                State Data Reports
                Reports to the National Fish Tissue Data Repository

         10  LITERATURE CITED

APPENDIX A:  FISH AND SHELLFISH SPECIES FOR WHICH STATE CONSUMPTION
            ADVISORIES HAVE BEEN ISSUED

APPENDIX B:  TARGET ANALYTES ANALYZED IN NATIONAL OR REGIONAL MONITORING
            PROGRAMS

APPENDIX C:  PESTICIDES AND HERBICIDES RECOMMENDED AS TARGET ANALYTES

APPENDIX D:  TARGET ANALYTE DOSE-RESPONSE VARIABLES AND ASSOCIATED
            INFORMATION

APPENDIX E:  QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL GUIDANCE

APPENDIX F:  RECOMMENDED PROCEDURES FOR PREPARING WHOLE FISH COMPOSITE
            HOMOGENATE SAMPLES

APPENDIX G:  GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR REMOVING EDIBLE TISSUES FROM
            SHELLFISH

APPENDIX H:  COMPARISON OF TARGET ANALYTE SCREENING VALUES (SVS) WITH
            DETECTION AND QUANTITATION LIMITS OF CURRENT ANALYTICAL
            METHODS

 APPENDIX I:  SOURCES OF RECOMMENDED REFERENCE MATERIALS AND STANDARDS
                                 351

-------

-------
                                                                           Reference No,: ^jฃgj

 U.S. EPA. 1993. Laboratory Methods Manual - Estuaries.  Environmental Monitoring and Assess-
     ment Program. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development,
     Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH.  pp. 289. EPA/600/4-91/024.
 Media in which methods can be used:
                         [•I Water
(•I Sediment
I Biota
 Keywords:
Abstract
Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, toxicity/bioassays,
inorganics, metals, tissue analysis, organics, grain size, total solids, population/
community, pesticides, PAHs, PCBs, organotin, total organic carbon
This EMAP program is designed to monitor a defined set of parameters (i.e., indicators of estuarine and
coastal environmental quality) on a regional scale, over a period of decades, using standardized field
sampling and laboratory methods with a probability-based sampling design. A defined set of parameters
that serve as indicators of environmental quality are addressed. Categories of indicators identified and
sampled are as follows:

   • Response indicators - Measurements that quantify the integrated response of ecological resources
     to individual or multiple stressors.  Included are benthic species composition, abundance and
     biomass; gross pathology offish; fish species composition and abundance; relative abundance of
     large burrowing bivalves; and histopathology offish.

   • Exposure indicators - Physical, chemical, and biological measurements that quantify pollutant
     exposure, habitat degradation, or other causes of degraded ecological condition. Included are
     sediment contaminant concentration; sediment toxicity; contaminants in fish flesh; contaminants in
     large bivalves; and continuous and point measurements of dissolved oxygen concentration.

   • Habitat indicators - Physical, chemical, and biological measurements that provide basic informa-
     tion about the natural environmental setting. Included are sediment characteristics:  water salinity,
     temperature pH, depth, and clarity; chlorophyll-a fluorescence and the amount of photosynthetically
     active radiation (PAR) in the water column.

Recommended protocols for those indicator parameters that are measured in the laboratory are presented
in this document. These include methods of laboratory analyses of selected inorganic and organic param-
eters, tissue analyses, sediment toxicity testing methods, sediment composition, and grain size determina-
tions. Histopathological procedures and macrobenthic community assessment protocols are also dis-
cussed.  Protocols for indicator parameters collected or measured in the field are contained in EMAP-NC
Field Operations Manuals (Macauley, 1991; Strobel and Schimmel, 1991).
[extracted from document]

Contact: (513)569-7301
                                              553

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  EMAP-ESTUARIES
     Introduction

2  INORGANIC CHEMISTRY METHODS
     Introduction
     Sample Preparation Procedure for Spectrochemical Analyses of Total
        Recoverable Elements in Biological Tissues
     Determination of Metals and Trace Elements by Inductively Couple
        Plasma - Atomic Emission Spectrometry
     Determination of Mercury in Sediments by Cold Vapor Atomic Absorption
        Spectrometry
     Determination of Mercury in Tissues by Cold Vapor Atomic Absorption
        Spectrometry
     Determination of Acid-Volatile Sulfides in Sediments Using Sulfide-
        Specific Electrode Detection
     Microwave Digestion Procedure for Metals in Sediments

3  ORGANIC CHEMISTRY METHODS
     Introduction
     Determination of Chlorinated Pesticides, Polycyclic Aromatic
        Hydrocarbons, and Selected Polychlorinated Biphenyl Congeners in
        Sediments
     Determination of Butyltin Compounds in Sediments
     Method for the Determination of Total Organic and Inorganic Carbon
        (Wet Oxidation)
     Residue, Non-Filterable (Suspended Solids)

4  LABORATORY METHODS FOR  FILLETING AND COMPOSITING FISH
   FOR ORGANIC AND INORGANC CONTAMINANT ANALYSES

5  SEDIMENT TOXICITY TEST METHODS

6  SEDIMENT SILT-CLAY CONTENT AND GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION
   LABORATORY PROCEDURES

7  BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATE METHODS MACROBENTHIC
   COMMUNITY ASSESSMENT

8  HISTOPATHOLOGY
      Suborganismal Bioindicators
      Aromatic Hydrocarbon Metabolites in Bile .
      Bioindicators - Blood Chemisry Profiles and Hematology Studies
                            354

-------
                                                                           Reference No.:\
 U.S. EPA. 1993. Methods for Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations, Phase II Toxicity Identifica-
     tion Procedures for Samples Exhibiting Acute and Chronic Toxicity. U.S. Environmental Protec-
     tion Agency, Office of Research and Development, Environmental Research Laboratory,
     Duluth,MN. EPA/600/R-92/080. (NTIS: PB94-114907).
 Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
 Keywords:     Water quality, organics, metals, toxicity

 Abstract

 This document is one in a series of guidance documents intended to assist dischargers and their consult-
 ants in conducting acute or chronic aquatic toxicity identification evaluations (TIEs). TIEs might be
 required by state or federal agencies resulting from an enforcement action or as a condition of a National
 Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit. The TIE approach is applicable to effluents,
 ambient waters, sediment pore waters or elutriates, and hazardous waste leachates. The methods de-
 scribed in this document will also help to determine the adequacy of effluent TIEs when they are con-
 ducted as part of a toxicity reduction evaluation (TRE).

 This Phase II document is the second of a three phase series of documents that provide methods to
 characterize and identify the cause of toxicity in effluents. The first phase of the series, Phase I, charac-
 terized the physical/chemical nature of the acute and chronic toxicant(s), thereby simplifying the analyti-
 cal work needed to identify the toxicant(s). Phase II provides guidance to identify the suspect toxicants,
 and the last phase, Phase III provides methods to confirm that the suspect toxicants are indeed the cause
 of toxicity. These recent TIE documents have been produced or revised to include chronic toxicity
 recommendations and additional information or experiences we have gained since the original methods
 were printed.

 This Phase II document provides identification schemes for non-polar organic chemicals, ammonia,
 metals, chlorine, and  surfactants that cause either acute or chronic toxicity. The document is still incom-
 plete in that it does not provide methods to identify all toxicants, such as polar organic compounds. This
 Phase n manual also  incorporates chronic and acute toxicity identification techniques into one document.

While the TIE approach was originally developed for effluents, the methods and techniques directly apply
to other types of aqueous samples, such as ambient waters, sediment pore waters, sediment elutriates, and
hazardous waste leachates. These methods are not mandatory protocols but should be used as general
guidance for conducting TIEs.

The sections of both Phase I documents which address health and safety, quality assurance/quality control
(QA/QC), facilities and equipment, dilution water, testing, sampling, and parts of the introduction are
applicable to Phase II. These sections, however, are not repeated in their entirety in this document.
[copied from document]

Contact: (513)569-7562
                                              555

-------
                   TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION
      General Overview

2  NON-POLAR ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
      General Overview
      Acute Toxicity: Fractionation and Toxicity Testing Procedures
        Sample Volume
        Filtration
        Column Size
        C18 SPE Column Conditioning
        Elution Blanks
        Column Loading with Effluent
        C,. SPE Column Elution
          10
        Blank & Effluent Fraction Toxicity Tests
        APE Fractions: Concentration and Subsequent Toxicity Testing
        HPLC Separation
        HPLC Fraction Toxicity Tests
        HPLC Fraction: Concentration and Subsequent Toxicity Testing
      Chronic Toxicity:  Fractionation and Toxicity Testing Procedures
        Sample Volume
        Filtration
        Column Size
        C18 SPE Column Conditioning
        Elution Blanks
        Column Loading with Effluent
        C1H SPE Column Elution
          lo
        Blank & Effluent Fraction Toxicity Tests
        APE Fractions: Concentration and Subsequent Toxicity Testing
        HPLC Separation
        HPLC Fraction Toxicity Tests
        HPLC Fraction: Concentration and Subsequent Toxicity Testing
      GC/MS Analyses
      Identifying Suspected Toxicants
         Identifying Organophosphase Pesticides
         Identifying Surfactants
      Alternate Fractionation Procedures
         Modified Elution Method
         Solvent Exchange
        Alternative SPE Sorbents and Techniques
                              556

-------
3  AMMONIA
      General Overview
      Toxicity Testing Concerns
      Measuring Ammonia Concentration
      Graduated pH Test
        pH Control: Acid/Base Adjustments
        pH Control: CO2 Adjustments
        pH Control: Buffer pH Adjustments
      Zeolite  Resin Test
      Air-Stripping of Ammonia

4  METALS
      General Overview
      Analysis of Metals
        Prioritizing Metals for Analysis
        Metal Analysis Methods
        Metal Speciation
        Identification of Suspect Metal Toxicants
      Additional Toxicity Testing Methods
        EDTA Addition Test
        Sodium Thiosulfate Addition Test
        Metal Toxicity Changes with pH
        Ion-Exchange Test

5  CHLORINE
      General Overview
      Tracking Toxicity and TRC Levels

6  IDENTIFYING TOXICANTS REMOVED BY FILTRATION
      General Overview
      Filter Extraction

7  REFERENCES

8  APPENDIX A
                             357

-------

-------
                                                                           Reference No.:
U.S. EPA.  1993.  Methods for Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations, Phase III Toxicity Confir-
     mation Procedures for Samples Exhibiting Acute and Chronic Toxicity.  U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Environmental Research Laboratory,
     Duluth, MN. EPA/600/R-92/081. (NTIS: PB84-123833).
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, toxicity/bioassays, QA/QC


Abstract

This Phase III document is the last in a series of guidance documents intended to aid discharges and their
consultants in conducting aquatic organism toxicity identification evaluations (TIEs). TIEs might be
required by state or federal agencies as the result of an enforcement action or as a condition of a National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit. These documents should aid individuals in
overseeing and determining the adequacy of effluent TIEs as a part of toxicity reduction evaluations
(TREs).

In this confirmation document, guidance is included when the treatability approach is taken. Use of the
treatability approach required confirmation as much as or more than the toxicant identification approach
(Phase II). The reader is encouraged to use both the acute Phase I characterization and the chronic Phase
I characterization documents for details of quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC), health and safety,
facilities and equipment, dilution water, sampling,  and testing. The TIE methods are written as general
guidance rather than rigid protocols for conducting TIEs and these methods should be applicable to other
aqueous samples, such as  ambient waters, sediment elutriate or pore waters, and leachates.

In 1989, the guidance document for acutely toxic effluents entitled Methods for Aquatic Toxicity Identifi-
cation Evaluations: Phase III Toxicity Confirmation Procedures was published. This new Phase HI
manual  and its companion documents are intended to provide guidance to aid dischargers in confirming
the cause of toxicity in industrial and municipal effluents. The toxicity identification evaluation (TEE)
starts with a characterization of the effluent toxicity using aquatic organisms to tract toxicity; this step is
followed by identifying a  suspect toxicant(s) and then confirming the suspect toxicant as the cause of
toxicity.

This Phase HI confirmation document provides greater detail and more insight into the procedures  de-
scribed in the acute Phase III confirmation document.  Procedures to confirm that all toxicants have been
correctly identified are given and specific changes for methods applicable to chronic toxicity are included.
A difficult aspect of confirmation occurs when toxicants are not additive, and therefore the effects of
effluent matrix affecting the toxicants  are discussed. The same basic techniques (correlation, symptoms,
relative  species  sensitivity, spiking, and mass balance) are still used to confirm toxicants and case ex-
amples are provided to illustrate some of the Phase III procedures.
[copied from document]

Contact:  (513)569-7562
                                              359

-------
                TABLE OF CONTENTS

 1   INTRODUCTION

 2   CORRELATION APPROACH
      Correlation
      Correlation Problems Caused by Matrix Effects

 3   SYMPTOM APPROACH

 4   SPECIES SENSITIVITY APPROACH

 5   SPIKING APPROACH

 6   MASS BALANCE APPROACH

 7   DELETION APPROACH

 8   ADDITIONAL APPROACHES

 9   HIDDEN TOXICANTS

10   CONCLUSIONS

11   WHEN THE TREATABILITY APPROACH HAS BEEN USED

12   REFERENCES
                        360

-------
                                                                       Reference No.: I
U.S. EPA. 1993. Methods for the Determination of Inorganic Substances in Environmental Samples.
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Environmental
     Monitoring Systems Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH.  EPA/600/R-93/100. (NTIS: PB94-120821).
Media in which methods can be msed:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:     Water quality, sampling, turbidity, inorganics, nutrients, oxygen demand, data
               analysis


Abstract

This manual contains ten updated and revised automated, semi-automated or methods amenable to
automation for the determination of a variety of inorganic substances in water and wastewater.

These methods include and address, in an expanded form, information concerning safety, quality control,
pollution prevention, and waste management. Methods were selected which minimize the amount of
hazardous reagents required and maximize sample throughput to allow expanded quality control.

Automated methods are included for nitrate-nitrate, phosphorus, and sulfate.  Semi-automated methods
cover cyanide, ammonia, total kjeldahl nitrogen (TKN), chemical oxygen demand (COD), and generic
phenolics. Methods amenable to automation include turbidity and inorganic anions by ion chromatogra-
phy.
[copied from document]

Contact (513) 589-7586
                                            361

-------
               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 1   INTRODUCTION
                                                      METHOD
                                                      NUMBER
 2  DETERMINATION OF TURBIDITY BY NEPHELOMETRY (REV. 2.0)    180.1
 3  DETERMINATION OF INORGANIC ANIONS BY ION
    CHROMATOGRAPHY (REV. 2.1)
300.0
 4  DETERMINATION OF TOTAL CYANIDE BY SEMI-AUTOMATED
    COLORIMETRY (REV. 1.0)
335.4
 5  DETERMINATION OF AMMONIA NITROGEN BY SEMI-
    AUTOMATED COLORIMETRY (REV. 2.0)
350.1
 6  DETERMINATION OF TOTAL KJELDAHL NITROGEN BY
    SEMI-AUTOMATED COLORIMETRY (REV. 2.0)
351.2
 7  DETERMINATION OF NITRATE-NITRITE BY AUTOMATED
    COLORIMETRY (REV. 2.0)
353.2
 8  DETERMINATION OF PHOSPHORUS BY AUTOMATED
    COLORIMETRY (REV. 2.0)
365.1
 9  DETERMINATION OF SULFATE BY AUTOMATED
    COLORIMETRY (REV. 2.0)
375.2
10  DETERMINATION OF CHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND BY
    SEMI-AUTOMATED COLORIMETRY (REV. 2.0)
410.4
11   DETERMINATION OF TOTAL RECOVERABLE PHENOLICS
    BY SEMI-AUTOMATED COLORIMETRY (REV. 1.0)
420.4
                         362

-------
                                                                        Reference No.:

U.S. EPA. 1993. (In press.)  QA/QC Document for Sampling and Analysis of Sediments, Water, and
     Tissues for Dredged Material Evaluations Phase 1 - Chemical Evaluations. U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, Office of Water, Office of Science and Technology, Standards & Applied
     Science Division (WH-585), Washington, DC.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, QA/QC, sampling, data analysis/management,
                tissue analysis
         *s
Abstract

This document provides programmatic and technical guidance on quality assurance and quality control
(QA/QC) issues related to evaluations of impacts associated with the discharge of dredged materials into
inland and ocean waters.  This QA/QC document serves as a companion manual to the Ocean Testing
Manual and the Inland Testing Manual, both developed jointly by EPA and USAGE.

The purpose of this document is

  •  to provide guidance on the development of quality assurance project plans for ensuring the reliabil-
     ity of data gathered to evaluate dredged material proposed for discharge under the Clean Water Act
     and the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act

  •  to outline procedures to be followed when sampling and analyzing sediments, water, and tissue

  •  to provide recommended target detection limits (TDLs) for chemicals of concern

This Phase 1 document pertains largely to physical and chemical evaluations. Phase 2 of the QA/QC
guidance, pertaining to biological evaluations, will be published in 1995.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (202) 260-8085
                                            363

-------
                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION
      Government (Data User) Program
      Contractor (Data Generator) Program

2  DRAFTING A QUALITY ASSURANCE PROJECT PLAN
      Introductory Material
      Quality Assurance Organization and Responsibilities
        Staffing for Quality Assurance
        Statements of Work
        Laboratory Quality Assurance Responsibilities
      Quality Assurance Objectives
        Program vs. Project Objectives
        Target Detection Limits for Chemicals
      Standard Operating Procedures
      Sampling Strategy and Procedures
        Review of Dredging Plan
        Site Background and Existing Database
        Subdivision of Dredging Area
        Sample Location and Collection Frequency
        Sample Designation System
        Sample Collection Methods
        Sample Handling, Preservation, and Storage
        Logistical Considerations and Safety Precautions
      Sample Custody
        Sample Custody and Documentation
        Storage and Disposal of Samples
      Calibration Procedures and  Frequency
        Calibration Frequency
        Number of Calibration Standards
        Calibration Acceptance Criteria
      Analytical Procedures
        Physical Analysis of Sediment
        Chemical Analysis of Sediment
        Chemical Analysis of Water
        Chemical Analysis of Tissue
      Data Screening, Validation,  Reduction, and Reporting
        Data Screening and Validation
        Data Reduction and Reporting
      Internal Quality Control Checks
        Priority and Frequency of Quality Control Checks
        Specifying Quality Control Limits
                              364

-------
                 Quality Control Considerations for Physical Analysis of Sediments
                 Quality Control Considerations for Chemical Analysis of Sediments
                 Quality Control Considerations for Chemical Analysis of Water
                 Quality Control Considerations for Chemical Analysis of Tissue
                 Quality Control Considerations for Biological Analysis
               Performance and System Audits
                 Procedures for Pre-Award Inspections of Laboratories
                 Interlaboratory Comparisons
                 Routine System Audits
               Preventative Maintenance
               Calculation of Data Quality Indicators
               Corrective Actions
               Quality Assurance Reports of Management
                 Preparing Basic Quality Assurance Reports
                 Preparing Detailed Quality Assurance Reports
               References

          3  REFERENCES

          4  GLOSSARY

APPENDIX A  EXAMPLE QA/QC CHECKLISTS, FORMS, AND RECORDS

APPENDIX B  EXAMPLE STATEMENT OF WORK FOR THE LABORATORY

APPENDIX C  DESCRIPTION OF CALIBRATION, QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS, AND
             WIDELY USED ANALYTICAL METHODS

APPENDIX D  STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES

APPENDIX E  EPA PRIORITY POLLUTANTS AND ADDITIONAL HAZARDOUS
             SUBSTANCE LIST COMPOUNDS

APPENDIX F  EXAMPLE QUALITY ASSURANCE REPORTS

APPENDIX G  ANALYTICAL/ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY AUDIT STANDARD
             OPERATING PROCEDURES

APPENDIX H  FORMAT FOR SEDIMENT TESTING REPORT
                                    365

-------

-------
                                                                           Reference No. :
U.S. EPA.  1993.  Volunteer Estuary Monitoring: A Methods Manual. U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Office of Water, Office of Wetlands, Oceans, and Watersheds, Washington, DC. EPA
     842-B-93-004.
Media in which methods can he used:
[•] Water
Sediment
\ Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, biological characterization, dissolved oxygen, nutrients, chlorophyll,
                population community, pathogenic organisms, sampling, QA/QC, volunteer moni-
                toring

Abstract

This manual compiles methodologies and techniques used in volunteer monitoring programs for estuarine
waters.  The manual describes specific techniques that managers can use to enhance existing programs or
to launch a new volunteer monitoring program.

The focus of the manual is the identification of those water quality parameters that are most important in
determining an estuary's water quality.  The significance of each parameter and specific methods to
monitor it are then detailed in a step-by-step fashion.  Proper quality assurance and quality control are
stressed to ensure that the data are useful to state agencies and other users.

Chapter 1  summarizes the process of planning and managing a volunteer monitoring program.  Chapter 2
follows with a discussion of the particular problems that afflict the nation's estuaries. Chapter 3 describes
those parameters that paint a broad-brush picture of an estuary's fundamental nature and outlines how to
measure them. Chapters 4 through 7 take a detailed look at the most important parameters used in
describing the water quality of an estuary:  dissolved oxygen, nutrients and phytoplankton, submerged
aquatic vegetation, and bacteria. Chapter 8 discusses the monitoring of marine debris, organizing a beach
cleanup program, and collecting shellfish for toxic substance, bacteria, or paralytic shellfish poisoning
analysis. Chapter 9 discusses the reasons for training volunteers and the steps necessary to ensure com-
plete and interesting training sessions. Chapter 10 concludes the manual with a discussion of different
data presentation techniques and the importance of credible data.

At the end of each chapter, references and materials from existing volunteer monitoring estuary programs
are listed.  These references should prove a valuable source of detailed information to anyone interested in
establishing a new volunteer program or a background resource to those with already established pro-
grams.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (202) 260-9082
                                              367

-------
BPJM
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

              1   INTRODUCTION
                    Purpose of this Manual
                    Manual Organization
                    Planning an Estuarine Monitoring Program
                    References

              2   OUR TROUBLED ESTUARIES
                    What is an Estuary?
                    The Problems
                    Measures of Environmental Health and Degradation
                    References

              3   SETTING THE STAGE
                    Characterizing the Estuarine Environment
                    References

              4   MONITORING DISSOLVED OXYGEN
                    The Importance of Dissolved Oxygen
                    Sampling Considerations
                    How to Monitor DO
                    References

              5   MONITORING NUTRIENTS AND PHYTOPLANKTON
                    The Importance of Nutrients
                    Why Measure Nutrients?
                    Nutrient Sample Considerations
                    Where to Sample in the Water Column
                    Returning to the Same Monitoring Site
                    How to Sample Nutrients
                    Phytoplankton
                    References

              6   MONITORING SUBMERGED AQUATIC VEGETATION
                    The Role of Submerged Aquatic Vegetation
                    Common SAV Species
                    Monitoring Considerations
                    How to Monitor SAV Using the Groundtruthing Method
                    References

              7   MONITORING BACTERIA
                    The Role of Bacteria
                                         368

-------
                                                                             fiTTiฅ
                Bacterial Contamination
                Why Monitor Bacteria?
                Shellfish Monitoring for Bacteria
                Bacteria Sampling Considerations
                How to Measure Bacteria Levels
                Biochemical Oxygen Demand
                References

           8  MONITORING  OTHER ESTUARINE CONDITIONS
                Monitoring Marine Debris
                Collecting Shellfish for Analysis
                References

           9  TRAINING VOLUNTEERS
                Why Train Volunteers
                Creating a Task Description
                Planning the Training
                Presenting the Training
                Evaluating the Training
                Coaching/Providing Feedback
                References

          10  PRESENTING MONITORING RESULTS
                Data Presentation
                Case Study
                References

APPENDIX A  PREPARING A QAPJP

APPENDIX B  SCIENTIFIC  SUPPLY HOUSES

APPENDIX C  HYDROMETER CONVERSION TABLE
                                     369

-------

-------
                                                                           Reference No.:
 U.S. EPA. 1994. CWA Section 403: Procedural and Monitoring Guidance. U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, Office of Water; Office of Wetlands, Oceans, and Watersheds, Ocean and
     Coastal Protection Division, Washington, DC. EPA 842-B-94-003.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:     Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, currents, depth, grain
                size, salinity, turbidity, temperature, sampling, QA/QC, nutrients, metals, dissolved
                oxygen, chlorophyll, PAHs, PCBs, organics, population/community, bioaccumula-
                tion, pathogenic organisms

Abstract

The Clean Water Act (CWA, or the Act), Public Law 95-217, was enacted in 1972.  The Act is the single
most important and comprehensive piece of legislation dealing with the environmental quality of the
Nation's waters, covering both marine and freshwater systems.

Section 402 of the CWA established the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES).  This
section of the Act requires that any direct discharger of pollutants to the surface waters of the United
States obtain an NPDES permit before the discharge can take place. To obtain a NPDES permit, a
discharger must demonstrate compliance with all applicable requirements of the Act.  In the case of
discharges to the territorial sea, the contiguous zone, or the ocean, these requirements include  Section 403
of the Clean Water Act, which sets forth criteria to prevent unreasonable degradation of the  marine
environment and authorized imposition of any additional effluent limitations, including zero discharge,
necessary to protect the receiving waters to attain the objectives of the Clean Water Act.

This document is designed to provide the EPA Regions and NPDES-authorized States with  a framework
for the decision-making process for Clean Waters Act Section 403 evaluations and to provide guidance on
the type and level of monitoring that should be required as part of permit issuance under the "no irrepa-
rable harm" provisions of Section 403. (Generally, ambient monitoring is not required if a determination
of "no unreasonable degradation" is made.) The decision-making aspects of the program, such as deter-
mination of information requirements and sufficiency of information, determination of no unreasonable
degradation, and the decision to issue/reissue or deny a permit, are described.  Options for monitoring
under the basis of no irreparable haim, including criteria for evaluating perceived potential impact and
establishing monitoring requirements to assess actual impacts, are discussed. Finally, summaries of
monitoring methods for evaluating the following parameters are provided:

 • • physical characteristics, such as temperature, salinity, density, depth, turbidity, and current velocity
    and direction, to characterize the water column, to verify hydrodynamic models, and to indicate
    spatial and temporal variations

  • water chemistry to evaluate the quality of receiving waters

  • sediment chemistry to determine pollutant levels in sediments

  • sediment grain size to describe spatial and temporal changes in the benthic  community

  • benthic community structure to detect and describe spatial and temporal changes in community
    structure and function
                                              371

-------
•till

   •  fish and shellfish pathobiology to provide information regarding damage or alteration to organ
     systems offish and shellfish

   •  fish and shellfish populations to detect and describe spatial and temporal changes in the abun-
     dance, structure, and function of fish and shellfish communities

   •  plankton characteristics including biomass, productivity, and community structure and function, to
     identify the dominant species, detect short- and long-term spatial and temporal trends, and examine
     the relationship between water quality conditions and community characteristics

   •  habitat identification to determine whether pollutant-related damage will cause long-lasting harm
     to sensitive marine habitats

   •  bioaccumulation to provide the link between pollutant exposure and effects

   •  pathogens to assess water conditions in the vicinity of discharges and surrounding areas and to
     assess relative pathogen contributions from permitted effluent discharges

   •  effluent characterization to predict biological impacts of an effluent prior to discharge

   •  mesocosms and microcosms to assess ecological impacts from marine discharges

Each method section contains an explanation of why the measurement of the parameter of concern might
be included as part of a 403 monitoring program, and a discussion of monitoring design considerations,
analytical methods, statistical design considerations, the  use of data generated, and quality assurance/
quality control considerations.
[extracted from document]

Contact (202) 260-6502
                                               372

-------
                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

1   INTRODUCTION
      The Ocean Discharge Criteria
      Purpose of this Document
      Document Format

2   SECTION 403 PROCEDURE
      Background
        The Role of the Ocean Discharge Criteria in NPDES Permit Issuance
        Applicability of Section 403
        Individual or General Permit
      General Procedure
        Request for Issuance/Reissuance of a Section 402 Permit
        Determination of Information Requirements
        Determination of No Unreasonable Degradation
        Decision to Issue/Reissue or Deny a Permit
        Insufficient Information

3   OPTIONS FOR MONITORING UNDER THE BASIS OF "NO
    IRREPARABLE HARM"
      Background
      Criteria for Evaluating the Potential for Environmental Impact
        Major/Minor Discharges
        Discharges to Stressed Waters
        Discharges to Sensitive Biological Areas
        Presence of Other Discharges in the Area
      Monitoring Requirements Based on Perceived Potential Environmental Threat
        Minimal Potential Threat
        Moderate Potential Threat
        High Potential Threat
      Summary

4   SUMMARY OF WORKING METHODS
      Physical Characteristics
        Rationale
        Monitoring  Design Considerations
        Analytical Methods Considerations
        QA/QC Considerations
        Statistical Design Considerations
        Use of Data
        Summary and Recommendations
                            373

-------
                Water Chemistry
                   [Sub-headings same as for Physical Characteristics]
                Sediment Chemistry
                   [Sub-headings same as for Physical Characteristics]
                Sediment Grain Size
                   [Sub-headings same as for Physical Characteristics]
                Benthic Community Structure
                   [Sub-headings same as for Physical Characteristics]
                Fish and Shellfish Pathobiology
                   [Sub-headings same as for Physical Characteristics]
                Fish Populations
                   [Sub-headings same as for Physical Characteristics]
                Plankton: Biomass, Productivity, and Community Structure/Function
                   [Sub-headings same as for Physical Characteristics]
                Habitat Identification Methods
                   [Sub-headings same as for Physical Characteristics]
                Bioaccumulation
                   [Sub-headings same as for Physical Characteristics]
                Pathogens
                   [Sub-headings same as for Physical Characteristics]
                Effluent Characterization
                   [Sub-headings same as for Physical Characteristics]
                Mesocosms and Microcosms
                   [Sub-headings same as for Physical Characteristics]

           5  LITERATURE CITED

APPENDIX A  MONITORING METHODS REFERENCES

APPENDIX B  OCEAN DISCHARGE CRITERIA
                                        374

-------
                                                                         Reference No.: BV]


U.S. EPA.  1994.  Guidance for Assessing Chemical Contaminant Data for Use in Fish Advisories.
     Volume II: Risk Assessment, and Fish Consumption Limits. U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Office of Science and Technology, Office of Water, Washington, DC. EPA 823-B-94-
     004.
Media in which methods can be used:
                                            Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Biological characterization, QA/QC, metals, pesticides, PCBs, inorganics, organics,
                tissue analysis, data analysis/management

Abstract

The purpose of this document is to provide guidance to States and Native American Tribes on the devel-
opment of fish consumption limits for chemically contaminated noncommercial freshwater and estuarine
fish.

The objective of Volume II is to provide guidance on the development of risk-based meal consumption
limits for 23 high-priority chemical fish contaminants (target analytes).  The target analytes addressed in
this guidance series were selected as particularly significant fish contaminants by EPA's Office of Water,
based on their occurrence in fish, their potential for bioaccumulation, and their toxicity to humans. The
criteria for their selection are discussed in Volume I of this series. In addition to a presentation of con-
sumption limits, Volume II contains a discussion of risk assessment methods used to derive the consump-
tion limits, as well as a discussion of methods to modify these limits to reflect local conditions. Addi-
tional sources of information are listed for those seeking a more detailed discussion of risk assessment
methods.

The resultant guidance should help improve the comparability of the methods that underlie fish consump-
tion advisory programs. This manual provides guidance only and does not constitute a regulatory require-
ment of the States.

This manual is the second in a four volume set of documents prepared by the EPA Office of Water.
Volume I: Fish Sampling and Analysis, was released in September 1993. Volume III:  Risk Management
and Volume IV: Risk Communication, are scheduled for publication during late 1994 or early 1995. All
four of these documents are begin developed in a cooperative fashion with Native American Tribes and
State, Federal,  and Local Government Agencies.

Copies of this document may be obtained by writing to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Fish
Contamination Section (4305), 401 M Street S.W., Washington, D.C. 20460.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (202)260-7786
                                             375

-------
mar
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

               1  INTRODUCTION
                     Overview and Objectives
                     Sources

               2  DEVELOPMENT AND USE OF RISK-BASED CONSUMPTION LIMITS
                     Overview and Section Organization
                     Equations Used to Develop Risk-Based Consumption Limits
                       Calculation of Consumption Limits for Carcinogenic Effects
                         Calculation of Daily Consumption Limits
                         Calculation of Meal Consumption Limits
                         Input Parameters
                       Calculation of Consumption Limits for Noncarcinogenic Effects
                         Calculation of Daily Consumption Limits
                         Calculation of Meals per Month
                         Input Parameters
                       Calculation of Consumption Limits for Developmental Effects
                     Default Values and Alternative Values for Calculating Consumption Limits
                       Maximum Acceptable Risk Level (RL)
                       Chronic Reference Doses and Cancer Potencies (RfDs and q^s)
                       Consumer Body Weight
                         Derivation of Multipliers for Body Weight Adjustment
                       Meal Size
                       Meal Frequency
                     Modification of Consumption Limits for Multiple Species, Single
                       Contaminant Exposure
                       Carcinogenic Effects
                       Noncarcinogenic Effects
                     Modification of Consumption Limits for Multiple Contaminant Exposures
                       Carcinogenic Effects
                       Noncarcinogenic Effects
                       Species-Specific Consumption Limits in a Multiple Species Diet
                     Choice of Consumption Limits

               3  RISK-BASED CONSUMPTION LIMIT TABLES
                     Overview and Section Organization
                     Consumption Limit Tables

               4  RISK ASSESSMENT METHODS
                     Introduction
                       Other Information Sources
                                            375

-------
  Hazard Identification
     Approach for Fish Contaminants
       lexicological Data
       Contaminant Data
       Sources of Exposure
     Assumptions and Uncertainty Analysis
  Dose-Response Assessment
     Acute Eixposure Toxicity
     Chronic Exposure Toxicity
     Carcinogenicity
     Mutagenicity/Genotoxicity
     Developmental Toxicity
     Multiple Chemical Exposure: Interactive Effects
     Assumptions and Uncertainties
  Exposure Assessment
     Chemical Occurrences in Fish
       Distribution in Fish Tissues
       Fish Contaminants
     Geographic Distribution of Contaminated Fish
     Individual Exposure Assessment
       Exposure Variables
       Averaging Periods Versus Exposure Durations
       Parameters Used in Determining Individual Consumption Patterns
       Multiple Chemical Exposures
     Population Exposure Assessment
     Uncertainty and Assumptions
       Chemical Concentrations in Fish
       Body Weight
       Consumption Rate
       Multiple Species and Multiple Contaminants
       Other Sources of Exposure
  Risk Characterization
     Carcinogenic Toxicity
     Noncarcinogenic Toxicity
     Subpopulation Considerations
     Multiple Species and Multiple Contaminant Considerations
     Incorporating Considerations of Uncertainty in Consumption Limits

TOXICITY DATA FOR TARGET ANALYTES AND METHODOLOGY FOR RISK
VALUE CALCULATION
  Introduction
  Categories of Information Provided in Section 5.6 for Target Analytes
                          377

-------
  Pharmacokinetics                            ;
  Acute Toxicity
  Chronic Toxicity
  Developmental Toxicity
  Mutagenicity
  Carcinogenicity
  Special Susceptibilities
  Interactive Effects
  Data Gaps
  Summary of EPA Risk Values
  Major Sources
  Statement Regarding Uncertainty
Methods for Calculating Developmental Toxicity Exposure Limits
  Definitions
  Special Issues in the Evaluation of Developmental Toxins
  Methods for Estimating Exposure Limits
     Identify the Most Appropriate NOAEL or LOAEL
     Apply Relevant Uncertainty and Modifying Factors
     Sources of Additional Information on Developmental Toxicity
Methods for Calculating Alternative Values for Systemic Chronic Effects
  Identify the Most Appropriate NOAEL or LOAEL
  Apply Relevant Uncertainty and Modifying Factors
Toxicity Characteristics of Groups of Analytes
  Organochlorine Pesticides
  Organophosphate Pesticides
Toxicity Data for Target Analytes
  Chlordane
  DDT, DDE, ODD
  Dicofol
  Dieldrin
  Endosulfan  1,11
  Endrin
  Heptachlor Epoxide
  Hexachlorobenzene
  Lindane
  Mirex
  Toxaphene
  Carbophenothion
  Chlorpyrifos
  Diazinon
  Disulfoton
  Ethion
                        378

-------
                 Terbufos
                 Oxyfluorfen
                 PCBs
                 Dixon
                 Cadmium
                 Methylmercury
                 Selenium

          6  LITERATURE CITED

APPENDIX A:  MUTAGENICITY AND GENOTOXICITY

APPENDIX B:  ADDITIONAL SOURCES OF INFORMATION
                                   379

-------

-------
                                                                         Reference No.:
U.S. EPA. 1994. Methods for Measuring the Toxicity of Sediment-Associated Contaminants with
     Estuarine and Marine Amphipods. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Science
     and Technology, Washington, DC.  EPA 600/R-94/025.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
\ Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Sediment quality, toxicity/bioassay, QA/QC, sampling

Abstract

This manual describes a laboratory method for determining the short-term toxicity of contaminated
whole-sediments using marine and estuarine amphipod crustaceans. Test sediments may be collected
from estuarine or marine environments or spiked with compounds in the laboratory. A single test method
is outlined that may be used with any of four amphipod species, including Ampelisca abdita,
Eohaustorius estuarius, Leptochelrus plumulosus, and Rhepoxynius abronius. The toxicity test is con-
ducted for 10 days in 1 L glass chambers containing 175 mL of sediment and 800 mL of overlying water.
Overlying water is not renewed, and test organisms are not fed during the toxicity tests.  Temperature and
salinity of overlying water, and choice of negative control and reference sediments, are species-specific.
The endpoint in the toxicity test is survival, and reburial of surviving amphipods is an additional measure-
ment that can be used as an endpoint.
[copied from document]

Contact: (202) 260-5385
                                             381

-------
                TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION
     Significance of Use
     Program Applicability
     Scope and Application
     Performance Based Criteria

2  SUMMARY OF METHOD
     Method Description and Experimental Design
     Types of Tests
     Test Endpoints

3  DEFINITIONS

4  INTERFERENCES
     General Introduction
     Species-Specific Interferences

5  HEALTH, SAFETY AND WASTE MANAGEMENT
     General Precautions
     Safety Equipment
     General Laboratory and Field Operations
     Disease Prevention
     Safety Manuals
     Pollution Prevention, Waste Management, and Sample Disposal

6  FACILITIES, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES

7  WATER, REAGENTS, AND STANDARDS

8  SAMPLE COLLECTION, STORAGE, MANIPULATION, AND
   CHARACTERIZATION

9  QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL
     Introduction
     Performance Based Criteria
     Facilities, Equipment, and Test Chambers
     Test Organisms
     Water
     Sample Collection and Storage
     Test Conditions
     Quality of Test Organisms
                          382

-------
              Quality of Food
              Test Acceptability
              Analytical Methods
              Calibration and Standardization
              Replication and Test Sensitivity
              Demonstrating Acceptable Performance
              Documenting Ongoing Laboratory Performance
              Reference Toxicants
              Record Keeping

        10  COLLECTION, CULTURE, AND MAINTENANCE OF TEST ORGANISMS
              Life History
              Species Selection
              Field Collection  .
              Holding arid  Acclimation
              Culture Method for Leptocheirus plumulosus

        11  TEST METHOD 100.4:  AMPELISCA ABDITA, EOHAUSTORIUS
            ESTUARIUS, LEPTOCHEIRUS PLUMULOSUS, OR RHEPOXYNIUS
            ABRONIUS 10-D SURVIVAL TEST FOR WHOLE SEDIMENTS
              Introduction
              Recommended Test Method
              General Procedures
              Interpretation of Results

        12  DATA RECORDING, ANALYSIS, CALCULATIONS, AND REPORTING
              Data Recording
              Data Analysis

        13  PRECISION AND ACCURACY
              Determining Precision and Accuracy
              Accuracy
              Replication and Test Sensitivity
              Demonstrating Acceptable Lab Performance
              Precision of Sediment Toxicity Test Methods

        14  REFERENCES

APPENDIX:  EXAMPLE DATA SHEETS
                                    383

-------
384

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:
U.S. EPA.  1994.  Methods for Measuring the Toxicity of Sediment-Associated Contaminants with
     Freshwater Invertebrates.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and
     Development, Duluth, MN.  EPA 600/R-94/024.
Media in which methods can be used:
                                            Water
!•! Sediment
y] Biota
Keywords:      Sediment quality, bioaccumulation, toxicity/bioassay, QA/QC, sampling

Abstract

Procedures are described for testing freshwater organisms in the laboratory to evaluate the toxicity or
bioaccumulation of contaminants associated with whole sediments.  Sediments may be collected from the
field or spiked with compounds in. the laboratory. Toxicity methods are outlined for two organisms, the
amphipod Hyalella azteca and the midge Chironomus tentans. The toxicity tests are conducted for 10
days in 300-mL chambers containing 100 mL of sediment and 175 mL of overlying water. Overlying
water is renewed daily, and the test organisms are fed during the toxicity tests. The endpoint of the
toxicity test with H. azteca is survival and the endpoints in the C. tentans are survival and growth.
Procedures are described primarily for testing freshwater sediments: however, estuarine sediments  (up to
15 ppt salinity) can also be tested with H. azteca.

Guidance for conducting 28-day bioaccumulation tests with the oligochaete Lumbriculus variegatus is
provided in the manual. Overlying water is renewed daily and test organisms are not fed during bioaccu-
mulation tests. Methods are also described for determining bioaccumulation kinetics of different classes
of compounds during 28-day exposures with L. variegatus.
[copied from document]

Contact: (202) 260-5385
                                             555

-------
                TABLE OF CONTENTS

1  INTRODUCTION
     Significance of Use
     Program Applicability
     Scope and Application
     Performance Based Criteria

2  SUMMARY OF METHOD
     Method Description and Experimental Design
     Types of Tests
     Test Endpoints

3  DEFINITIONS

4  INTERFERENCES
     General Interferences
     Species-Specific Interferences

5  HEALTH, SAFETY AND WASTE MANAGEMENT
     General Precautions
     Safety Equipment
     General Laboratory and Field Operations
     Disease Prevention
     Safety Manuals
     Pollution Prevention, Waste Management, and Sample Disposal

6  FACILITIES, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES

7  WATER, FORMULATED SEDIMENT, REAGENTS, AND STANDARDS

8  SAMPLE COLLECTION, STORAGE, MANIPULATION AND
   CHARACTERIZATION

9  QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL
      Introduction
      Performance-Based Criteria
      Facilities, Equipment, and Test Chambers
     Test Organisms
     Water
      Sample Collection and Storage
     Test Conditions
      Quality of Test Organisms
                           386

-------
       Quality of Food
       Test Acceptability
       Analytical Methods
       Calibration and Standardization
       Replication and Test Sensitivity
       Demonstrating Acceptable Performance
       Documenting Ongoing Laboratory Performance
       Reference-Toxicity Testing
       Record Keeping

10   COLLECTION, CULTURING, AND MAINTAINING TEST ORGANISMS
       Life Histories
       General Culturing Procedures
       Specific Culturing Procedures for H. azteca
       Specific Culturing Procedures for C. tentans
       Specific Culturing Procedures for L variegatus

11   TEST METHOD 100.1: HYALELLA AZTECA 10-D SURVIVAL TEST FOR
     SEDIMENTS
       Introduction
       Recommended Test Method for Conducting a 10-d Sediment Toxicity Test
         with Hyalella azteca
       General Procedures
       Interpretation of Results

12   TEST METHOD 100.2: CHIRONOMUS TENTANS 10-D SURVIVAL AND
     GROWTH TEST FOR SEDIMENTS
       Introduction
       Recommended Test Method for Conducting a 10-d Sediment Toxicity Test
         with Chironomus tentans
       General Procedures
       Interpretation of Results

13   TEST METHOD 100.3: LUMBRICULUS VARIEGATUS
     BIOACCUMULATIONTEST FOR SEDIMENTS
       Introduction
       Guidance for Conduction a 28-d Sediment Bioaccumulation Test with
         Lumbriculus variegatus
       General Procedures
       Interpretation of Results

14   DATA RECORDING, DATA ANALYSIS AND CALCULATIONS, AND
     REPORTING
                             557

-------
          15  PRECISION AND ACCURACY
               Determination of Precision and Accuracy
               Accuracy
               Replication and Test Sensitivity
               Demonstrating Acceptable Laboratory Performance
               Precision of Sediment Toxicity Test Methods

REFERENCES

 APPENDIX A  SUMMARY OF USEPA WORKSHOP ON DEVELOPMENT OF STANDARD
             SEDIMENT TEST METHODS

 APPENDIX B  EXPOSURE SYSTEMS

 APPENDIX C  FOOD PREPARATION

 APPENDIX D  EXAMPLE DATA SHEETS
                                    388

-------
                                                                         Reference No.: Qjg


U.S. EPA.  1994. National Directory of Volunteer Environmental Monitoring Programs. 4th ed. U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Wetlands, Oceans, and Watersheds, Washington,
     DC. pp.551. EPA 841-B-94-001.
Media in which methods can be used:
• Water
\t/\ Sediment
Biota
Keywords:      Water quality, sediment quality, biological characterization, volunteer monitoring

Abstract

Volunteer environmental monitoring programs are being established at an increasing rate during the past 5
years. This fourth edition of the National Directory includes 517 programs in 45 states. These programs
are making substantial contributions to scientific research, resource management, and local advocacy.

This edition contains the results of nationwide survey questionnaire, mailed to subscribers of EPA's The
Volunteer Monitor.  Data reported included details on the uses the collected environmental data, the
organizations that use the data, the number and environment type of stations monitored, monitoring
frequency, physical, chemical, biological, and other parameters. The data also contains contact names,
addresses, and telephone number of the volunteer program coordinators.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (202)260-7018
                                             389

-------
              TABLE OF CONTENTS
1  INTRODUCTION
2  DIRECTORY OF MONITORING PROGRAMS (LISTED BY STATE)
3  DIRECTORY INDEX
                      390

-------
                                                                          Reference No.:
U.S. EPA and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 1991. Evaluation of Dredged Material Proposed for
     Ocean Disposal Testing Manual. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water and
     Department of the Army, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Washington, DC.  pp. 288. EPA-503/
     8-91/001.
Media in which methods can be used:
                            Water
Sediment
D Biota
Keywords:
Abstract
Water quality, sediment quality, sampling, QA/QC, grain size, total solids, toxicity/
bioassays, metals, organics, inorganics, total organic carbon, PAHs, PCBs, pesti-
cides, tissue analysis, bioaccumulation, data analysis/management
This manual, commonly referred to as the "Green Book", is an update of Ecological Evaluation of
Proposed Discharge of Dredged Material into Ocean Waters (EPA/US ACE, 1977). The manual contains
technical guidance for determining the suitability of dredged material for ocean disposal through chemi-
cal, physical, and biological evaluations. The technical guidance is intended for use by dredging appli-
cant, laboratory scientists, and regulators in evaluating dredged-material compliance with the United
States Ocean Dumping Regulations.

Integral to the manual is a tiered-testing procedure for evaluating compliance with the limiting permis-
sible concentration (LPC) as defined by the ocean-dumping regulations. The procedure comprises four
levels (tiers) of increasing investigative intensity that generate information to assist in making ocean-
disposal decisions.

This manual provides a balance between technical state-of-the-art and routinely implementable guidance
for using the evaluative procedures specified in the regulations.  Guidance is included on the appropriate
uses and limitations of the various procedures and  on sound interpretation of the results. This.manual
contains summaries and discussions of the procedures for ecological evaluation of dredged material
required by the regulations, tests to implement them, definitions, sample-collection and preservation
procedures, evaluative procedures, calculations, interpretative guidance, and supporting references
required for the evaluation of dredged material discharge applications in accordance with the regulations.
Even so, this manual  cannot stand alone.  It is imperative that the supporting references be consulted for
detailed or more comprehensive guidance whenever indicated. The technical procedures in this manual
are designed only for dredged material.

This manual is organized into three parts and two appendices. Part I, General Considerations, presents the
purpose and background of the manual and summarizes the Federal regulations that are relevant to
dredged material evaluations. Part II, Evaluation of Potential Environmental Impact, presents guidance on
the testing and evaluation of dredged material that  is proposed for ocean disposal.  Sections 4.0 through
7.0 of Part II describe the components of the four tiers in the tiered-testing procedure. Part IE, Data
Generation, presents guidance on sampling, physical and chemical analysis, biological-effects evaluation,
statistical methods, and quality assurance.  Appendix A is a reprint of the ocean dumping regulations (40
CFR 220-228) and Appendix B provides technical  guidance for using the numerical models to calculate
initial mixing.
[extracted from document]

 Contact:  (601)634-2571
                                              391

-------
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I.  GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
               1   INTRODUCTION
                    Background
                    Applicability
                    Purpose and Scope
                    Organization of This Manual
                    Changes From and Revisions to the Previous Manual
                    Definitions
                    References
PART
      2   OVERVIEW OF THE REGULATIONS
            Part 225: Corps of Engineers (USAGE) Dredged-Material Permits
            Part 227, Subpart A:  General
            Part 227, Subpart B:  Environmental Impact
              Trace Contaminants
              Biological Evaluations
            Part 227, Subpart C:  Need for Ocean Dumping
            Part 227, Subpart D:  Impact of the Proposed Dumping on Aesthetic,
              Recreational, and  Economic Values
            Part 227, Subpart E:  Impact of the Proposed Dumping on Other Uses of
              the Ocean
            Part 227, Subpart G:  Definitions
              Limiting Permissible Concentration
                 Water Column
                 Benthic Environment
              Estimation of Initial Mixing
              Species Selection

EVALUATION OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT
      3   OVERVIEW OF TESTING AND EVALUATION
            Reference and Control Sediments
              Control Sediments
              Reference Sediment
            Tiered Testing and Evaluation

      4   TIER I
            Compilation of Existing Information
            Identification of Contaminants of Concern
            Determination of Compliance
                                          392

-------
               5  TIER II EVALUATION
                     Water-Column Evaluations
                       Step 1: Screen to Determine WQC Compliance
                       Step 2: Elutriate Analysis to Determine WQC Compliance
                       Water-Column Toxicity Compliance
                     Benthic Impact

               6  TIER III EVALUATION
                     Water-Column Bioassays
                     Whole-Sediment Bioassays
                     Bioaccumulation by Benthos
                     References

               7  TIER IV EVALUATION
                     Bioassays
                     Bioaccumulation by Benthos
                     References

PART III. DATA GENERATION
               8  COLLECTION AND PRESERVATION OF SAMPLES
                     Background for a Sampling Plan
                     Components of a Sampling Plan
                       Review of Dredging Specifications
                       Historical Data
                       Subdivision of Dredging Area
                       Selection of Sampling Sites and Number of Samples
                       Sample-Collection Methods
                         Sediment-Sample Collection
                         Wateir-Sample Collection
                         Organism Collection
                       Sample Handling, Preservation, and Storage
                         Sample Handling
                         Sample Preservation
                         Sample Storage
                       Logistical Considerations and Safety Precautions
                       Quality Control
                         Documentation
                         Standard Operating Procedures
                         Sample Labels
                         Sample Tracking
                         Archived Samples
                     References
                                           393

-------
wmr
               9   PHYSICAL ANALYSIS OF SEDIMENT AND CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF
                   SEDIMENT, WATER, AND TISSUE SAMPLES
                     Physical Analysis of Sediment
                     Detection Limits
                     Chemical Analysis of Sediment
                       Selection of Analytical Targets (Sediment)
                       Selection of Chemical Analytical Techniques (Sediment)
                       Quality Control
                     Chemical Analysis of Water
                       Recommended Analytical Targets (Water)
                       Selection of Analytical Techniques (Water)
                       Quality Control
                     Chemical Analysis of Tissues
                       Recommended Analytical Targets (Biota)
                       Selection of Analytical Techniques (Biota)
                       Quality Control
                     References

              10   GUIDANCE FOR PERFORMING TIER II EVALUATIONS
                     Tier II:  Water-Column Effects
                       Screen to Determine WQC Compliance
                       Elutriate Analysis to Determine WQC Compliance
                          Dredged Material Preparation (Standard Elutriate Test)
                          Chemical Analysis
                          Determination of WQC Compliance (Standard Elutriate Test)
                     Tier II:  Theoretical Bioaccumulation Potential (TBP) of Nonpolar Organic
                       Chemicals
                     References

               11   GUIDANCE FOR PERFORMING BIOLOGICAL-EFFECTS TESTS
                     Tier III: Water-Column Bioassays
                       Species Selection
                       Apparatus
                       Experimental Conditions
                       Experimental Procedures
                       Quality Control Considerations
                       Data Presentation and Analysis
                       Determination of Compliance
                     Whole-Sediment Bioassays
                       Species Selection
                       Infaunal Amphipods
                          Organism Handling
                          Laboratory Apparatus
                                            394

-------
            Experimental Conditions
            Experimental Procedures
            Quality Control Consideration
            Data Analysis
            Determination of Compliance
       Tier IV: Chronic-Effects Evaluations
       Tier IV: Case-Specific Evaluations
       References

12   GUIDANCE FOR PERFORMING BIOACCUMULATION TESTS
       Tier III: Determination of Bioavailability
         Species Selection and Apparatus
         Experimental Conditions
         Chemical Analysis
         Data Analysis
         Determination of Compliance
         Quality Control Considerations
       Tier IV: Determination of Steady-State Bioaccumulation
         Laboratory Assessment of Steady-State Bioaccumulation
            Species Selection and Apparatus
            Experimental Conditions
            Chemical Analysis
            Data Analysis
            Determination of Compliance
            Other Considerations
            Quality Control Considerations
         Field Assessment of Steady-State Bioaccumulation
            Apparatus
            Species Selection
            Sampling Design and Conduct
            Basis for Evaluation of Bioaccumulation
            Sample Collection and Handling
            Chemical Analysis
            Data Analysis
            Determination of Compliance
       References

13   STATISTICAL METHODS
       Sample Size Consideration
       Biological Effects
         Tier III Water-Column Bioassays
         Calculating Median Lethal Concentration
         Tier III  Benthic Bioassays
                              395

-------
                Bioaccumulation
                   Tier 111 10- or 28-Day Single-Time Point Laboratory Study
                     Comparisons with a Reference Sediment
                     Comparisons with an Action Level
                   Tier IV Time-Series Laboratory Bioaccumulation Study
                   Steady-State Bioaccumulation from Field Data
                References

          14  QUALITY ASSURANCE CONSIDERATIONS
                Structure of QA Programs
                   Government (Data User) QA Program
                     Preaward Inspections
                     Interlaboratory Comparison
                     Routine Inspections
                   Data Generator QA Program
                General Components of All QA Programs
                   Organization
                   Personnel Qualifications
                   Facilities
                   Equipment and Supplies
                   Test Methods and  Procedures
                   Sample Handling and Tracking
                   Documentation and Recordkeeping
                   Quality Assurance Plan
                   Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)
                Data Quality Assessment
                   Data Validation
                   Chemical Quality Control
                   Biological Quality Control (Reference-Toxicant Testing)
                   Performance and System Audits
                   Management of Nonconformance Events
                   Archiving of Data and Samples
                References

APPENDIX A:  TITLE 40 CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS, PARTS 220-228

APPENDIX B:  NUMERICAL MODELS FOR INITIAL MIXING EVALUATIONS
                                       396

-------
                                                                          Reference No. :
U.S. EPA and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 1994. Evaluation of Dredged Material Proposed for
     Discharge in Waters of the U.S. - Testing Manual (Draft):  Inland Testing Manual U.S. Environ-
     mental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Office of Science and Technology, Washington, DC
     and Department of the Army, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Washington, DC. EPA-823-B-94-
     002.
Media in which methods can be used:
                            Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:
Abstract
Water quality, sediment quality, sampling, QA/QC, grain size, total solids, toxicity/
bioassays, pathogenic organisms, bioaccumulation, data analysis/management
The USAGE and EPA have statutory and regulatory responsibilities with regard to the management of
dredged material discharge activities in inland and near coastal waters.  The USAGE is responsible for
regulating non-Federal dredging and dredged material discharge activities through a permit program, and
for conducting Federal dredging and discharge activities in conjunction with its Civil Works Program.
EPA is responsible for establishing, in conjunction with the USAGE, guidelines pertaining to the evalua-
tion of these activities, and performing oversight actions.

This manual, commonly referred to as the Inland Testing Manual, represents a major effort by the USAGE
and EPA to establish procedures applicable to the evaluation of potential contaminant-related environmen-
tal impacts associated with the discharge of dredged material in waters regulated under Section 404 of the
Clean Water Act (inland waters, near coastal waters, and surrounding environs) through chemical, physi-
cal, and biological evaluations.  This manual is consistent, to the maximum extent practicable, with the
procedures established for ocean waters (i.e., the Green Book, entitled Evaluation of Dredged Material
Proposed for Ocean Disposal - Testing Manual EPA/USACE, 1991). This manual replaces the May 1976
proposed testing protocol, Ecological Evaluation of Proposed Discharge of Dredged or Fill Material into
Navigable Waters.

The technical guidance in this manual is intended for use by USAGE and EPA personnel, state regulatory
personnel, as well as dredging permit applicants and others (e.g., scientists, managers, and other involved
or concerned individuals). Key changes to the 1976 testing protocol include a tiered approach, accommo-
dation for sediment quality standards, 28-day bioaccumulation testing, comparison of benthic test results
with those of the reference sediment, improved statistics, improved model applications, and new test
organisms.  Because this manual is national in scope, the guidance provided is generic and may need to be
modified in certain instances. Permit applicants and others are strongly encouraged to consult with their
appropriate Regional and District experts for additional guidance.
[copied from document]

Contact: (202) 260-8085
                                             397

-------
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I:  GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

               1  INTRODUCTION
                    Background
                    Statutory/Regulatory Overview
                       Statutory Overview
                       Section 404 Regulatory Overview
                         The Section 404(b)(1) Guidelines
                         Particulars of Sections 230.60 and 230.61
                       Relationship to Section 401 CWA Water Quality Certification

               2  SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY
                    This Manual Is Intended to Address
                    This Manual Is Not Intended to Address
                    Dredged Material Discharge for Beneficial Uses
                    The Role of Biological Evaluations (Toxicity and/or Bioaccumulation
                       Tests) in Manual
                    The Role of Water and Sediment Chemical Evaluations in the Manual
                    Water Column Effects
                    Mixing
                    Benthic Effects
                    Management Options
                    The Relationship of the Inland Testing Manual to Other USACE/EPA
                       Dredged Material Management Efforts
                       Relationship of the Manual to the USAGE/ERA Framework Document
                       Relationship of the Manual to the ERA/USAGE Green Book
                       Relationship of the Manual to EPA Contaminated Sediment Strategy
                         and Sediment Quality Criteria

PART 2: EVALUATION OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

               3  OVERVIEW OF TESTING AND EVALUATION
                    Tiered Testing and Evaluation
                    Control and Reference Sediments
                       Reference Sediment Sampling
                       Reference Sediment Sampling Plan

               4  TIER I EVALUATION
                    Compilation of Existing Information
                     Identification of Contaminants of Concern
                       Microbial Contamination
                                           395

-------
                       Chemical Contamination
                     Tier I Conclusions

               5  TIER II EVALUATION
                     Water Column Impact
                       Screen Relative to WQS
                       Elutriate Analysis Relative to WQS
                     Benthic Impact
                     Tier II Conclusions

               6  TIER III EVALUATION
                     Water Column Toxieity Tests
                     Benthic Toxicity Tests
                     Benthic Bioaccumulation
                     Tier III Conclusions

               7  TIER IV EVALUATION
                     Toxicity Tests
                     Benthic Bioaccumulation
PART 3: SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS
                  SAMPLING
                     Preparation for Sampling
                     Components of a Sampling Plan
                       Review of Dredging Plan
                       Historical Data
                       Subdivision of Dredging Area
                       Selection of Sampling Locations and Number of Samples
                       Sample Collection Methods
                         Sediment Sample Collection
                         Water Sample Collection
                         Organism Collection
                       Sample Handling, Preservation, and Storage
                       Logistical Considerations and Safety Precautions
                       Non-Indigenous Test Species

                  PHYSICAL ANALYSIS OF SEDIMENT AND CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF
                  SEDIMENT, WATER, AND TISSUE SAMPLES
                     Physical Analysis of Sediment
                     Target Detection Limits
                     Chemical Analysis of Sediment
                       Target Analytes
                                           399

-------
         Selection of Analytical Techniques
       Chemical Analysis of Water
         Analytical Target
         Analytical Techniques
       Chemical Analysis of Tissues
         Target Analytes
         Analytical Techniques

10  GUIDANCE FOR PERFORMING TIER II EVALUATIONS
       Tier II: Water Column Effects
         Screen Relative to WQS
         Elutriate Analysis Relative to WQS
            Standard Elutriate Preparation
            Chemical Analysis
            Comparison with WQS (Standard Elutriate Test)
       Theoretical Bioaccumulation Potential (TBP) of Nonpolar Organic
         Chemicals

11  GUIDANCE FOR PERFORMING BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS TESTS
       Tier III: Water Column Toxicity Tests
         Species Selection
         Apparatus
         Laboratory Conditions
         Laboratory Procedures
         Data Presentation and Analysis
         Conclusions
       Tier III: Benthic Toxicity Tests
         Species Selection
         Laboratory Procedures
         Chronic/Sublethal Tests
         Data Presentation and Analysis
         Conclusions
       Tier IV: Chronic/Sublethal Effects Evaluations
       Tier IV: Case Specific Evaluations

12  GUIDANCE FOR PERFORMING BIOACCUMULATION TESTS
       Tier III: Determination of Bioavailability
         Species Selection and Apparatus
         Experimental Conditions
         Chemical Analysis
         Data Presentation and Analysis
         Conclusions
                              400

-------
               Tier IV: Determination of Steady State Bioaccumulation
                  Laboratory Testing
                  Field Assessment of Steady State Bioaccumulation
                   Apparatus
                   Species Selection
                   Sampling Design and Conduct
                   Basis for Evaluation of Bioaccumulation
                   Sample Collection and Handling
                   Chemical Analysis
                   Data Presentation and Analysis
                   Conclusions
         13  REFERENCES

APPENDIX A  40 CFR PART 230

APPENDIX B  GUIDANCE FOR EVALUATION OF EFFLUENT DISCHARGES FROM
             CONFINED DISPOSAL FACILITIES

APPENDIX C  EVALUATION OF MIXING

APPENDIX D  STATISTICAL. METHODS

APPENDIX E  SUMMARY OF TEST CONDITIONS AND TEST ACCEPTABILITY
             CRITERIA FOR TIER III BIOASSAYS

APPENDIX F  METHODOLOGIES FOR IDENTIFYING AMMONIA AS A TOXICANT IN
             DREDGED-MATERIAL TOXICITY TESTS

APPENDIX G  QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL (QA/QC)
             CONSIDERATIONS
                                   401

-------

-------
                                                                           Reference No.: JIJJJJ

U.S. FDA. 1990. National Shellfish Sanitation Program Manual of Operations Part 1 Sanitation of
     Shellfish Growing Areas 1990 Revision. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services,
     Public Health Service, Food and Drug Administration, Center for Food Safety and Applied
     Nutrition, Division of Cooperative Programs, Shellfish Sanitation Branch, Washington, DC.
     pp. 136.
Media in which methods can be used:
                            Water
Sediment
I Biota
Keywords:
Abstract
Water quality, biological characterization, sampling, tissue analysis, pathogenic
organisms, toxicity, QA/QC
This manual was developed from a cooperative effort between the U.S. Food and Drug Administration
and the Interstate Shellfish Sanitation Conference. This first of two volumes is prepared as a guide for
preparing State laws and regulations relating to sanitary control of shellfish growing area classification,
laboratory procedures, shellfish relay operations, growing area patrol operations, and marine biotoxins.

A section on laboratory procedures provides National Shellfish Sanitation Program laboratories with
information on: (1) analytical methods and quality assurance procedures associated with the examination
of seawater and shellfish; (2) references and information necessary for conducting bacteriological, toxico-
logical, chemical, and physical tests; and (3) guidance for development and implementation of quality
assurance procedures. Adherence to the procedures set out in this section will provide the uniformity
necessary to provide reliable laboratory results upon which public health issues can be made in determin-
ing whether shellfish  are suitable for human consumption.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (202)205-5251
                                             403

-------
                TABLE OF CONTENTS
1  DEFINITIONS
2  SATISFACTORY COMPLIANCE

3  SECTION A - GENERAL ADMINISTRATION PROCEDURES
     State Laws and Regulations
     General Administrative Procedures to be Used by States

4  SECTION B - LABORATORY PROCEDURES
     Bacterial
     Toxicological
     Chemical and Physical
     Quality Assurance Procedures

5  SECTION C - GROWING AREA SURVEY AND CLASSIFICATION
     Sanitary Surveys of Growing Areas
     Classification of Growing Areas
     Approved Areas
     Conditionally Approved Areas
     Restricted Areas
     Conditionally Restricted Areas
      Prohibited Areas
     Control of Areas Due to Marine Biotoxins
     Control of Areas Used as a Marina
      Systematic Random Sampling

6   SECTION D - CONTROLLED RELAYING
      Relaying
      Container Relaying

7   SECTION E - PATROL OF SHELLFISH HARVESTING AREAS
      Patrol Policy Document
      Patrol of Closed Areas

8   SECTION F - CONTROL OF HARVESTING
      Licensing and Permitting
      Identification of Closed Areas
      Depletion of Closed Areas
      Educational Measures
      Penalties and Sanctions
                            404

-------
 APPENDIX A:  SUGGESTED STATE CONTINGENCY PLAN FOR CONTROL OF MARINE
             BIOTOXINS


 APPENDIX B:  MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMING SHORELINE SURVEYS
             IN SHELLFISH GROWING AREAS


 APPENDIX C:  SUGGESTED OUTLINE OF MODEL SANITARY REPORT


 APPENDIX D:  ACTION LEVELS, TOLERANCES AND OTHER VALUES FOR
             POISONOUS OR DELETERIOUS SUBSTANCES IN SEAFOOD


 APPENDIX E:  EVALUATION OF LABORATORIES BY STATE SHELLFISH LABORATORY
             EVALUATION OFFICERS


 APPENDIX F:  ESTIMATING THE NINETIETH PERCENTILE


 APPENDIX G:  RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ROUTINE FDA EVALUATION OF STATE
             PROGRAM PATROL ELEMENT
             FDA STANDARDIZED PATROL EVALUATION FORMAT


 APPENDIX H:  PROTOCOL FOR REVIEW CLASSIFICATION OF AREAS IMPLICATED IN
             SHELLFISH RELATED ILLNESSES


REFERENCES
                                 405

-------

-------
U.S. Geological Survey.  1987. Methods for Collection and Analysis of Aquatic Biological and Micro-
     biological Samples. In Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations of the United States Geo-
     logical Survey.  Edited by L.J. Britton and P. E. Greeson. U.S. Department of the Interior,
     Geological Survey, Denver, CO. pp. 375.
Media in which methods can be used:
Water
Sediment
I Biota
Keywords:      Biological characterization, pathogenic organisms, population/community, sam-
                pling

Abstract

The series of chapters on techniques describes methods used by the U.S. Geological Survey for planning
and conducting water-resources investigations. The material is arranged under major subject heading
called books and is further subdivided into section and chapters. Book 5 is on laboratory analysis.
Section A is on water. The unit of publication, the chapter, is limited to a narrow field of subject matter.

Chapter A4 contains methods used by the U.S. Geological Survey to collect, preserve, and analyze water
to determine its biological and microbiological properties. Part 1 consists of detailed descriptions of more
than 45 individual methods, including those for bacteria, phytoplankton, zooplankton, seston, periphyton,
macrophytes, benthic invertebrates, fish and other vertebrates, cellular contents, productivity, and bioas-
says. Each method is summarized, and the applications, interferences, apparatus, reagents, analyses,
calculations, reporting of results, precisions, and references are given. Part 2 consists of a glossary. Part 3
is a list of taxonomic references.
[extracted from document]

Contact: (303)236-7476
                                              407

-------
izxr
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
               1  ABSTRACT
               2   INTRODUCTION
PART1: DESCRIPTION OF METHODS
                   BACTERIA
                     Introduction
                     Collection
                       Surface Water
                       Groundwater
                       Soil and Sediment
                       Sample Containers
                       Dechlorination
                       Chelating Agent
                       Preservation and Storage
                     References Cited
                     Standard Plate Count (Membrane-Filter Method)
                     Total Coliform Ba.cteria (Membrane-Filter Method)
                       Immediate Incubation Test
                       Delayed Incubation Test
                     Total Coliform Bacteria (Most-Probable-Number, MPN, Method)
                       Presumptive Test
                       Presumptive Onsite Test
                       Confirmation Test
                     Fecal Coliform Bacteria (Membrane-Filter Method)
                       Immediate Incubation Test
                     Total Coliform Bacteria (Most-Probable-Number, MPN, Method)
                       Presumptive Test
                     Fecal Streptococcal Bacteria (Membrane-Filter Method)
                       Immediate Incubation Test
                       Confirmation Test
                     Fecal Streptococcal Bacteria (Most-Probable-Number, MPN, Method)
                       Presumptive and Confirmation Test
                     Nitrifying Bacteria (Most-Probable-Number, MPN, Method)
                     Denitrifying and Nitrate-Reducing Bacteria (Most-Probable-Number,
                       MPN, Method)
                     Sulfate-Reducing Bacteria (Most-Probable-Number, MPN, Method)
                     Total Bacteria (Epifluorescence Method)
                     Salmonella and Shigella (Diatomaceous-Earth and Membrane Filter
                       Method)
                     Pseudomonas aeruginosa (Membrane Filter Method)
                                           408

-------
2   PHYTOPLANKTON
      Introduction
      Collection
      Precision
      References Cited
      Counting-Cell Method
      Inverted-Microscope Method
      Permanent-Slide Method for Planktonic Diatoms

3   ZOOPLANKTON
      Introduction
      Collection
      Precision
      References Cited
      Counting-Cell Method
      Gravimetric Method for Biomass

4   SESTON (TOTAL SUSPENDED MATTER)
      Introduction
      Collection
      References Cited
      Glass-Fiber Filter Method

5   PERIPHYTON
      Introduction
     ' Collection
        Sampling From Natural Substrates
        Sampling From Artificial Substrates
      References Cited
      Sedgwick-Refter Method
      Gravimetric Method for Biomass
      Permanent-Slide Method for Periphytic Diatoms
      Inverted Microscope Method for the Identification and Enumeration of
        Periphytic Diatoms

6   MACROPHYTES
      Introduction
      Collection
      References Cited
      Floral Survey (Qualitative Method)
      Distribution and Abundance  (Quantitative Method)
                             409

-------
7  BENTHIC INVERTEBRATES
      Introduction
      Collection
        Faunal Surveys
           Dip or Hand Net
           Dredges
        Numerical Assessment
           Dip or Hand Net
           Individual Rocks
           Artificial Substrates
             Multiple-Plate Sampler
             Barbecue-Basket Sampler
             Collapsible-Basket Sampler
        Distribution and Abundance
           Box, Drum, or Stream-Bottom Fauna Sampler
           Surber Sampler
           Ekman  Grab
           Ponar and Van Veen Grabs
           Corers
        Invertebrate Drift
           Drift Density
           Drift Rate
      Sample Preparation
      Sample Sorting
        Apparatus
        Reagents
        Procedure
      References Cited
      Faunal Survey (Qualitative Method)
      Numerical Assessment (Relative or Semiquantitative Method)
      Distribution and Abundance (Quantitative Method)
      Invertebrate Drift
      Permanent-Slide Method for Larvae of Chironomidae
      Method for Identification of Immature Simuliidae
      Permanent- and Semipermanent-Slide Method for Aquatic Acari

8   AQUATIC VERTEBRATES
      Introduction
      Collection
        Active Sampling Gear
           Seines
             Bag  Seine
             Straight Seine
                             410

-------
10
        Trawls
        Electrofishing
        Ichthyocides
        Hook and Line
     Passive Sampling Gear
     Investigation of Fish Kills
   Preparation and Storage
   References Cited
   Faunal Survey (Qualitative Method)
   Life History (Quantitative Method)
   Methods for Investigation of Fish and Other Aquatic Vertebrate Kills

CELLULAR CONTENTS
   Introduction
   Collection
   Referencess Cited
   Chlorophyll in Phytoplankton by Spectroscopy
   Chlorophyll in Phytoplankton by Chromatography and Spectroscopy
   Chlorophyll in Phytoplankton by High-Pressure Liquid Chromatography
   Chlorophyll in Phytoplankton by Chromatography and Fluorometry
   Biomass/Chlorophyll Ratio for Phytoplankton
   Chlorophyll in Periphyton by Spectroscopy
   Chlorophyll in Periphyton by Chromatography and Spectroscopy
   Chlorophyll in Periphyton by High-Pressure Liquid Chromatography
   Chlorophyll in Periphyton by Chromatography and Fluorometry
   Biomass/Chlorophyll Ratio for Periphyton
   Adenosine Triphosphate (ATP)

PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY (PRODUCTION RATE)
   Introduction
   Collection
     Oxygen Light- and Dark-Bottle Method for Phytoplankton
     Carbon-14 Method for Phytoplankton
     Oxygen Light- and Dark-Enclosure Method for Periphyton
     Natural Substrates
     Diel Oxygen-Curve Method for Estimating Primary Productivity
       Single-Station Analysis
       Two-Station Analysis
       Diffusion Rate
         Hydraulic-Parameter Method
         Floating-Diffusion-Dome Method
         Nighttime Rate-of-Change Method
  References Cited
                              411

-------
wmr
                    Oxygen Light- and Dark-Bottle Method for Phytoplankton
                    Carbon-14 Light- and Dark-Bottle Method for Phytoplankton
                       Supplemental Information
                         Interferences and Limitations
                           Toxins
                           Analytical Problems
                           Environmental Variables
                           Sample Containment
                           Respiration
                           Excretion
                           Duration of Incubation
                           Handling and Disposal of Radioactive Wastes
                         References
                     Oxygen Light- and Dark-Enclosure Method for Periphyton
                     Diel Oxygen-Curve Method for Estimating Primary Productivity and
                       Community Metabolism in Streams
                     Diel Oxygen-Curve Method for Estimating Primary Productivity and
                       Community Metabolism in Stratified Water

              11   BIOASSAY
                     Introduction
                     Collection
                     Algal Growth Potential (AGP), Spikes for Nutrient Limitation
                       Supplemental Information
                         References Cited
 PART 2: GLOSSARY

                1   REFERENCES CITED

 PART 3: SELECTED TAXONOMIC REFERENCES

                1   GENERAL TAXONOMIC REFERENCES
                     Marine
                     Freshwater

                2  BACTERIA AND FUNGI

                3  ALGAE

                4  PROTOZOA (INCLUDING FLAGELLATES)
                                           412

-------
 5  COELENTERATA

 6  ROTIFERA

 7  CRUSTACEA
      Smaller Crustacea
      Malacostraca

 8  GASTROTRICHA

 9  TARDIGRADA

10  MACROPHYTES

11  PORIFERA

12  TURBELLARIA

13  NEMERTEA (RHYNCHOCOELA)

14  NEMATODA (NEMATA)

15  GORDIIDA

16  BRYOZOA

17  ANNELIDA

18  INSECTA
      Coleoptera
      Collembofa
      Diptera
        Chironomidae
        Culicidae
        Simuliidae
        Tipulidae and Tabanidae
      Ephemeroptera
      Hemiptera
      Hymenoptera
      Lepidoptera
      Megaloptera and Neuroptera
      Odonata
                          413

-------
r
             BEET
                                Orthoptera
                                Plecoptera
                                Trichoptera

                          19  ACARI

                          20  MOLLUSCA

                          21  VERTEBRATA
                                Marine
                                Freshwater
                                                      414

-------
                                                                            Reference No.\
U.S. Geological Survey. 1989. Methods for Determination of Inorganic Substances in Water and
     Fluvial Sediments. 3rd ed.  In Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations of the United States
     Geological Survey. Edited by M.J. Fishman and L.C. Friedman. U.S. Department of the
     Interior, Geological Survey, Denver, CO. pp. 642.
Media in which methods can be used:
                                             Water
Sediment
Biota
Keywords:     Water quality, sediment quality, QA/QC, sampling, metals, inorganics, oxygen
                demand, turbidity, nutrients

Abstract

A series of manuals on techniques describes methods used by the Geological Survey for planning and
conducting water-resources investigations.  The material is arranged under major subject headings called
books and is further subdivided into sections and chapters. Book 5 is on laboratory analyses, Section A is
on water.  The unit of publication, the chapter, is limited to a narrow field of subject matter.

Chapter A1 of the laboratory manual contains methods used by the Geological Survey to analyze samples
of water, suspended sediments, and bottom material for their content of inorganic constituents. Included
are methods for determining dissolved, total recoverable, and total concentrations of constituents in water-
suspended sediment samples, and recoverable and total constituents in samples of bottom material.
Essential definitions are included in the introduction to the manual, along with a brief discussion of the
use of significant figures in calculating and reporting analytical results. Quality control in the water-
analysis laboratory is discussed, including accuracy and precision of analyses, the use of standard refer-
ence water samples, and the operation of an effective quality assurance program. Methods for sample
preparation and pretreatment are given also.

The analytical methods are arranged according to the analytical technique employed for the determina-
tion:  atomic absorption spectrometric, calculation, colorimetric, electrometric, gravimetric, and titrimetric
methods.  More than 200 methods are given for the determination of 69 different inorganic constituents
and physical properties of water, suspended sediment, and bottom material, and many of the methods
given are identical except for the preparation step, which varies with the particular type of sample that is
taken for analysis.  Included in the manual are many automated methods, particularly the colorimetric
methods that make use of the Technicon AutoAnalyzer system to automate the determination from sample
introduction to final concentration readout.

A brief discussion of the principles  of the analytical technique involved and its particular application to
water analysis proceeds each group of analytical methods. For each method given, the general topics
covered are application, principle of the method, interferences, apparatus and reagents required, a detailed
description of the analytical procedure, reporting results, units and significant figures, and  analytical
precision data, when available.
[extracted from document]

Contact:  (303)236-7476
                                              415

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1  ABSTRACT
2  INTRODUCTION

3  QUALITY CONTROL

4  LABORATORY EQUIPMENT AND TECHNIQUES

5  REFERENCES

6  SAMPLE PREPARATION AND PRETREATMENT

7  SAMPLE PREPARATION AND PRETREATMENT METHODS
      Extraction Procedure, Bottom Material
      Extraction Procedures, Water-Suspended Sediment Mixture
      Percent Moisture, Total, in Bottom Material
      Sample Preparation, Bottom Material
      Subsampling, Bottom Material, Coring
      Subsampling, Bottom Material, Splitting

8  ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
      Instrumental Principles
      Analytical Procedures
        Direct
        Chelation-Extraction
        Standard-Addition
        Internal-Standard
      Interferences
        lonization Effects
        Chemical  Effects
        Matrix Effects
        Spectral Line Effects
        Background Absorption
      Flameless Atomic Absorption Spectrometric Techniques
      Automation Techniques of Atomic Absorption Spectrometers
      References

9  AUTOMATED ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRIC METHODS
      Metals, Dissolved
      Metals, Total Recoverable
                            416

-------
10  ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRIC METHODS
       Aluminum, Dissolved
       Aluminum, Recoverable From Bottom Material
       Aluminum, Total Recoverable
       Antimony, Dissolved
       Antimony, Total in Bottom Material
       Arsenic, Dissolved
       Arsenic, Total in Bottom Material
       Arsenic, Total
       Barium, Dissolved
       Barium Recoverable From Bottom Material
       Barium, Total Recoverable
       Beryllium, Dissolved
       Beryllium, Recoverable From Bottom Material
       Beryllium, Total Recoverable
       Cadmium, Dissolved
       Cadmium, Recoverable From Bottom Material
       Cadmium, Total Recoverable
       Calcium, Dissolved
       Calcium, Recoverable From Bottom Material
       Calcium, Total Recoverable
       Chromium, Dissolved
       Chromium, Hexavalent, Dissolved
       Chromium, Recoverable From Bottom Material
       Chromium Total Recoverable
       Cobalt, Dissolved
       Cobalt, Recoverable From Bottom Material
       Cobalt, Total Recoverable
       Copper Dissolved
       Copper, Recoverable From Bottom Material
       Copper, Total Recoverable
       Iron, Dissolved
       Iron, Recoverable From Bottom Material
       Iron, Total Recoverable
      Lead, Dissolved
      Lead, Recoverable From Bottom Material
      Lead, Total Recoverable
      Lithium, Dissolved
      Lithium, Recoverable From Bottom Material
      Lithium, Total Recoverable
      Magnesium, Dissolved
      Magnesium, Recoverable From Bottom Material
      Magnesium, Total Recoverable
                             477

-------
nnr
                      Manganese, Dissolved
                      Manganese, Recoverable From Bottom Material
                      Manganese, Total Recoverable
                      Mercury, Dissolved
                      Mercury, Recoverable From Bottom Material
                      Mercury, Total Recoverable
                      Molybdenum, Dissolved
                      Molybdenum, Recoverable From Bottom Material
                      Molybdenum, Total Recoverable
                      Nickel, Dissolved
                      Nickel, Recoverable From Bottom Material
                      Nickel, Total Recoverable
                      Potassium, Dissolved
                      Potassium, Recoverable From Bottom Material
                      Potassium, Total Recoverable
                      Selenium, Dissolved
                      Selenium, Total in Bottom Material
                      Selenium, Total
                      Silica, Dissolved
                      Silver, Dissolved
                      Silver, Total Recoverable
                      Sodium, Dissolved
                      Sodium, Recoverable From Bottom Material
                      Sodium, Total Recoverable
                      Strontium, Dissolved
                      Strontium, Recoverable  From Bottom Material
                      Strontium, Total Recoverable
                      Tin, Dissolved
                      Tin, Total Recoverable
                      Zinc, Dissolved
                      Zinc, Recoverable From Bottom Material
                      Zinc, Total Recoverable

                11   CALCULATION METHODS
                      Carbon Dioxide, Dissolved
                      Hardness
                      Hardness, Noncarbonate
                      Sodium Adsorption Ratio
                      Sodium, Percent
                      Solids, Sum of Constituents, Dissolved

                12  COLORIMETRY
                       Instrumental Principles
                                              418

-------
                                                                        "gran
       Sensitivity
       Interferences
          Subtraction of Natural-Color Absorbance
          Direct Compensation
          Bleaching
          Removal of Color Material
       Automated Analysis
       References

13   COLORIMETRIC METHODS
       Aluminum
       Arsenic
       Boron
       Bromide
       Chloride
       Chromium
       Cyanide
       Fluoride
       Iodide
       Iron
       Nitrogen, Ammonia Plus Organic
       Nitrogen, Ammonia, Dissolved
       Nitrogen, Ammonia, Total in Bottom Material
       Nitrogen, Ammonia, Total
       Nitrogen, Nitrate, Dissolved
       Nitrogen Nitrite, Dissolved
       Nitrogen, Nitrite,  Total
       Nitrogen, Nitrite Plus Nitrate, Dissolved
       Nitrogen, Nitrite Plus Nitrate, Total in Bottom Material
       Nitrogen, Nitrite Plus Nitrate, Total, Colorimetric, Cadmium Reduction-
         Diazotization
       Oxygen Demand, Chemical (COD), Total
       Phosphorus, Dissolved
       Phosphorus, Hydrolyzable, Dissolved
       Phosphorus, Organic, Dissolved
       Phosphorus, Organic, Total
       Phosphorus, Orthophosphate, Dissolved
       Phosphorus, Orthophosphate, Total
       Phosphorus, Total in Bottom Material
       Silica, Dissolved
      Vanadium, Dissolved
                              419

-------
14   ELECTROMETRY
       Polarography
          Principles of Determination
          Interferences
       Specific Conductance
       PH
       Ion-Selective Electrodes
       References

15   ELECTROMETRIC METHODS
       Acidity, Electrometric Titration
       Alkalinity, Electrometric Titration
       Color, Electrometric, Visual Comparison
       Fluoride, Dissolved
       Fluoride, Total
       Nitrogen, Ammonia, Dissolved
       Nitrogen, Ammonia, Total
       Oxygen, Dissolved
       PH
       Specific Conductance
       Turbidity, Nephelometric

 16  GRAVIMETRY
        Principles
       Analytical Balance
       Accuracy

 17  GRAVIMETRIC METHODS
        Barium, Dissolved
        Density
        Solids, Volatile on Ignition, Dissolved
        Solids, Volatile on Ignition, Suspended
        Solids, Volatile on Ignition, Total in Bottom Material
        Solids, Nonvolatile on Ignition, Dissolved
        Solids, Nonvolatile on Ignition, Suspended
        Solids, Nonvolatile on Ignition, Total
        Solids, Residue on Evaporation at 105ฐ C, Dissolved
        Solids, Residue at 105ฐ C, Suspended
        Solids, Residue on Evaporation at 105ฐ C, Total
        Solids, Residue on Evaporation at 180ฐ C, Dissolved
                                420

-------
 18   TITRIMETFtY
       Principles
       Standard Solutions
       Factor-Weight Computations
       Automated Titrations

 19   TITRIMETRIC METHODS
       Bromide, Dissolved
       Chloride, Dissolved
       Hardness, Titrimetric
       Iodide, Dissolved
       Nitrogen, Ammonia Plus Organic, Total in Bottom Material
       Nitrogen, Total in Bottom Material
       Oxygen Demand, Biochemical, 5-Day at 20ฐC
       Oxygen Demand, Chemical, Total in Bottom Material
       Oxygen Demand, Chemical, Total
       Oxygen, Dissolved
       Sulfate, Dissolved
       Sulfide, Total

20   INDEX OF METHODS
                              421

-------
r
                                                              422

-------
C/3.

-------

-------
                                                           Reference List
 APHA. 1970. Recommended Procedures for the Examination of Sea Water and Shellfish. 4th. ed.
 American Public Health Association, Inc., New York, NY
 Reference No. 001.

 APHA. 1992. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water andWastewater. 18th. ed. Edited
 by A. E. Greenberg, L. S. Clesceri and A. D. Eaton. American Public Health Association, Ameri-
 can Water Works Association, Water Pollution Control Federation, Washington, DC.
 Reference No. 002.

 ASTM. 1993. Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1993. Water and Environmental Technology. Vol
 11.04. Pesticides; Resource Recovery; Hazardous Substances and Oil Spill Responses; Waste
 Management; Biological Effects. American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA.
 Reference No. 003.

 ASTM. 1994. Annual Book of 'ASTM Standards, 1994. Water and Environmental Technology.
 2 vols: Water (I) and Water (II). American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA.
 Reference No. 004.

 Calif. State Water Resources Control Board. 1990.  California Ocean Plan. Water Quality Control
 Plan for Ocean Waters of California. State of California, State Water Resources Control Board,
 Sacramento, CA. Pp. 23.
 Reference No. 005.

 Calif. State Water Resources Control Board. 1990. Procedures Manual for Conducting Toxicity
 Tests Developed by the Marine Bioassay Project. Prepared by B. Anderson et al., Water Re-
 sources Control Board, State of California, Sacramento, CA. Pp. 121. Report No. 90-10WQ.
 Reference No. 006.

 Chesapeake Bay Program. 1991. Chesapeake Bay Coordinated Split Sample Program Implemen-
 tation Guidelines Revision 3. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Chesapeake Bay Program
 Office, Annapolis, MD. CBP/TRS 58/91 Revision 3.
Reference No. 007.

Chesapeake Bay Program. 1992,. Chesapeake Bay Program Data Management Plan. U.S. Envi-
ronmental Protection Agency, Chesapeake Bay Program Monitoring Subcommittee, Annapolis
MD. Pp. 297.
Reference No. 008.
                                         423

-------
Reference
Chesapeake Bay Program. 1992. Guidance for the Analysis of Water Quality Trends in Chesa-
peake Bay - Draft. Prepared by the Data Analysis Workgroup of the Chesapeake Bay Program
Monitoring Subcommittee for the State of Maryland, Department of the Environment, Baltimore,
MD.
Reference No. OOP.

Chesapeake Bay Program. 1993. Guide to Using Chesapeake Bay Program Water Quality Moni-
toring Data. Chesapeake Bay Program, Baltimore, MD. CBP/TRS 78/92.
Reference No. 010.

Chesapeake Bay Program. 1994. Recommended Guidelines for Sampling and Analysis in the
Chesapeake Bay Monitoring Program. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 3, Chesa-
peake Bay Program Office, Annapolis, MD. Draft report.
Reference No. OIL

Gilbert, R.O. 1987. Statistical Methods for Environmental Pollution Monitoring. Van Nostrand
Reinhold, New York, NY.
Reference No. 012.

Holme, N.A., and A.D. Mclntyre. 1984. Methods for the Study of Marine Benthos. Blackwell
Scientific Publishers, Oxford.
Reference No. 013.
                                                            '' ,         •
Ingersoll, C.G., and M.K. Nelson. 1990. Testing Sediment Toxicity with Hyalella azteca
(Amphipoda) and Chironomus riparius (Diptera). In Aquatic Toxicology and Risk Assessment:
13th Volume, ASTM STP 1096. Eds: W.G. Landis and W.H. van der Schalie. American Society
for Testing and  Materials, Philadelphia, PA. Pp. 93-109.
Reference No. 014.

Marshack, Jon B. 1991. A Compilation of Water Quality Goals. California Regional Water
Quality Control Board, Central Valley Region, Sacramento, CA. Staff Report.
Reference No. 015.

Maryland Department of the Environment. 1993. Guidance for the Analysis of Water Quality
Trends in Chesapeake Bay. Prepared by the Maryland Department of the Environment (by R.
Eskin et al.) for the Monitoring Subcommittee of the Chesapeake Bay Program, Baltimore, MD.
Pp. 46.
Reference No. 016.

Mudroch, A., and S.D. MacKnight. 1991. Handbook of Techniques for Aquatic Sediments Sam-
pling. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL. Pp. 210.
Reference No. 017.                                         ,            \

Mueller, W., and D. Smith. 1992. Compilation ofEPA's Sampling and Analytical Methods.
Edited by L. H. Keith. Lewis Publishers, Chelsea, MI.
Reference No. 018.
                                          424

-------
                                                                             Reference
 National Parks Service. 1991. Plant Toxicity Testing with Sediment and Marsh Soils. Prepared by
 G. Walsh, US Department of the Interior, National Parks Service, Water Resources Division, Fort
 Collins, CO. Pp. 133. Technical Report NPS/NRWRD/NRTR-91/03.
 Reference No. 019.

 NOAA. 1986. National Status and Trends Program for Marine Environmental Quality Benthic
 Surveillance Project: Cycle III Field Manual. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration,
 Coastal Monitoring and Bioeffects Assessment Division, Office of Ocean Resources Conserva-
 tion and Assessment, National Ocean Service, Silver Spring, MD. Pp. 32. Technical Memoran-
 dum NOS OMA 28.
 Reference No. 020.

 NOAA. 1987. National Status and Trends Program for Marine Environmental Quality Benthic
 Surveillance Project: Specimen Bank Project: Field Manual. National Oceanic and Atmospheric
 Administration, Coastal Monitoring and Bioeffects Assessment Division, Office of Ocean Re-
 sources Conservation and Assessment, National Ocean Service, Silver Spring, MD. Pp. 43.
 Technical Memorandum NOS OMA 37.
 Reference No. 021.

 NOAA. 1988. Standard Analytical Procedures of the NOAA National Analytical Facility,  1988.
 New HPLC Cleanup and Revised Extraction Procedures for Organic Contaminants. U.S. Dept.
 of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Marine Fisheries
 Service, Seattle, WA. NOAA Technical Memorandum NMFS F/NWC-153.
 Reference No.  022.

 NOAA. 1992. Standard and Reference Materials for Marine Science. 3rd ed. National Oceanic
 and Atmospheric Administration, Coastal Monitoring and Bioeffects Assessment Division, Office
 of Ocean Resources Conservation and Assessment, National Ocean Service, Silver Spring, MD.
 Technical Memorandum NOS ORCA 68.
 Reference No. 023.

 NOAA. 1993. Sampling and Analytical Methods of the National Status and Trends Program
National Benthic Surveillance and Mussel Watch Projects 1984-1992, Volumes I-TV. National
 Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Coastal Monitoring and Bioeffects Assessment Divi-
 sion, Office of Ocean Resources Conservation and Assessment, National Ocean Service, Silver
 Spring, MD. NOAA Technical Memorandum NOS ORCA 71.
Reference No. 024.

NOAA. 1994. Use of Standards and Reference Materials in the Measurement of Chlorinated
Hydrocarbon Residues - Chemistry Workbook. Prepared by T.L. Wade and A. Y. Cantillo for the
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Coastal Monitoring and Bioeffects Assess-
ment Division, Office of Ocean Resources Conservation and Assessment, National Ocean Ser-
vice, Silver Spring, MD. Technical Memorandum NOS ORCA 77.
Reference No. 025.
                                         ฅ25

-------
Reference
Parsons, T. R. et al. 1984. A Manual for Chemical and Biological Methods for Seawater Analysis.
1st. ed. Pergamon Press, Toronto.
Reference No. 026.

Plumb, R. H., Jr. 1981. Procedures for Handling and Chemical Analysis of Sediment and Water
Samples. Prepared by Great Lakes Laboratory, State University College at Buffalo, Buffalo, NY.,
for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency/Corps of Engineers Technical Committee on Criteria
for Dredged and Fill Material. Published by the U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment
Station, Vicksburg, MS. Technical Report EPA/CD-81-1.
Reference No. 027.

PTI Environmental Services. 1989. Data Validation Guidance Manual for Selected Sediment
Variables, Edited Draft Report. Prepared by PTI Environmental Services for the Washington
Department of Ecology, Sediment Management Unit, Olympia, WA.
Reference No. 028.
                                                                       i
PTI Environmental Services. 1989. Puget Sound Dredged Disposal Analysis Guidance Manual;
Data Quality Evaluation for Proposed Dredged Material Disposal Projects. Prepared by PTI
Environmental Services for the Washington Department of Ecology, Sediment Management Unit,
Olympia, WA.
Reference No. 029.

Puget Sound Estuary Program. 1991. Recommended Protocols for Measuring Selected Environ-
mental Variables in Puget Sound. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region  10, Office of
Puget Sound, Seattle, WA.
Reference No. 030.

San Francisco Estuary Institute. 1994. Quality Assurance Project Plan for the Regional Monitor-
ing Program for Toxic Contaminants in the San Francisco Estuary. San Francisco Estuary Insti-
tute (previously Aquatic Habitat Institute), Richmond, CA. Pp. 75.
Reference No. 031.

San Francisco Estuary Project. 1991. Quality Assurance in Environmental Analysis Applied to the
San Francisco Estuary. Prepared by the Aquatic Habitat Institute for the San Francisco Estuary
Project, Oakland, CA. Pp. 72.
Reference No. 032.

 State of Maine DEP. 1987. Methods for Biological Sampling and Analysis of Maine's Waters.
 State of Maine Department of Environmental Protection, Augusta, ME. Pp.  19.
 Reference No. 033.
                                                         •    :' i   i      \
 Texas Parks and Wildlife Department. 1989. Commercial Harvest Field Operations Manual.
 Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Fisheries and Wildlife Division, Coastal Fisheries Branch,
 Austin, TX.
 Reference No. 034.
                                          426

-------
                                                                             Reference
 Texas Parks and Wildlife Department. 1993. Marine Resource Monitoring Operations Manual.
 Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Fisheries and Wildlife Division, Coastal Fisheries Branch
 Austin, TX.
 Reference No. 035.

 Texas Parks and Wildlife Department. 1993. Marine Sport Harvest Monitoring Operations
 Manual. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Fisheries and Wildlife Division, Coastal Fisheries
 Branch, Austin, TX.
 Reference No. 036.

 Texas Water Commission. 1993. Water Quality Monitoring Procedures Manual. Water Quality
 Monitoring Team, Texas Water Commission, Austin, TX. Pp. 262. Draft.
 Reference No. 037.

 USAGE. 1991. Assessing Bioaccumulation in Aquatic Organisms Exposed to Contaminated
 Sediments. By J. Clarke and V. McFarland, US Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experiment
 Station, Environmental Laboratory, Vicksburg, MS. Pp. 82. Miscellaneous Paper D-91-2.
 Reference No. 038.

 USAEWES. 1989.  Quality Assurance Guidelines for Organic Analysis. US Army Corps of
 Engineers, Environmental Laboratory, Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg MS Technical
 Report EL-89-18.
 Reference No. 039.

 USEPA. 1978. Environmental Monitoring Series: Quality Assurance Guidelines for Biological
 Testing. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring and Support Labora-
 tory, Las Vegas, NV. Pp. 475. EPA 600/4-78-043.
 Reference No. 040.

 USEPA. 1978. Microbiological Methods for Monitoring the Environment - Water and Wastes.
 Edited by: R.H. Bordner, J.A. Winter, and P.V. Scarpino. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
 Office of Research and Development, Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory Cin- '
 cinnati, OH. Pp. 337. EPA 600/8-78-017.
 Reference No. 041.

 USEPA. 1978. Phytoplankton Sampling in Qualitative Baseline and Monitoring Programs. U.S.
 EPA, Office of Research and Development, Corvallis Environmental Research Laboratory
 Newport, OR. EPA  600/3-78-025.
 Reference No. 042.

USEPA. 1979. Handbook for Analytical Quality Control in Water and Wastewater Laboratories.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory,
Office of Research and Development, Cincinnati, OH. EPA-600/4-79-019.
Reference No. 043.
                                         427

-------
Reference
USEPA. 1983. Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water andWastes. 3rd. ed. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH. EPA
600/4-79-020.
Reference No. 044.

USEPA. 1985. Bioaccumulation Monitoring Guidance: 3. Recommended Analytical Detection
Limits. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC. Pp. 23.
EPA 503/6-90-001.
Reference No. 045.

USEPA. 1985. Summary of U.S. EPA-Approved Methods, Standard Methods, and Other Guid-
ance for 301(h) Monitoring Variables. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Marine
and Estuarine Protection, Washington, DC. Pp. 16. EPA 503/4-90-002.
Reference No. 046.

USEPA. 1985. Test Methods for Escherichia coli and Enterococci in Water by the Membrane
Filter Procedure. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring and Support
Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH. Pp. 30. EPA 600/4-85/076.
Reference No. 047.                                                      ]

USEPA. 1986. Analytical Methods for U.S. EPA Priority Pollutants and 301(h) Pesticides in
Estuarine and Marine Sediments. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Marine and
Estuarine Protection, Washington, DC. EPA 503/6-90-004.
Reference No. 048.

 USEPA. 1986. Bioaccumulation Monitoring Guidance: 4. Analytical Methods for U.S. EPA
Priority Pollutants and 301(h) Pesticides in Tissues From Estuarine and Marine Organisms. U.S.
 Environmental  Protection Agency, Office of Marine and Estuarine Protection, Washington, DC.
 EPA 503/6-90-002.
 Reference No. 049.

 USEPA. 1986.  Quality Criteria for Water 1986. United States Environmental Protection Agency,
 Office of Water Regulations and Standards, Washington, DC. EPA 440/5-86-001,
 Reference No. 050.
                                                                       i
 USEPA. 1987.  Bioaccumulation Monitoring  Guidance: 1. Selection of Target Species and Review
 of Available Bioaccumulation Data. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water,
 Washington, DC. Pp. 52. EPA/420-86-005.
 Reference No.  051.

 USEPA. 1987. Bioaccumulation Monitoring  Guidance: 5. Strategies for Sample Replication and
 Compositing. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Marine and Estuarine Protection,
 Washington, DC. Pp. 51. EPA 430/09-87-003.
 Reference No. 052.
                                          428

-------
                                                                             Reference.
 USEPA. 1987. Guidance for Conducting Fish Liver Histopathology Studies During 301(h)
 Monitoring. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Marine and Estuarine Protection
 Washington, DC. Pp. 166. EPA 430/09-87-004.
 Reference No. 053.

 USEPA. 1987. Guidance for Sampling of and Analyzing for Organic Contaminants in Sediments.
 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Regulation and Standards, Criteria and
 Standards Division, Washington, DC. Pp. 80. EPA 440/4-87-010.
 Reference No. 054.


 USEPA. 1987. Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) for 301(h) Monitoring Programs:
 Guidance on Field and Laboratory Methods. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
 Marine and Estuarine Protection, Washington, DC. EPA 430/9-86-004.
 Reference No. 055.

 USEPA. 1987. Recommended Biological Indices for 301(h) Monitoring Programs. U.S. Environ-
 mental Protection Agency, Marine Operations Division, Office of Marine and Estuarine Protec-
 tion, Washington, DC. Pp. 17. EPA 430/9-86-002.
 Reference No. 056.

 USEPA. 1988. Guide for Preparation of Quality Assurance Project Plans for the National Estu-
 ary Program - Interim Final. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Office of
 Marine and Estuarine Protection, Washington, DC. EPA 556/2-88-001.
 Reference No. 057.

 USEPA. 1988. Short-Term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and Receiv-
 ing Waters to Marine and Estuarine Organisms. Edited by C. I. Weber et al. U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Environmental Monitoring and Support
 Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH.  EFA-600/4-87/028.
 Reference No. 058.


 USEPA. 1989. Compendium of Methods for Marine and Estuarine Environmental Studies. U.S.
 Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Office of Marine and Estuarine Protection
 Washington, DC. EPA 503/2-89/001.
 Reference No.  059.

 USEPA. 1989.  Guidance Manual: Bedded Sediment Bioaccumulation Tests. U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency, Bioaccumulation Team, Pacific Ecosystems Branch, Environmental Research
 Laboratory, Newport, OR. Pp. 232. EPA/600/X-89/302. ERLN-N111.
 Reference No. 060.

 USEPA. 1989. Methods Manual for Perdido Bay Citizens Monitoring Program. U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Environmental Research Labo-
ratory, Gulf Breeze, FL. Pp. 28. EPA/600/4-89/030.
Reference No. 061.
                                         429

-------
Reference
USEPA. 1989. QA/QC Plan for Perdido Bay Florida-Alabama Citizens Monitoring Program.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Environmental
Research Laboratory, Gulf Breeze, FL. Pp. 17.
Reference No. 062.
                                                          ' -i            i
USEPA. 1989. Rapid Bioassessment Protocols for Use in Streams and Rivers. U.S. Environmen-
tal Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC. Pp. 185. EPA/444/4-89-001.
Reference No. 063.

USEPA. 1989. Short-Term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and Receiv-
ing Waters to Freshwater Organisms, 2nd. ed. Edited by C. I. Weber et al. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Office of Modeling, Monitoring Sys-
tems, and Quality Assurance, Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH.
EPA/600/4-89/001.
Reference No. 064.

USEPA.  1990. Analytical Procedures and Quality Assurance Plan for the Determination of
PCDD/PCDF in Fish. U.S. EPA, Office of Research and Development, Environmental Research
Laboratory, Duluth, MN. EPA 600/3-90-022.
Reference No. 065.

 USEPA. 1990. Analytical Procedures and Quality Assurance Plan for the Determination of
Xenobiotic Chemical Contaminants in Fish. U.S. EPA, Office of Research and Development,
 Environmental Research Laboratory, Duluth, MN. EPA 600/3-90-023.
 Reference No. 066.

 USEPA. 1990. Macroinvertebrate Field and Laboratory Methods for Evaluating the Biological
 Integrity of Surface Waters.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and
 Development, Washington, DC. Pp. 268. EPA/600/4-90/030.                 ;
 Reference No. 067.
                                                                      i
 USEPA. 1990. Volunteer Water Monitoring: A Guide For State Managers. U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency,  Office of Water, Washington, DC. Pp. 78. EPA 440/4-90-010.
 Reference No. 068.

 USEPA. 1991. Biological Criteria: Guide to Technical Literature. U.S. Environmental Protection
 Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC. Pp. 128. EPA-440/5-91-004.
 Reference No. 069.

 USEPA. 1991. Methods for Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations, Phase I Toxicity Charac-
 terization Procedures, Second Edition: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Re-
 search and Development, Environmental Research Laboratory, Duluth, MN. EPA/600/6-91/003,
 Reference No. 070.
                                           430

-------
                                                                             Reference
 USEPA. 1991. Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to
 Freshwater and Marine Organisms, 4th. ed. Edited by C. I. Weber. U.S. Environmental Protection
 Agency, Office of Research and Development, Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory,
 Cincinnati, OH. EPA-600/4-90-027.
 Reference No. 071.

 USEPA. 1991. Methods for the Determination of Metals in Environmental Samples. U.S. Environ-
 mental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring System Laboratory, Office of Research and
 Development, Cincinnati, OH. EPA 600-4-91-010.
 Reference No. 072.

 USEPA. 1991. A Project Manager's Guide to Requesting and Evaluating Chemical Analyses.
 Prepared by PTI Environmental Services, Bellevue, WA for U.S. Environmental Protection
 Agency, Region 10, Puget Sound Estuary Program, Seattle, WA. EPA 910/9-90-24.
 Reference No. 073.

 USEPA. 1991. Volunteer Lake Monitoring: A Methods Manual. Prepared by J. Simpson for U.S.
 Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Wetlands, Oceans , and Watersheds, Assessment and
 Watershed Protection Division,, Washington, DC. Pp. 129. EPA 440/4-91-002.
 Reference No. 074.

 USEPA. 1992. Consumption Surveys for Fish and Shellfish. U.S. Environmental Protection
 Agency, Office of Water and Office of Science and Technology, Washington, DC. Pp 60
 EPA822/R-92-001.
 Reference No. 075.

 USEPA. 1992. Environmental Monitoring Methods Index, Version 1.0. U.S. Environmental Pro-
 tection Agency, Environmental Monitoring Management Council, Washington, DC.  112 pp. +
 three software diskettes. NTIS PB92-503093.
 Reference No. 076.

 USEPA. 1992. Field Operations and Safety Manual: EMAP-Estuaries 1992 Virginian Province.
 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Environmental
 Monitoring Systems Laboratory, Washington,  DC. Preliminary Draft. Pp. 210. EPA/600/x92/xxx.
 Reference No. 077.

 USEPA.  1992. Methods for the Determination of Chemical Substances in Marine and Estuarine
 Environmental Samples. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental System Labora-
 tory, Office of Research and Development, Cincinnati, OH. EPA 600/R-92/121.
 Reference No. 078.

 USEPA. 1992. Monitoring Guidance for the National Estuary Program, Final. U.S. Environmen-
 tal Protection Agency; Office of Water; Office of Wetlands, Oceans, and Watersheds, Ocean and
 Coastal Protection Division, Washington, DC.  EPA 503/8-91-002.
Reference No. 079.
                                         431

-------
Reference	__	.		
                                                                      !
USEPA. 1992. Recommended Analytical Techniques and Quality Assurance/Quality Control
Guidelines for the Measurement of Organic and Inorganic Analytes in Marine Sediment and
Tissue Samples. Draft. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Develop-
ment, Environmental Research Laboratory, Narragansett, RI.
Reference No. 080.                	'.	

USEPA. 1992. Sediment Classification Methods Compendium. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Office of Water (WH-556), Washington, DC. EPA 823-R-92-006.
Reference No. 081.    .       	

USEPA.  1992. Standard Operating Procedures and Field Methods Used for Conducting Ecologi-
cal Risk Assessment Case Studies. Prepared for Naval Command, Control and Ocean Surveil-
lance Center, RDT&E Division, San Diego, CA, by U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Environmental Research Laboratory, Narragansett, RI. Technical Document 2296. 416 pp. +
appendices.
Reference No. 082.

USEPA. 1992. Synthesis of Methods to Predict Bioaccumulation of Sediment Pollutants. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Bioaccumulation/Stratozone Team, Pacific Ecosystems
Branch, Environmental Research Laboratory, Newport, OR. Research Report.
Reference No. 083.
                                                                      \
USEPA. 1993. Guidance for Assessing Chemical Contaminant Data for Use in Fish Advisories,
 Volume 1: Fish Sampling and Analysis. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Science
 and Technology, Office of Water, Washington, DC. EPA 823-R-93-002.
 Reference No. 084.

 USEPA. 1993. Laboratory Methods Manual - Estuaries. Environmental Monitoring and Assess-
 ment Program. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development,
 Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH. Pp. 289. EPA/600/4-91/024.
 Reference No. 085.

 USEPA. 1993. Methods for Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations, Phase II Toxicity Identifi-
 cation Procedures for Samples Exhibiting Acute and Chronic Toxicity. U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Environmental Research Laboratory,
 Duluth, MN. EPA/600/R-92/080.
 Reference No.  086.

 USEPA. 1993. Methods for Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations, Phase III Toxicity Confir-
 mation Procedures for Samples Exhibiting Acute and Chronic Toxicity. U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Environmental Research Laboratory,
 Duluth, MN. EPA/600/R-92/081.
 Reference No. 087.
                                          432

-------
                                                                             Reference
 USEPA. 1993. Methods for the Determination of Inorganic Substances in Environmental
 Samples. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Environ-
 mental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH. EPA/600/R-93/100.
 Reference No. 088.

 USEPA. 1993. QA/QC Guidance for Sampling and Analysis ofSediments, Water, and Tissues for
 Dredged Material Evaluations Phase 1 - Chemical Evaluations. Environmental Protection
 Agency, Office of Water, Office of Science and Technology, Standards & Applied Science Divi-
 sion (WH-585), Washington, DC.
 Reference No. 089.

 USEPA. 1993. Volunteer Estuary Monitoring: A Methods Manual. U.S. Environmental Protec-
 tion Agency, Office of Water, Office of Wetlands, Oceans, and Watersheds, Washington DC
 EPA 842-B-93-004.                                                          '
 Reference No. 090.

 USEPA. 1994. CWA Section 403: Procedural and Monitoring Guidance. U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency; Office of Water; Office of Wetlands, Oceans, and Watersheds, Ocean and
 Coastal Protection Division, Washington, DC. EPA 842-B-94-003.
 Reference No. 091.

 USEPA. 1994. Guidance for Assessing Chemical Contaminant Data for Use in Fish Advisories.
 Volume II: Risk Assessment and Fish Consumption Limits. U.S. Environmental Protection
 Agency, Office of Science and Technology, Office of Water, Washington, DC. EPA 823-B-94-
 004.
 Reference No. 092.

 USEPA.  1994. Methods for Measuring the Toxicity of Sediment-Associated Contaminants with
 Estuarine and Marine Amphipods. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Science and
 Technology, Washington, DC. EPA 600/R-94/025.
 Reference No, 093.

 USEPA. 1994. Methods for Measuring the Toxicity of Sediment-Associated Contaminants with
 Freshwater Invertebrates. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Devel-
 opment, Duluth, MN. EPA 600/R-94/024.
 Reference No. 094.

 USEPA. 1994. National Directory of'Volunteer Environmental Monitoring Programs. 4th. ed.
 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Wetlands, Oceans, and Watersheds, Washing-
 ton, DC. EPA 841-B-94-001.
 Reference No. 095.

USEPA, and USAGE. 1991. Evaluation of Dredged Material Proposed for Ocean Disposal -
 Testing Manual. U;S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water and Department of the
Army, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Washington, DC. Pp. 288. EPA-503/8-91/001.
Reference No. 096.
                                         433

-------
Reference
                                                     ">             i
USEPA and USAGE. 1994. Evaluation of Dredged Material Proposed for Discharge in Waters of
the U.S. - Testing Manual (Draft): Inland Testing Manual. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Office of Water, Office of Science and Technology, Washington, DC and Department of
the Army, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Washington, DC. EPA-823-B-94-002.
Reference No. 097.

USFDA. 1990. National Shellfish Sanitation Program Manual of Operations Part 1 Sanitation of
Shellfish Growing Areas 1990 Revision. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public
Health Service, Food and Drug Administration, Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition,
Division of Cooperative Programs, Shellfish Sanitation Branch, Washington, DC. Pp. 136.
Reference No. 098.

USGS. 1987. Methods for Collection and Analysis of Aquatic Biological and Microbiological
Samples. In Techniques oj'Water-Resources Investigations of the United States Geological Sur-
vey. Edited by LJ. Britton and P.E. Greeson. Pp. 375. U.S. Department of the Interior, Geological
Survey, Denver, CO.
Reference No. 099.

USGS. 1989. Methods for Determination of Inorganic Substances in Water and Fluvial Sedi-
ments. 3rd. ed. In Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations of the United States Geological
Survey. Edited by M.J. Fishman and L.C. Friedman.  Pp. 642.  U.S. Department of the Interior,
Geological Survey, Denver, CO.
Reference  No. 100.
                                           434

-------
i

-------

-------
                                                                                Index
                                                                            Index
  .                                                                     Reference
 A.                                                                    Number
 acenaphthalene	15, 39, 45> 48? 49; 50j 76
 acenaphthylene	15> 39, 45j 48> 49; 50j 76
 acrolein	15, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 acrylonitrile	15, 39j 45? 48? 49; 50> 76
                                                               15, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
                                                                          3,58,64,82
 aluminium	15, 24, 27, 30, 45, 50, 72, 76
 ammonium	;	5j 15j 30, 50j 82
 amphibians	            3
 anthracene	15> 30, 39^ 455 48> 49j 50j 76
 antimony	2, 15, 24, 30, 45, 48, 49, 50, 72, 76
 arsenic	5, 15, 24, 27, 30, 31,45, 48,49, 50, 72, 76, 78, 84
 asbestos	15, 30, 45, 50, 76

 B
 bacteria, coliform	2, 15, 30, 37, 41, 46, 55, 82
 bacteria, Enterococci	2, 15, 30, 41, 46, 55, 82
 barium	15, 30, 50, 72, 76
 benthic infauna	13, 28, 30, 37, 46, 50, 55, 63, 79, 82, 85
 benzene	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 benzidine	15j 30j 39j 45j 48> 49j 50j 76
 beryllium	2, 15, 30, 45, 48, 49, 50, 72, 76
 bioaccumulation	3, 24, 28, 29, 30, 31, 38,45, 46, 49, 51, 52, 55, 57,  60, 65,
                                                           66, 79, 82, 83, 91, 94, 96, 97
 bioassays, see toxicity/bioassays
 bis(chloroethoxy)methane	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 bis(chloroethyl)ether	15, 30, 39,45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 bis(chloroisoprolyl)ether	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 bis(chloromethyl)ether	15, 30,451 4g, 49, 50, 76
boron	15, 50, 72, 76
bromodichloromethane	2, 15, 30, 39,45, 48, 49, 50, 76
bromomethane	2, 15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
bromophenyl phenyl ether	15, 30,45, 48, 49, 50, 76
                                         435

-------
Index
                                                                         Reference
                                                                          Number
cadmium	2, 5, 15, 24, 27, 30, 31, 45, 48,49, 50, 72, 76,78, 84
calcium	-	15, 27, 30, 50, 72, 76
carbon	•	27>30'78
carbon, organic . 2,4, 11,15,24,26, 27,28, 30, 31,43,44,46, 54, 55, 60,76,79, 85, 91,96,97
chlordane	15, 30, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
chlordene	15,30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76, 84
chlorobenzene	....••"15, 30, 39,45', 48,49,50,76
chloroethane	15, 30, 39,45,48,49,50,76
chloromethane	15, 30, 39, 45,48, 49, 50, 76
chloronaphthalene	15, 30, 39,45,48,49, 50,76
chlorophenol	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
chlorophyll   	3, 11, 26, 30, 31,42,46, 55, 59, 78, 79, 82, 90, 91
chlororethyl vinyl ether	15, 30, 39,45,48,49, 50,76
chlororphenyl phenyl ether	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
chromium	2, 5, 15, 24, 27, 30, 31, 45, 48, 49, 50, 72, 76, 78, 84
chrysene                	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50,76
cobalt	,	15, 30, 45, 50, 72, 76, 78
color	•	I5'55
community, see population/community
conductivity, see salinity
copper              	2, 5, 15, 24, 27, 30, 31, 45, 48, 49, 50, 72, 76, 78, 84
cresol                      	15, 30, 45, 48,49, 50, 76
current and flow	4, 24, 34, 37, 51, 55, 68, 79, 85, 100
cyanide	2, 5, 15, 30, 45, 50, 76, 88


D
data analysis	3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15, 16, 24, 25, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
                        36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 42,43,44,48,49, 50, 52, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58, 60, 62,
                        64, 67, 69, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 77, 79, 82, 83, 84, 87, 88, 89, 92, 96, 97
DDT and metabolites	15, 25, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76, 84
 depth
                                                                      24,31,37,79,91
 dichlorobenzene	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 dichlorobenzidine	15, 30, 39, 45, 50, 76
 dichlorodifluoromethane	2, 15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 dichloroethane	2, 15, 30, 39, 45,48, 49, 50, 76
 dichloroethene	2, 15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 dichloromethane	2, 15, 30, 39,45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 dichlorophenol	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 dichloropropane	2, 15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 dichloropropene	2, 15, 30, 39, 45, 48,49, 50, 76
 dieldrin                 	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76, 84
                                           436

-------
	Index
                                                                          Reference
                                                                          Number
 dimethyl phenol	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 dinitrophenol	15, 30, 39,45,48, 49, 50, 76
 dinitrotoluene	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 dioxins/furans	15, 30, 39, 48, 49, 50, 76
 diphenylhydrazine	15, 30, 39,45,48,49, 50, 76
 dissolved oxygen	1, 2, 4, 15, 24, 26, 30, 31, 37, 38, 44,46, 48, 49, 50, 55, 61, 74,
                                                                   76, 77, 79, 82, 90, 91
 dredging	95^97


 E
 endosulfan	5, 15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76, 84
 endrin	5, 15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 ethyl benzene	,.	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76


 F

 fish	•	3, 30, 35, 37, 46, 55, 58, 63, 64, 79, 82
 fluoranthene	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 fluorene	•	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76

 G
 grain size	 4, 11, 24, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31,46, 55, 60, 76, 79, 82, 85, 91, 96, 97

H
habitat	3^53
halogenated aliphatic hydrocarbons	15, 25, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
halogenated ethers	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
heptachlor, pesticide	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76, 84
hexachlorobenzene	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76, 84
hexachlorobutadiene	2, 15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
hexachlorocyclohexane	5, 15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
hexachlorocyclopentadiene	2, 15, 30, 45, 48,49, 50, 76


I-J-K
inorganic constituents	2, 4, 5, 15, 18, 23, 24, 27, 29, 30, 31, 44, 45, 46, 48, 49,
                                          50, 55, 76, 78, 79, 82, 84, 88, 91, 92, 96, 97, 100
iron	15, 27, 30, 50, 72, 76
isophorone	15, 24, 30, 39,45,48, 49, 50, 76
                                         437

-------
Index
                                                                         Reference
                                                                          Number
 lead	2, 5,15, 24, 27, 30, 31, 45, 48,49, 50, 72, 76, 78, 84
 lindane	•	15, 30, 45, 50, 76
 lithium	•	•	50,72,76


 M
 macroinvertebrates	,3,13, 30, 33, 37,46, 51, 55, 58, 63, 64, 67, 82, 85
 magnesium	27, 30,45,72, 76
 mammals	3,30,40
 manganese	24, 30, 50,72,76
 mercury	2, 5,15, 24, 27, 30, 31,45, 48, 49, 50, 72, 76, 84, 85
 metals, trace	2, 5, 14, 15, 18, 23, 24, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 37,44, 45,46,48, 49, 50,
                                    55, 71, 76, 78, 79, 80, 82, 85, 86, 89, 91, 92, 96, 97, 100
 molybdenum	•:•———	•	•• 2?' 72, 76,79
 monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbons	15, 30, 39,45, 48,49, 76


 N
 naphthalene	-	30,39,45
 nickel	2, 5,15, 24, 27, 30, 31, 45, 48, 49, 72, 76, 78
 nitrobenzene	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 nitrogen	•	•	15, 27, 30, 59, 76, 78
 nitrogen (ammonia)	2, 15, 27, 30, 46, 55, 59, 76, 79, 88
 nitrogen (Kjeldahl)	2, 15, 27, 30,46, 55, 59, 76, 79, 88
 nitrogen (nitrite and nitrate)	2,15,27, 30,46, 50, 55, 59,76, 78,79, 82, 88
 nitrophenol	15, 30, 39, 45, 48,49, 50, 76
 nitrosamines	•••• 15, 30, 39,45,48,49, 50,76
 nutrients .... 2,4, 11, 15, 23, 24, 26, 27, 30, 31,44,46, 50, 55, 59, 76,78, 79, 82, 89, 90, 91, 100


 o
 organic constituents	2,4, 5, 15, 18, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 38, 39, 43,44,
                  45,46,48,49, 50, 54, 55, 65, 66,76, 78, 79, 80, 82, 84, 85, 86, 91, 92, 96, 97
 organics, semivolatile	15, 22, 25, 27, 28, 30, 45, 54, 80, 82
 organics, volatile	22, 25, 30, 39,45
 organotins	5, 15, 24, 30, 31, 76, 82, 85
 orthophosphate, see phosphate
 oxygen demand	2,4, 11, 15,24,27,29,30,31,44,46,55,76,79,88,90, 100
 oxygen demand, biological	2, 27, 30, 46, 55, 76
 oxygen demand, chemical	2, 27, 30,46, 55,76, 88
                                           438

-------
                                                                                  Index
                                                                           Reference
                                                                           Number
 PAHs	2, 4, 5, 14, 15, 18, 22, 23, 24, 25, 27, 29, 30, 31, 39, 45, 46, 48, 49,
                                               50, 54, 66, 76, 79, 80, 84, 85, 91, 92, 96, 97
 pathogenic organisms . 1, 2,4, 5, 24, 26, 28, 30, 37, 41, 43,46,47, 55, 74, 79, 82, 90, 91, 93, 99
 PCBs	2,4, 5, 14, 15, 18, 22, 23, 24, 25, 27, 29, 30, 31, 39, 45, 48, 49,
                                            50, 54, 66, 76, 79, 80, 82, 84, 85, 91, 92, 96, 97
 pentachlorophenol	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 periphyton	15? 76
 pesticides	2, 4, 5, 15, 18, 23, 24, 25, 27, 29, 30, 31, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 54, 55, 76,
                                                            79, 80, 84, 85, 91, 92, 96, 97
 PH	2, 4, 5, 15, 24, 27, 30, 31, 37,43, 44, 46, 50, 55, 60, 74, 76, 79, 82, 86
 phenanthrene	15, 30, 39,45,48, 49, 76
 Pheno1	2, 5, 15, 27, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76, 88
 phosphates, phosphorus	2, 15, 27, 30, 46, 50, 55, 59, 72, 76, 78, 79, 82, 88
 phthalate esters	15, 30, 39, 48, 49, 50, 76
 phytoplankton	30, 37, 46, 55, 90
 plankton	30,37,79
 population/community	11, 24, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 42, 46, 55, 56, 63, 69,
                                                            74, 75, 79, 82, 85, 90, 91, 99
 pore water	17  39
 potassium	30,12,16
 priority pollutant metals	5, 15, 30, 45, 46, 55, 76, 96, 97, 86
 priority pollutant organic compounds	5, 15, 30, 45, 46, 55, 76, 96, 97
 Pyrene	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 76
Q
QA/QC	
R
radioactivity.
	3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 35, 36,
     37, 39, 40, 41, 43,48, 49, 54, 55, 57, 62, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 71, 72, 73, 74,
        75, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 83, 84, 87, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 96, 97, 98, 100
                                                           2, 4, 5, 15, 43
salinity (conductivity),
sampling	
            .. 1, 2, 4, 5, 15, 23, 24, 27, 30, 31,-37, 43, 50, 55, 61, 77, 79, 82, 91
            	1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 11, 12, 13, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 26,
             27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 47, 48,
             51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 57, 60, 61,,62, 63, 65, 66, 67, 69, 70, 71, 74, 75,
            77,78, 79, 81, 82, 83, 84, 88, 89, 90, 91, 93, 94, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100
                                          439

-------
Index	.	
                                                                          Reference
                                                                           Number
sampling, biological	6, 13, 20, 21, 24, 28, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 40, 51,
                                                  52, 53, 56, 58, 60, 63, 64, 67, 71, 83, 98
sampling, grab	13,14,24, 30, 52, 55, 60, 67, 69, 82, 84
sampling, sediment... 14, 17, 20, 21, 24, 27, 28, 30, 31, 32, 37, 54, 60, 77, 82, 89, 93, 94, 96, 97
sampling, station positioning	13, 24, 28, 30, 32, 55,77, 97
sampling, storage and shipping	7,14, 17, 20, 21, 24, 27, 28, 30, 31, 32, 33, 39, 41,
                                        53, 54, 55, 58, 60, 64, 67, 69, 71, 77, 84, 89, 96, 97
sampling, trawl, nets, traps	13,24, 30, 31, 35, 53, 55, 67, 69,77, 84
sampling, water	7,24, 27, 30, 31, 32, 37, 39, 41,43, 55, 58, 61, 62, 64, 71,74, 82, 90, 96, 97
selenium	2, 5, 24, 27, 30, 31, 45, 48,49, 50,72, 76, 78, 84
silica            	2, 24, 30, 72, 76
silver	2, 5, 24, 30, 31, 45,48, 49, 50, 72, 76
sodium	•	30,72,76
solids, dissolved	•••• 2> 30' 50'54
solids, floating	•• 30> 31,46, 55
solids, settleable	2, 5> 30, 31,46, 50, 55
solids, suspended	2, 5, 30, 31,46, 50, 55, 82, 85
solids, total	2, 5, 11, 15, 24, 27, 28, 30, 31, 44, 46, 50, 55, 60, 79, 82, 85, 96, 97
solids, volatile	2, 27, 28, 30, 46
strontium	30,72,76
sulfides	- 2, 27, 28, 30, 50, 55, 76, 85


 T
 temperature	1, 2,15,24, 30, 31, 37,44,46, 50, 55, 61,74, 77, 79, 82, 91
 tetrachloroethane	2, 15, 30, 39,45,48, 49, 76
 tetrachloroethene	2, 15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 76
 tetrachloromethane	2, 15, 30, 45, 48, 49, 76
 thallium	2, 24, 30,45,48,49, 50, 72, 76
 thorium	••	30,72,76
 tin	'.. 24, 30, 72, 76
 tide'IIII	24
 tissue analysis	3, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 28, 30, 31, 45, 46, 49, 52, 53,
                                      60, 65, 66, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 89, 91, 96, 97, 98
 toluene	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 toxaphene	•-• 15, 30, 39,45, 48, 49, 50, 76
 toxicity/bioassays	1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 14, 19, 24, 28, 29, 30, 31, 40, 43, 57, 58,
                                      64, 70, 71, 72, 79, 81, 82, 85, 86, 87, 93, 94, 96, 97, 98
 transparency	•	•—	30, 55
 tribromomethane	2, 15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 76
 tributyltin	15, 24, 30, 31, 76, 85
 trichlorobenzene	15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 76
 trichloroethane	2, 15, 30, 39, 45, 48,49, 76
 trichloroethene	•••• 2, 15, 30, 39, 45,48, 49, 76
                                            440

-------
	Index
                                                                   Reference
                                                                   Number
trichlorofluoromethane	2, 15, 30, 39, 45, 48, 49, 76
trichloromethane	2, 15, 30, 45, 48, 49, 76
trichlorophenol	15, 30, 45, 48, 49, 76
turbidity	2, 4, 5, 15, 30, 37, 42, 43, 44, 46, 50, 55, 58, 61, 63, 70, 74, 79, 81, 83, 88, 91,  100
U-V-W-X-Y-Z
uranium	72,76,78
vanadium	30,72,76,78
vegetation.....	19, 30, 79, 82, 90
vinyl chloride	15, 30, 39, 45, 50
volunteer monitoring	61, 62, 68, 74, 90, 95
zinc	2, 5, 24, 27, 30, 31, 45, 48, 49, 50, 72, 76, 84
zooplankton	3, 18, 30, 37, 42, 46, 47, 66, 96, 100
                                      441

-------

-------
          Reference No.  001  002 003 004  005
011 012  013 014 015
006 007  008 009 010
 PHYSICAL PARAMiETERS
         Current & Flow
      Dissolved Oxygen
   Salinity (Conductivity)
CHEMICAL PARAMETERS

-------

mm	i i! , j P' iป  i 	ijf   	 ^ m^^^
 023 024 025  026 027 028 029  030
      W
      W
      W
     JL
      W
      W
W
    W
                  W
W
W
W
W
W
W
                     031 032 033  034 035 036 037  038 039 040
WS
W
W
W
W
                     W
W
W
W
W
W
                          W
                          W
                                              041  042 043 044 045
W
W
                                                                                       W
    W
W
                              W
                              W
                              W
                                                                046
                                          047
                     048
                     049
                05i
         W
W
             W
             W
             W
W

yv
W
W
W
W

-------
                                     Metats
                        Inorganic Constituents
     W
     W
         WS
          W
          W
                                               W
                                               W
                         Organic Constituents
     W
        WS
          W
                                               W
                        Total Organic Carbon
     W
        WS
                                                    W
                                  Nutrients
     W
        WS
                                  WS
                                               W
                            Oxygen Demand
     W
        WS
                                  WS
                                               W
                                     PAHs
     W
        WS
          W
                                               W
                                      PCBs
     W
        WS
          W
                                               W
                                  Pesticides
     W
        WS
         W
                                               W
                                 Organotins
                 W
                                                       W
                               Radioactivity
     W
        WS
         W
                                               W
                   BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS
                            Bioaccumulation
                                Chlorophyll
                        Pathogenic Organisms
WB
                       Population/Community
                              Tissue Analysis
       (*
         ;-.i
       ซ?
                           Toxicity/Bioassays
WB
WB
WB
        WSB
WSB
     WS
     W
        WB
                                          WB
                           RELATED TOPICS
                    Data Analysis/Management
                                   Q'A/QC
                                  Sampling
WB
                        Volunteer Monitoring
 W
        WSB
        WSB
WSB
        WS
        WS
WS
         W
             WB
             W
             W
   WSB
W
   WSB
W
W
       WSB
       WSB
WS
        WS
        WS
W
       l:
:^->
   i*^*^—"—ซ,
W
                     >M\\4
                                  ' 'Si^i^fl
                                   t*M  ^,tvj

                                    T^>v

-------
ws
ws
ws

ws

ws
ws
ws


ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
WSB
WSB
WSB
WSB







WS
WS
WS







ws

WSB

WSB
B
WB
WSB




WS



ws


WSB
WSB
WSB


WS
WS



W
w
W






ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws


s

s
s







s

s


s
s
s
s


ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws




w
w









s

s

s
s
s




s
WSB

w
WSB
WSB
WSB



w



ws

s
s
s

s
s
s

WSB
WSB
WSB

WSB
WSB
WSB
WS
W

WSB
WSB
WSB
W














































WSB
W

SB
WSB
WSB









B





B









WSB
WSB
WSB

WSB
WSB
WSB

B

B

B

B

B
B
B
_











W

W





















ws



ws
ws
ws






















W
SB


s
















ws

B
B
B
_
W
W
WSB
_
s


	
ws
ws
ws
	

ws

1
























W







w
w
w
w
w
w
w





ws

ws











w




B

B




w


w






WSB



WSB



w
w
_
B

B
	

w
w
	



1 	
WSB


_
WS
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws
ws














s
s
•Sj'



'".$':',,
S
;s.'.


ws
ws
ws



Ws.
ws
ws


W
w
W

w

.V>
v\
w



WSB
w
WSB
• ,- '
B




W









w$



ws











_



1 	
s
s
' s ''..••
____
ws
ws
ws
_
v\


L_
•GEND

-------
                                                                                   ft
056 057 058 059  060
061 062 063 064 065
066 067 068 069 070
071 072 073 074  075
076 077 078 079 080
                                                                           W
                                                               W
                                              W
                                  W
                                  W
                                  W
                         W
                                                                           W
                                                                           W
                                                                           W
                                                               W
                                                                                        W
                                                                   W
                                                      W
                                                      W
                                                      W
                                                      W
                                                      W
                                              ws
                                              W
                                              W
                                              W

-------

PHYSICAL PARAMETERS
CHEM CAL PARAMETF

-------
                                              w
                                                          ws
                                                          ws
                                                          ws
                                             ws
                                             ws
                                             ws
                       ws
                       ws
                       ws
                                                                                  ws
                                                                                  ws
       w
                                                                     ws
                                                                    ws
                                                          ws
                                                                        ws
                                                                        ws
                                                              ws
                                                                    ws
                                                          ws
                                                              ws
                                                                    ws
                                                                                  ws
WSB
                                                                       WSB
                                                                             WSB
       w
                                                                     w
                                                                    w
                                                          w
                                                        w
                                                                    ws
                                                          ws
                    WB
                                                                       WSB
                                                                             WSB
                              B
                                                                       WSB
                                                                              ws
WSB
w
w
                                           ws
                                          w
ws
                                                WSB
                                                                                 WSB

-------
w
w
w
w
      w
      w
      w
     WB
   ws
   ws
   ws
     WB
WB
     WB
        WS
        ws
        ws
        w
        ws
        ws
        ws
        WSB
        w
        WSB
        WSB
        WSB
  WSB
WSB
                  WSB
                WS
                WS
                     ws
                     ws
                     ws
                     ws
                     ws
                ws
                ws
                  ws
                        ws
                  ws
                  ws
                  ws
          ws
          ws
                          ws
                          ws
                     ws
                     ws
                     ws
                  ws
                   w
                        ws
                     WB
                ws
             ws
ws
                ws
   ws
ws
   WB
WB
     ws
ws
          Metals
          Inorganic Constituents
                          Organic Constituents
                             Total Organic Carbon
                          Nutrients
                          Oxygen Demand
                          PAHs
                          PCBs
                          Pesticides
                                  Organotins
                                  Radioactivity
                                  BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS
                          Bioaccumulation
                             Chlorophyll
                          Pathogenic Organisms
                                  Population/Community
                          Tissue Analysis
                             Toxicity/Bioassays
                                  RELATED TOPICS
             Data Analysis/Management
   QA/QC
Sampling
                             Volunteer Monitoring
1AM AND ESTOARM MONITOMNG METHOD
ATIONAL
           A comprehensive listing
           of references on the
           subjects of sample
           collection, analytical
           methods, quality
           assurance, and other
Dies related to water, sediment, and
^logical monitoring of estuarine and
astal environments.  This chart is
STUARY
ElOGRAM
/EPA
                                distributed with the EPA publication
                                Bibliography of Methods for Marine and
                                Estuarine Monitoring. The informatioi
                                presented in this table represents a
                                summary of the references described in
                                the report.  For each reference listed in
                                this poster, a complete citation,
                                keywords, an abstract, and the table of
                                contents are included in the report.
                  	  	                              i,
       Prepared for the Office of Water, Office of Wetlands, Oceans, and Watersheds,
cans and Coastal Protection Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC, 19

-------